NFPA 1225 COMUNICAIONES

IMPORTANT NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS CONCERNING NFPA® STANDARDS
NFPA®codes, standards, recomme nded practices, and guides ("1\TfPA Standards"), of whi ch the
document con tained he rein is one, arc deve loped through a consensu s standards development process
approved by the American Nationa l Standards Institute. This process brings toge ther volunteers
re presenting varied viewpoints and inte rests to achieve consensus on fire and other safety issu es. While the
NFPA administe rs the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in the deve lopment of consensus,
it does not independently test, evaluate, or ve rify the accuracy of any information or the soundness of any
judgments contained in NFPA Standards.
The NFPA disclaims liability for any personal injury, property, or other damages of any nature whatsoever,
wh e the r special, indirect, consequential or compensatory, directly or indirectly resulting from the
publication, use of, or reliance on NFPA Standards. The NFPA also makes no guaranty or warranty as to
th e accuracy or completeness of a ny information published he rein.
In issuing and making NFPA Standards available, the NFPA is not undertaking to render professional or
other services fo r or on behalf of any p erson or e ntity. Nor is th e NFPA und ertaking to perform any duty
owed by any person or entity to some one else . Anyone using this d ocument should rely on his o r her own
independent judgment or, as ap p ropria te, seek the advice of a competent professiona l in d e termining the
exercise of reasonable care in any given circumstances.
The NFPA has no power, nor does it unde rtake , to police or enforce compliance with the conte nts of
NFPA Standards. Nor does the NFPA list, certify, test, or inspe ct produ cts, designs, or installations for
compliance with this document. Any certification or othe r state ment of compliance with the requiremen ts
of this docume nt shall not be attributable to the NFPA and is sol ely th e responsibility of the certifie r or
m a ker of the state me nt.
~~~
,.,
See ALERT
ALERT: TillS STANDARD HAS BEEN MODIF1ED BY A TIA OR ERRATA
Use rs ofNFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides ("NFPA Standards") should
be aware that NFPA Standards may be ame nded from time to time through the issuance of a Te ntative
Interim Amendme nt (TIA) or corrected by Errata. An official NFPA Standard at any p o in t in time
consists of the current edition of the document togethe r with any TIAs and Errata then in effect.
To de te rmine wheth e r an NFPA Standard has been amended through the issuance ofTIAs or
corrected by Errata, go to www. nfpa.org/ docinfo to c hoose from the list of NFPA Standards or u se the
search feature to se lect the NFPA Standa rd numbe r (e.g ., NFPA 13) . The document information page
provides up-to-date docume nt-specific information as well as postings of all existing TIAs and Errata.
It also includes th e option to register for an "Alert" feature to receive a n automatic email notification
wh e n new upda tes a nd other info rma tio n a re posted regarding th e documen t.
ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS CONCERNING NFPA® STANDARDS
Updating of NFPA Standards
Users of NFPA codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides ("NFPA Standards") should be aware that these
may be superseded at any time by the issuance of a new edition, may be amended with the issuance of Tentative
Interim Amendments (TIAs), or be co1-rected by En·ata. It is intended that through regular revisions and amendments,
participants in the NFPA standards development process consider the then-current and available information on incidents,
materials, technologies, innovations, and methods as these develop over time and that NFPA Standards reflect this
consideration. Therefore, any previous edition of this document no longer represents the current NFPA Standard on the
subject matter addressed . NFPA encourages the use of the most current edition of any NFPA Standard [as it may be amended
by TIA(s) or Erratal to take advantage of current experience and understanding. An official NFPA Standard at any point in
time consists of the current edition of the docwnent, including any issued TIAs and Errata then in effect.
document~
To determine whether an NFPA Standard has been amended through the issuance ofTIAs or corrected by Errata, visit the
"Codes & Standards" section at www.nfpa.org.
Interpretations of NFPA Standards
A statement, written or oral, that is not processed in accordance with Section 6 of the Regulations Governing the
Development ofNFPA Standards shall not be considered the official position ofNFPA or any of its Committees and shall not
be considered to be, nor be relied upon as, a Formal Interpretation.
Patents
The NFPA does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights referenced in, related to, or asserted in
connection with an NFPA Standard. The u set·s of NFPA Standards bear the sole responsibility for detennining the validity of
any such patent rights, as well a5 the risk of infringement of such rights, and the NFPA disclaims Liabili ty for the infringement
of any patent resulting from the u se of or reliance on NFPA Standards.
NFPA adheres to the policy of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) regarding the inclusion of patents in
American National Standards ("the ANSI Patent Policy"), and hereby gives the following notice pursuant to that policy:
NOTICE: The u ser's attention is called to the possibility that compliance with an NFPA Standard may require use of an
invention covered by patent t·ights. NFPA takes no position as to the validity of any such patent rights or as to whether such
patent rights constitute or include essential patent claims under the ANSI Patent Policy. If, in connection with the ANSI Patent
Policy, a patent holder has filed a statement of willingness to grant licenses under these rights on reasonable and
nondiscriminatot·y terms and conditions to applicants desiring to obtain such a license, copies of such filed statements can be
obtained, on request, from NFPA. For further information , contact the NFPA at the address listed below.
Law and Regulations
Users ofNFPA Standards should consult applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. NFPA does not, by the
publication of its codes, standards, recommended practices, and guides, intend to urge action that is not in compliance with
applicable laws, and these documents may not be construed as doing so.
Copyrights
NFPA Standards are copyrighted . They are made available for a wide variety of both public and private u ses. These include
both use, by reference, in laws and regulations, and use in private self-regulation, standardization, and the promotion of safe
practices and methods. By making these documents available for use and adoption by public autho1·ities and pt·ivate users, the
NFPA does not waive any rights in copyright to these documents.
Use ofNFPA Standards for regulatory purposes should be accomplished through adoption by reference. The term
"adoption by reference" means the citing of title, edition, and publishing information only. Any deletions, addi tions, and
changes desired by the adopting authority should be noted separately in the adopting insu·ument In order to assist NFPA in
following the uses made of its documents, adopting authorities are requested to notify tl1e NFPA (Attention: Secretary,
Standards Council) in writing of such use. For technical assistance and questions conceming adoption ofNFPA Standat·ds,
contact NFPA at the address below.
For Further Information
All questions or otl1er communications relating to NFPA Standards and all requests for information on NFPA procedures
governing its codes and standards development process, including information on the procedures for requesting Formal
Interpretations, for proposing Tentative Jnterim Amendments, and for proposing revisions to NFPA standards during regular
t·evision cycles, should b e sent to NFPA headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Secretary, Standards Council, NFPA, 1
Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA02269-9101; email: [email protected].
For more information about NFPA, visit the NFPA website at www.nfpa.org. All NFPA codes and standards can be viewed at
no cost at W\V'.v.nfpa.org/docinfo.
1225-1
Copyright© 2021 National Fire Protection A~sociation®. All Rights Reserved.
NFPA® 1225
Standard for
Emergency Services Communications
2022 Edition
This edition of NFPA 1225, Standard for 1!.1-nergency Semices Communications, was prepared by the
Technical Committees on Publi c Safety Telecommunicator Professional Qualifications and Public
Emergency Set-vice Communication, t-eleased by the Correlating Committee on Professional
Qualifications, and acted on by the NFPA membership during the 2021 NFPA Technical Meeting
held june 14-July 2 . It was issued by the Standards Council on August 26,2021, with an effective date
of September 15, 2021.
This document has been amended by one or more Tentative Interim Amendments (TIAs) and/ or
Errata. See "Codes & Standards" at W\VVv.nfpa.org for more information.
This edition of NFPA 1225 was approved as an American National Standard on September 15,
2021.
Origin and Development of NFPA 1225
This is the first edition of NFPA 1225; it consolidates NFPA 1061, Standard for Public Safety
Telecommunications Pe1-sonnel Professional Qualifications, and NFPA 1221 , Standm·d for the Installation,
Maintenance, and Use ofEmergency Services Communications Systems, in to a single standard. The
Standards Council approved the consolidation ofNFPA 1061 and NFPA 1221 in April 2019. The two
standards are separate and identifiable in NFPA 1225 for individual reference or adoption .
For this edition of NFPA 1225, the Comm ittee on Public Safety Telecommuni cator Professional
Qualifications evaluated the job performance requi rem en ts for each p osi rio n for validity to mea5w-e
competency with the identified duties of each position. The committee identified the n eed for each
position to maintain competency through professional development activities. To each position, the
comm ittee added the task of identifying fellow employees who exhibit signs and symptoms of
emotional and behavioral distress. Updates to referenced standards were also identified by the
committee.
The Committee on Public Emergency Set-vice Commun ication made enhancements to a ll
chapters addressing emergency services radio communications. Attention to maintaining the
reliability of mission-critical communication was a prime focus of the committee. The committee
recognized the role that Internet commun ication pathways play in emergency service
communications. The committee created a separate chapter specific to in-building emergency
responder communications enhancement systems to give stakeholders a centralized viewpoint of
requirements for the systems and made refinements to definitions, permitting, system survivability,
and system acceptance testing.
For more information about the ERRS consolidation project see nfpa.org/ errs.
NFPA and National Fire Protection Association are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169.
1225-2
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Correlating Committee on Professional Qualifications
William E. Pe terson, Chai1·
Kissimmee, FL [M]
Rep. International Fire Se1-vice Training Association
Brian Baughman, Generac Power System s Inc, WI [M]
Dou glas R. Goodings, SL Clair Community College, Canada [SE]
Brian R. Brau er, University of Ill inois Fire Service Institute, I L [E]
Rep. National Board on Fire Service Professional Qualifications
DerrickS. Clouston, Nonh Carolina Departmem of Insurance, NC
Scott M. Gorgon, International Association of Fire Fighte rs (IAFF),
DC [ L]
R. Kirk Hankins, Fire Consulting & Case Review Inte rna tional, Inc,
MO [U ]
Rep. In ternational Association of Arson Investigators, Inc
[U]
G regory S. Cross, Texas A&M Eng·inee r Extension Service, TX [SE]
J ason Dol£, Aerial Services Inc, lA [U]
Angus Maclean D uff, Consolidated Fire D istrict 2, KS [U]
Richard A. Dunn, SC State Fire fighters' Association, SC [E]
Alec Feldman, Fulcrum Consultants, Ireland [SE]
Rep. J O IFF-Imernational Organisation for Industrial H azard
Management
Douglas P. Forsman, Fairfield Bay Fire Department, AR [ L]
Richard Galtieri, Port Of Seattle Fire Department, WA [E]
Bill Slosson, Washington State Patrol, WA [E)
Philip C. Stittleburg, La Farge Fire Departmem, WI [ L]
Rep. National Vo lunteer Fire Council
Matthew Brian Thorpe, North Caronna Office of tl1e State Fire
Marshal, NC [E)
Rep. In ternational Fire Service Accreditation Congress
Charles " Randy" Watson, S-E-A, Ltd., GA [SE]
Michae!J. Yurgec, Global Eme rge ncy Products, IL [M]
Alternates
AdamJ. Goodman, S-E-A Limited, MD [SE]
(AlL to Charles "Randy" Watson)
David W. Lewis, Oden to n, MD [L]
(AlL to Philip C. Stittleburg)
Rober t W. R and, Nat' I Board On Fire Service Prof. Qualifications,
MA[E]
(AlL to Brian R. Braue r)
Angela White, Wisco nsin Technical College System, WI [E]
(Alt. to Matthew Bria n Thorpe)
Non voting
Stephen P. Austin, Ctm1 berland Valley Volunteer Firemen's
Association, DE [ L]
Rep . TC on Traffic Comrol lncide m Managemem Professional
Qualifications
Preet Bassi, Center For Public Safety E.xcelle nce, VA [C]
Rep. TC on Fire Se1vice Analysts and Informational Technical
Specialist
Alan W. Co nkle, Ohio Association of Emergency Vehicle
Technicians (OAEVT) , O H [M]
Rep. TC on Emerge ncy Ve hicle Mechanic Technicians
Professional Qualifications
JohnS. Cunningh am, Nova Scotia Firefighte rs School, Canada [U]
Rep. TC on Fire Fighte r Professional Qualifications
J ay Dornseif, III, Priori ty D ispatch Corporation , UT [M]
Rep. TC on Public Safety Telecomm unicator Professional
Qualifications
Richard C. Edinger, Chester, VA [SE]
Re p. TC on H aza rdous Mate rials Response Pe rsonnel
Ronald R. Farr, Plainwell Fire Department, Ml [C]
Rep. TC on Elecu·icall nspection Practices
Dave E. Hanneman, Self Employed, lD [SE]
Rep. TC o n Incident Manageme nt Professional Qualifications
Daniel P. H eenan , C lark Coun ty Fire Departmen t, NV [E]
Rep. TC o n Fire Investigator Professional Qualifications
O r lando P. H erna ndez, Texas State Fire Marshal's Office, TX [E]
Rep. TC on Rescu e Technician Professio nal Qualificatio ns
Ronald L. H opkins, TRACE Fire Protection & Safety Consultant,
Ltd., KY [SE]
Rep. TC on Fire Service Instructor P rofessional Qualifications
Rober t J.Jan1es, U L LLC , IL [ RT ]
Rep. TC on Building Fire and Life Safety Director Professional
Qualifications
Randy J. Krau se, Port of Seattle Fire Depa rtme nt, WA [E]
Rep. T C on Fire Service O ccupational Safety and Healtl1
Peter J. Mulvihill, Re no, NV [SE]
Rep. TC on Fire Inspector Professional Qualifications
Randal E. Novak, Ames, lA [SE]
Rep. T C on Accreditation & Certification .Professional
Qualifications
Lawrence L. P reston, Maryland Fire and Rescue In stitute, MD [E]
Rep. T C on Fire Officer Professional Qualifications
Jim Stump f, Organizational Quality Associates, ID [SE]
Rep. TC on Wildfire Suppression Professional Qualifications
Robert D. Taylor, PRB Coal Users Gro up, IN [U ]
Rep. TC o n Industrial Fire Brigades Professional Qualificatio ns
N an cy J. Trench, Stillwater, OK [M]
Rep. T C on Public Fire Educator Professional Qualifications
Paul Valentine, TUV SUD An1e rica Inc / Global Risk Consultants, IL
[M]
Rep. T C on Fire Marshal Professional Qualifications
Robert Fash, NFPA Stall Liaison
This list1r:jmsents the membership at the time the Commill& was balloted on the final text ofthis edition.
Since that time, changes in the menwership may have occurred. A hey to classifications is found at the
back of the document.
NOTE: Me mbership on a committee shall no t in a nd of itself constitute a n e ndorsem ent of
m e Assoc iation or any docume nt d eveloped by the commiuee on which the me mbe r serves.
2022 Edition
COMMITTEE PERSONNEL
1225-3
Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for the management of
the NFPA Professional Qualifications Project and documents related to professional
qualifications for fire service, public safety, and related personnel.
2022 Edition
12254
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Technical Committee on Public Safety Telecommunicator Professional Qualifications
Jay Domseif, lli, Chai1·
Priority Dispatch Corporation, UT [M)
Charles M. Berdan, Smokeater Consulting, CA [SE)
jason P. Gurian, Union County Emergency Services, NC [U)
April Heinze, National Emergency Number Association (NENA),
VA[U)
jacklyn Kilby-Richards, Town of Groton Emergency Dispatch/
Connecticut Fire Academy, CT [ U)
Michelle Porter, Williamson County Emergency Commu nications,
Paul Szoc, Keene Fire Department, NH [U )
Rep. International Municipal Signal Association
Kurt Weihs, SouthSound9ll / West Pierce Fire and Rescue/
Lakewood Fire Department, WA [L)
John C. Winstead , Nash Commun ity College, NC [SE)
TX [E)
Robert Fash, NFPA Staff Liaison
71ds list ncpresenLs the nwmbershifJ at the tirne the Committet! was balloted on the final L£xt ofthis etlition.
Since that time, changes in the nwmbershijJ may have occttr·red. A key to cklssijiwtions is found at the
back of the dowment.
NOTE: Membership on a committee shal l not in and of itself constitute an endo rsement of
the Association or any document developed by the committee on which the member serves.
Committee Scope: This Commiuee shall have primary responsibility for documents on d1e
professional q ualifications for public safety communications positions.
2022 Edition
1225-5
COMMITTEE PERSONNEL
Technical Committee on Public Emergency Service Communication
Charles M. Berdan, Chair
Smokeater Consu lting, CA [SE]
Douglas M. Aiken, Lakes Region Mutual Fire Aid, NH [E]
William Ambrefe, City of Beverly, l\tlA [ E]
Derek Bergsten, City of Rockford, IL [E]
John Martyn, Zeu·on, WA [M]
Scott McCauley, Siemens Bui ld ing Technologies, TX [M]
Rep. National Electrical Manufacture rs Association
Nathan D. McClure, III, McClure Associates, VA [SE]
Casey McKenna, ADT Comme rcial, FL [M]
Carolina Y. Milan, Vandenberg AFB Emergency Commun ication
Center, CA [U]
Bruce J. Moeller, University of Florida, FL [SE]
Brian Mos berian, P hoenix Fire Department, AZ [E]
James M. Mundy, Jr., Asset Protection Associates, Ltd., NY [SE ]
Kevin R Nida, F1rstNetAu th o rity, CA [ U]
Joseph Francis Brooks, Boston Fire Department, MA [ L]
Rep. International Association of Fire Fighte rs
Christopher Creamer, DynaFire, FL [ IM]
Stephen Thomas Devine, F1rstNet Built with AT &T, MO [ IM]
Thomas DiBernardo, Florida Department Of Health , State Of
Florida, FL [ U]
Jay Dornseif, III, Priority Dispatch Corporation, UT [SE]
J erry Eisner, RedSky Technologies Inc. , lL [ IM]
John A. Facella, Panther Pines Consulting, LLC, ME [SE]
Matthew Foley, SLS Consulting, Inc., MA [SE]
KevinJ. Fosso, Dane County Public Safety Communications, W I
Charles Packard, DFW Airport ITS, TX [IM]
ThomasJ. Parrish, Te lgian Corporation, M I [SE]
Alan Perdue, Safer Buildings Coalition, NC [ U]
Richard Jay Roberts, H o neywell Fire Safety, IL [M]
Rep. Automatic Fire Alarm Association, Inc.
Timothy Ruiz, Code Consultants Inc, MO [SE]
Lawrence J. Shudak, UL L LC, IL [RT]
Evan E. Stauffer, Jr., Upper Chich ester, PA [SE]
David Thompson, Honeywell, IN [M]
[U]
Jonathan Franklin, Signal Commun ications LLC, FL [I M]
April Heinze, National Emergency Number Associatio n (NENA),
VA [ U ]
Richard G. Kluge, Ericsso n, NJ [ U ]
Rep. Alliance for Te lecommunications Industry Solutions
Mark Krizik, Motorola, Inc., IL [M]
Minfei M. Leng, TX RX Systems Inc., NY [M]
Kenne thJ. Link, Jr. , US Department of H omeland Security, NJ [SE]
Tony R. Locatelli, Intrepid Electronic Systems, CA [ IM]
Christopher H. Lombard, Seattle Fire Department, WA [ U]
WilliamJ. Watters, Verisk Analytics/Insurance Services Office, Inc .,
NJ [I]
Ira Wiesenfeld, Ira Wiese nfeld & Associates, TX [SE]
David Winter, Fairfax County Fire And Rescue, VA [U]
Richard Woolf, X tech System s Inc., NY [ IM]
Alternates
Greg M. Glenn, Pu lse Signal Solutions, CA [SE]
(Alt. to j o hn A. Facella)
J effrey G. Knight, City of Newton Fire Deparm1e n t, l\tlA [U]
(Voting Alt. )
Randy Richmond, Zetron, Inc., TX [M]
(Alt. to Jo hn Marty n)
Sheryl A. Tricocci,J o hnson Con trols, GA [M]
(Alt. to Rich ard j ay Robert~)
Benjamin Mellon, Seattle Fire Department, WA [U ]
(Alt. to Christophe r H . Lombard)
Raymond Patterson, Siemens Building Technologies, TX [M]
(Alt. to Scott McCauley)
Thomas Presnak, UL LLC, lL [RT]
(Alt. to Lawrence J. Shudak)
Michael D. Varney, FirstNet, CT [U]
(Alt. to Kevin R. Nida)
Don R. Wise, DC Wise LLC, CA [SE]
(Alt. to Ch a rles M. Be rdan)
Robert Fash, NFPA Staff Liaison
This list wjmsents the membership at the time the Committm was balloted on the.Jinalli!xt ofthis alit ion.
Since that time, changes in the membership may have ocwnrd. A key to classi.Jications is fottnd at the
back of the document.
NOTE: Membership on a committee shall not in and of itself constitute an e ndorsement of
the Association or any document developed by the committee on which the me mbe r serves.
Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents relating
to the operation, installation, and mainte nance of public em ergency services
communications system s.
2022 Edition
1225-6
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Contents
Chapter
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Chapter
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Chapter
3.1
3.2
3.3
1
Administration ........................................ .
Scope ......................... .......... ..............................
Purpose . ............... .......... .......... ........................ .
Application . ....................... .......... .......... .......... .
Equivalency...................................................... .
Units... .......... ........................................ .......... ...
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 8
2
Referenced Publications ...... ..... ..............
General . .............................................. ..... .........
NFPA Publications . ....................... .......... ..... .....
Other Publications...................................... .....
References for Extracts in Mandatory
Sections. .............................................. ..............
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 8
I225- 9
3
Definitions .............................................. .
General. .......................... .......... ....................... .
NFPA Official Definitions . .................. ..... ....... .
General Definitions. ........... ..............................
I225- 9
I225- 9
I225- 9
I225- 10
Chapter 4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Public Safety Telecommunicator I Professional Qualifications
(NFPA 1061) ............ ......................... .......
Admin istration . .................. ..............................
General . ................ ................................... .........
Receivi ng Requests for Setv ice .......... ..............
Processing Requests for Service . .....................
Dissemi nate Requests for Services. .................
Fellow Employee Ex hib iting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Be havioral
Distress......................... ......................... ············
I225- 9
15
15
16
16
16
16
I225- 17
Chapter 5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Public Safety Telecommunicator II
(NFPA 1061) ..................................... ...... .
General . ................ .......... ................................. .
Receive Requests for Service .......... .......... ...... .
P rocess Req uests for Setvice ............... .......... ...
Disseminate Requests for Service. .................. .
Fellow E mployee E.xh ibiting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Be havioral
Distress......................... .......... .......................... .
I225I225I225I225I225I225-
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
2022 Edition
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
Public Safety Communications
Supervisor (NFPA I06I) .........................
General. ....................................... ..... ..... .......... .
H tunan Resource Management. .....................
Community Relations .... ..................................
Adm in istration . ......................................... ..... ..
Equipment and Systems Operations. ...... ..... .. .
Heald1 and Safety............. ................................
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Beh avioral
Distress....................... ..................................
1225- 23
1225- 24
Chapter 9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
Public Safety Quality Assurance/
Improvement P ersonnel (NFPA I06I) .. .
General. ........................ ................................... .
Review Calls for Service. ..................................
Feedback................ ......................... .......... ........
Remediation ... ........................................ ..........
Data Management. .. ........................................ .
Continuing Education ........................ .......... ...
Credential ing.................. ......................... ........ .
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Beh avioral
Distress. ................................ ......................... ....
1225- 23
1225- 23
1225- 23
1225- 24
1225- 24
1225- 24
1225- 24
1225- 25
Chapter 10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
Public Safety Communications Training
Coordinator (NFPA I 06 I ) ...................... .
General. .............. ................................... .......... .
Program Management. .................................. ..
Develop Curricula .......................................... ..
Maintain Train ing Schedu le and Staff. ......... ..
Doctm1ent Train ing .............. ........................... .
Evaluation and Testing. ............... ................... .
Fellow Employee Exhib iting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Beh avioral
Distress. ...................... .......................................
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
1225- 25
I225- 20
I225- 20
I225- 21
I225- 21
I225- 21
I225- 22
I225- 22
I225- 22
I225- 22
I225- 22
I225- 22
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
ll .5
11.6
Chapter
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
Public Safety Communications Center
Manager/ Director (NFPA I06I) ........ ....
General. .............. .......... ................................... .
Human Resource Managemen t. .................... .
Public Safety Communications Center
Operations. ....................................... .......... ..... .
Stakeho lde r Relations hips. ............................ ..
Coordinate Tech nologies. ...............................
Fellow Employee Exhib iting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotional and Beh avioml
Distress. ...................... .......... .............................
1225- 26
1225- 26
1225- 26
1225- 26
1225- 26
1225- 26
1225- 27
1225- 27
Chapter I I
I225- 18
I225- 18
I225- I9
I225- I9
I225- I9
I225- 20
I225- 20
Chapter 7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Public Safety Communications Training
Officer (NFPA I06I) ........................ ...... .
General. ..................... .......... .............................
Pe rsonal Conduct. ............................... .......... ...
Program Management. ...... ..............................
Instructional Delivery............ ..... .......... ..... ..... ..
Evaluation and Testing .................. ............... ...
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and
SympLOms of Emotional and Beh avioral
Distress............................................................ ..
Chapter 8
I225- 18
Chapter 6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
(NFPA 106I) ..................................... ...... .
Genet·al. .................................... ........................
Description of Duty......................................... .
Resource Ordering and T racking . ................. .
Response to Incidents . ........ ......................... ....
Assume Position Responsib il ities................... .
Commu nicate as the Incident Directs............
Ensure Completion of Assigned Actions to
Meet Ide n tified Objectives.................... ..........
Receiving Information ............... .......... ........... .
P rocessing Information ......................... ........ ..
Disseminating Informatio n . .................. ..........
Fellow Employee Ex hibiting Signs and
Symptoms of Emotio nal and Be havioral
Distress.......... ................................................... .
I225- 17
I225- 17
I225- 17
I225- 17
I225- 18
7.6
12 Communications Centers (NFPA I221).
Adminisu·ation. .................................... ............
General. .................................. ......................... .
Exposure Hazards.................. ......................... .
Construction ........ .............................. .......... .....
Climate Contro l. .................. .......... ...................
Fire Protection. ............. .............................. .... .
Security... ................ .......................................... .
Power.................... .............................. .......... .....
Lig h ting. .......... ........................................ .........
Lig h ming. ..... ................................... ................ .
Remote Communications Facilities. ...... .........
1225- 27
I225- 27
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 28
I225- 29
I225- 30
I225- 30
I225- 30
I225- 30
I225- 31
I225- 31
I225- 33
I225- 33
I225- 33
CONTENTS
Chapter 13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
Communication and Signal Wiring
(NFPA 1221) ........................................... .
Circuit Construction and Arrangement. ....... .
Circuit Conductors.................... : ..................... .
Underground Cables.......................................
Aerial Cable and Wire Consu·uction . ...... ....... .
Wiring Inside Buildings................................ ...
Surge Protection .......................... ............... .... .
Fuses............................ .............................. ....... .
Grounding................ ............... ............... ..........
Access.............................................................. ..
18.1 5 Technical Criteria ............................................ .
122!;- 35
122!;- 35
122!;- 35
122!;- 36
122!;- 36
122!;- 37
122!;- 37
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
Chapter 14
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
Emergency Response Facilities
(NFPA 1221) ............................... .
General ........................... .............................. ... .
Commercial Te lephone.. ............... ............... .. .
Fire Protection ..................... ............... ............ .
Power............ ..................... ......................... .......
Lighting ................................................ ........... .
Communications Conductors............. ........... .
1225-7
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
Computer-Aided Dispatching (CAD)
Systems (NFPA 1221 ) ........................ .
General. ....................................... ............... ..... .
19.1
19.2 Secondary Dispatch Method . ......................... .
19.3 Security........ .................................... ................. .
19.4 Event Data Exch ange . .................................. ... .
19.5 CAD Capabilities............................................. .
19.6 Performance................................... ............... ...
19.7 Backup ................................................. ............ .
19.8 Redundancy.................................... ..... ............ .
19.9 Storage Network ............................................ ...
19.10 Information TransmittaL .................................
19.11 Mobile Data. Computers (MDCs) ................ ... .
19.12 lntegt·ated Mapping Interface.........................
122!;- 53
Chapter 19
122!;- 53
122!;- 53
122!;- 53
122!;- 53
122!;- 53
122!;- 54
122!;- 54
122!;- 54
122!;- 55
122!;- 55
122!;- 55
122!;- 55
122!;- 56
Chapter
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20 Testing (NFPA 1221) .............................. .
General. ....................................... .................... .
Acceptance Testing. ........................... ............ ..
Operational Testing........................................ .
Power....................................................... ......... .
122!;- 56
122!;- 56
122!;- 56
122!;- 56
122!;- 58
Chapter 15 Operations (NFPA 1221 ) .... ............... .... .
15.1 Management. ................................................... .
15.2 Te lecommunicator Qualifications and
Training ........................................................... .
15.3 Staffing.............................................. ............... .
15.4 Operating P rocedures ......... ........................... .
15.5 Time ............. .......... ...........................................
15.6 Reco rding .............................................. .......... .
15.7 Quality Assurance/ Improvement. ................. .
122!;- 38
122!;- 38
122!;- 39
122!;- 39
122!;- 39
122!;- 4 1
122!;- 4 1
122!;- 41
Chapter
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
21 Records (NFPA 1221 ) ............................ .
General. ........................................................... .
Installation ....................................................... .
Acceptance Test Records/ As-Built Drawings..
Training Records ............................................ ..
Operational Records ........................................
Maintenance Records..................................... .
Retention of Records ...................................... .
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
122!;- 58
Chapter
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16 Telephones (NFPA 1221) ....... .................
Receiving Equipment. ....................... .............. .
9-1-1 ........................................... ....................... .
Re liability..... .................................................. .. .
Equipment and Operations ............................ .
Alternative Routing ........................................ ..
Multiple Line Te lephone Systems (MLTS) .... .
122!;- 41
122!;- 41
122!;- 41
122!;- 42
122!;- 42
122!;- 43
122!;- 43
Chapter 22 ICT Security (NFPA 1221) ..................... .
22.1
Information Communication Techno logy
(ICT ) Security Plan ......................................... .
22.2 Testing Security............................................... .
22.3 Testing Records ........................................... .... .
22.4 Cyber Security Measures... .............................. .
122!;- 59
Chapter 17 Dispatching Systems (NFPA 1221) ........ .
17.1
Fundamental Requirements of Events
Dispatching Systems........................................ .
17.2 Wired Dispatching Systems........ ............... .......
17.3 Radio Dispatching Systems............. ............... ..
17.4 Radio Alerting Systems ........................ ........... .
17.5 Outside Audible Alerting Devices .................. .
17.6 Non-AHJ Owned Alerting Devices and
Infrastructu re .................................................. .
122!;- 43
Chapter
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23 Public Alerting Systems (NFPA 1221) ... .
General. ........................................................... .
Security........................................................... ...
Pe rmitted Uses............................................... ..
Pe rmitted Systems........................................... .
Public Alerting System Alerting Appliances
(PASAAs) ......................................................... .
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
Annex A
Explanatory Material .............................. .
122!;- 61
Annex B
Explanation of the Professional
Qualifications Standards and Concepts
ofJPRs .................................................... .
122!;- 91
An Overview of JPRs for Public Safety
Telecommunications P ersonnel
(NFPA I 061) ........................................... .
122!;- 95
The Communication Process
(NFPA I 061) ........................................... .
122!;- 106
Guide for Telecommunicator Training
Authority (NFPA 1061 ) ........................... .
122!;- 108
Annex F
Cyber Security (NFPA 1221 ) .................. .
122!;- 110
Annex G
Informational Re ferences .............. ....... ..
122!;- 111
122!;- .50
Chapter 18
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
18.9
18.10
18.11
18.12
18.13
18.14
In-Building Emergency Respond er
Communications Enhancement Systems
(NFPA 1221) ........................................... .
General. ........................................................... .
Approval. ......................................................... .
System Design ........................................... ....... .
Lightning Protection .................................. .... .
Testing Requirements......................................
Non-i nterference and Non-Public Safety
System Degradation ........................................ .
Approval and Pe rmit. ...................................... .
Radio Coverage............................. .................. .
Signal Strength and Quality........ .................... .
Donor Antenna ............................................... .
Frequencies ................................................. .... .
System Components........................................ .
Power Sources............................................. .... .
System Monitoring .................. .........................
122!;- 43
122!;- 45
122!;- 46
122!;- 49
122!;- 49
122!;- .50
122!;- .50
122!;- .50
122!;- .50
122!;- .50
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- .51
122!;- 52
122!;- 52
Annex C
Annex D
Annex E
Index
122!;- 59
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 60
122!;- 115
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-8
NFPA 1225
Standard for
Emergency Services Communications
2022 Edition
IMPORTANI' NOTE: This NFPA document is made available for
use subject to important notices and legal disclaimers. These notices
and disclaimers appear in all publications containing this document
and mtry be found under the heading "lm:portant Notices and
Disclaimers Concerning NFPA Standards. " They can also be viewed
at U!luw.n.fPa.org!disclaimers or obtained on request from NFPA.
UPDATES, ALERTS, AND FUTURE EDITIONS: New editions of
NFPA codes, standords, recommended practices, and guides (i.e.,
NFPA Standards) are released on scheduled revision cycles. This
editwn may be superseded by a later one, or it may be amended
outside of its scheduled revision cycle through the issuance of Tentative Interim Amendments (TIAs). An official NFPA Standard at mry
point in time consists of the current editwn of the document, together
with all TIAs and Errata in effect. To verify that this document is the
current edition or to determine if it has been amended by TIAs or
Errata, please consult the National Fire Codes® Subscription Service
or the "List of NFPA Codes & Standards" at www.nfpa.org/docinfo.
In addition to TIAs and Errata, the document information pages also
include the option to sign up for alerts for individual documents and
to be involved in the development ofthe next editwn.
NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter
designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on
the paragraph can be found in Annex A.
A reference in brackets [ l following a section or paragraph
indicates material that has been exu·acted from another NFPA
document. Exu·acted text may be edited for consistency and
style and may include the revision of internal paragraph references and other references as appropriate. Requests for interpretations or revisions of extracted text shall be sent to the
technical committee responsible for the source document.
Information on referenced and extracted publications can
be found in Chapter 2 and Annex G.
Chapter 1 Administration
1.1 Scope. This standard identifies the mmunum job
perfonnance requirements (JPRs) for Public Safety Te lecommunications Personnel, and provides minimum requirements
for the installation , maintenance, and use of emergency services communications systems.
1.2 Purpose. The purpose of this standard is to specify the
minimum job performance requirements (JPRs) for service as
Public Safety Telecommunications Personnel and specify minimum requirements for sys tems, retransmissions, dispatching,
performance levels and quality of installations for emergency
services communications.
1.3* Application. This standard can be applied as follows:
(1)
(2)
Chapter·s 1 through 11, and Annexes A, B , C, D, E, and G
constintte the 2022 edition ofNFPA 1061.
Chapters 1 through 3, Chapters 12 through 23, and
Atmexes A, F, and G constitute the 2022 edition of
NFPA 1221.
2022 Edition
1.4 Equivalency. Nothing in this standard is intended to
prevent the use of systems, methods, or· devices of equivalent o r·
superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed b y this standard.
1.4.1 Techn ical documentation shall be submitted to the
authority havingjmisdiction to demonstrate equivalency.
1.4.2 Th e system, method, or device shall be approved for the
intended pm·pose by the authority havingjurisdiction.
1.5 Units. In this standard, equivalent values in SI units shall
not be considered as the requirement, as these values can be
approximate. (See 1G.ble 1.5.)
Table 1.5 U.S.-to-SI Conversions
Quantity U.S. Unit/ Symbol
Length
Area
inch (in.)
foor (ft)
ssuare foot (ft2 )
SI Unit/ Symbol
Conversion Factor
millimeter (mm)
m eter (m)
square meter (m 2 )
J in. = 25.4 mm
l ft = 0.305 m
J ft2 = 0.0929 m 2
Chapter 2 Referenced Publications
2.1 General. The documents or portions thereof listed in this
chapter are referenced within this standard a nd shall be
considered part of the r·equirements of this document.
2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association,
1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
NFPA 1, Fin1 Code, 2021 edition.
NFPA 10, Standard fm· Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2022 edition .
NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler System5, 2022
edition.
NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary
Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, 2021 edition.
NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, 2021 edition.
NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2020 edition .
NFPA 7(/P, National i'.wctrical Code®, 2020 edition.
NFPA 72®, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Cod~, 2022
edition .
NFPA 75, Standard for the Fire Protection of Infonnation Technology Equipment, 2020 editio n.
NFPA 90A, Standard fo'r the Installation of Air-Conditioning and
VentilatingSystem5, 2021 editi on.
NFPA 90B, Standani for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and
Air-Conditioning Systems, 2021 edition.
NFPA 1 OJ®, Life Safety Code®, 2021 edition.
NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems,
2022 edition.
NFPA 111, Standard on Stored Elect1ical Energy l!."'metgency and
Standby Power Systems, 2022 edition.
NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction, 2021
edition .
NFPA 731, Standard fo'r the Installation of Premises Security
Systems, 2020 edition.
NFPA 780, Standm·d fm· the Installation of Lightning Protection
Systems, 2020 edition.
NFPA 1140, Standanl for Wildland Fire Protection, 2022 edition.
NFPA 1561, Standanl on Emetgency Services Incident Managlfment System and Command Safety, 2020 edition .
DEFINIT IONS
NFPA 1600®, Standm·d on Continuity, Emetgency, and Crisis
Management, 2019 edition.
NFPA 1901 , StandaTdjoTAutomotiveFi,-eAppamtus, 2016
edition .
NFPA 500o®, Building Construction and Safety Code®, 2021
edition.
2.3 Other Publications.
2.3.1 APCO Publications. APCO International, 351 North
Williamson Boulevard, Daytona Beach, FL 32114.
1225-9
2.3.8 UL Publications. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333
Pfingsten Road, Nonhbrook, IL 60062-2096.
UL 497C, Standard for P.rotect01·s for Coaxial Communications
Cin:uits, 2001, revised 2017.
UL 752, Standard j01· Bullet-Resistant Equipment, 2005, revised
2015.
UL 2524, Standard for In-Building 2-Way Emergency Radio
Communication Enhancement Systems, 2019.
APCO ANS 2.106.1 , Public Safety Grade Site Hm·dening R equiTements, 2019 .
2.3.9 US Government Publications. US Government Publishing Office, 732 North Cap itol Su-eet, NW, Wa~hington , DC
20401-0001.
2.3.2 ASTM Publications. ASTM I nternational, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959.
Homeland Security Presidentia l Directive 5, "Management
of Domestic Incidents," Fe bruat-y 28, 2003.
ASTM E84, Standanl. 1est Method far Swface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials, 2020.
N IMS/ ICS, Emetgency Responde/· Field operations Guide, 2011.
Presidential Policy Directive 8, "Nationa l Preparedness,"
March 30, 201 1.
2.3.3 FEMA Publications. Em ergency Management Institute,
16825 S. Seton Ave., Emmitsbut·g, MD 21727.
2.3.10 Other Publications.
IS 0100, Introduction to the Incident Command System, ICS 100,
2018.
We bster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.
IS 0200, Incident Command S)•stem far Single Resom·ce.5 and I nitial
Action Incidents, 2019.
IS 0700, National Incident Management System (NIMS), An Introduction, 2020.
IS 0800, National Response Fmmerwrk, An Intmduction, 2020.
Nationallncident Management System (NIMS), 2017.
2.3.4 IEEE Publications. IEEE, 3 Park Avenue, 17th Floor,
New York, NY 10016-5997.
IEEE C2, National Elect1ical Safety Code, 2017.
2.3.5 IES Publications. lllmninating Engineering Society,
120 Wall Su·eet, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10005.
IESNA HB-9-00, The Lighting Handbook, lOth edition, 2019.
2.3.6 NENA Publications. National Emerge ncy Number Association, 1700 Diagonal Road, Suite 500, Alexandria, VA 22314.
NENA-ADM-000.23, NENA Master Glossa'/)' of 9-1-1 1erminology,
2020.
NENA/ APCO ANS 2.1 05.1, NG9-1-1 Emergency Incident Data
Document (ELDD), 2017.
2.3.7 TIA Publications. Telecommun ications Indusu-y Association, 1320 North Courthou se Road, Suite 200, Arlington, VA
22201.
TIA-102.BAAA, Project 25 FDMA Common A iT Interface, 2017.
Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionm)', 11th edition, Merria m-
2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections.
NFPA 7o®, National Electrical Cod/', 2020 edition.
NFPA 72®, National Fin: Alarm and Signaling Cod!', 2022
edition.
NFPA 111, Standm·d on Stored Elect-tical Enmgy Emergenc;• and
Standby Power Systems, 2022 edition .
NFPA 601, StandaTd jo1· Sewrity Services in Fin! Loss Prevention,
2020 edition.
NFPA 1000, Standani for FiTe Service Professional Qualifications
Accreditation and Certification Systems, 2022 edition .
NFPA 1002, Standanl jar FiTe Appamtus D?iver/OperatoT Professional Qualifications, 2017 edition.
NFPA 1021, Standard for Fin; Officer Professional Qualifications,
2020 edition .
NFPA 1041, Standanl for FiTe and EmetgenC)' Service.s l nstruct01·
Professional Qualifications, 2019 edition.
NFPA 1561, StandaTd on Eme1gency SenJices Incident Management System and Command Safety, 2020 edition.
Chapter 3 Definitions
3.1 General. The d efinitions contained in this chapter shal l
apply to the terms used in this standard. Where terms are not
defined in this chapter or within a nother chapter, they shall be
defined using their ordinarily accepted meanings within the
context in which they a t·e used. Meniatn-Webster's Collegiate
Dictiona1y, 11th edition, shall be the source for the ordinarily
accepted meaning.
TIA-102.BBAB, Project 25 Phase 2 Two-Slot Time Division Multiple Access Physical Layer Pwtocol Specification, 2009.
3.2 NFPA Official Definitions.
TIA-102.BBAC, Project 25 Two-Slot TDMA Media Access Contwl
Layer Specification, 2019.
3.2.1 * Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
TIA-603, Land Mobile FM 01· PM Communications Equipment
Measunmzent and Perj{)ffflance Standm·ds, 2016.
3.2.2* Authority H aving Jurisdiction (AHJ). An organizatio n,
office, or individua l responsible for enforcing the requirements
of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials,
an installation, or a procedure.
2022 Edition
1225-10
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
3.2.3 Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been
attached a label, symbol, or other identifYing mark of an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and by whose lab eling the manufacturer indicates
compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a
specified marmer.
3.2.4* Listed. Equipment, materials, or services included in a
list published by an organization that is acceptable to the
authmity having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of
products or services, that maintains periodic inspection of
production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose listing states that e ither the equipment, material, or service meets appropriate designated
standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified
purpose.
3.2.5 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement.
3.2.6 Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is
advised but not required.
3.2.7 Standard. An NFPA Standard, the main text of which
contains only mandatory provisions using the word "shall" to
indicate requirements and that is in a form generally suitable
for mandatory reference by another standard or code or for
adoption into law. Nonmandatory provisions are not to be
considered a pat·t of the requirements of a standard and shall
be located in an appendix, annex, footnote, informational
note, or other means as permitted in the NFPA Manuals of
Style. When used in a generic sense, such as in the phrase
"standards development process" or "standards development
activities," the term "standards" includes a ll NFPA Standards,
including Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices, and
Guides.
3.3 General Definitions.
3.3.1 * Alarm. A signal or message from a device ind icating
the existence of an emergency or other situation that requires
action by an emergency response agency.
3.3.1.1* Alarm Data. Digi tal information related to an
a larm that contains the physical location of the alarm and
other explanatory information.
3.3.2 Alert Data Message (ADM). An analog or digital signal
containing instructions for how a public alerting system alerting appliance (PASAA) is to deliver and, if capable, acknowledge a public alert.
3.3.3 Alphanumeric Devices. Paging receivers used as part of
a radio alerting system that provide an a udible a lert and a text
message to the uset· and that do not have the ability to pmvide
voice messages.
3.3.4 Alternate
Communications
Center. A
designated
communications center capable of assuming the functions
normally performed at the primary communications center.
3.3.5 Annunciator. A unit containing one or more indicator
lamps, a lphanumeric displays, or other equivalent means in
which each indication provides status information about a
circuit, condition, or location. [72, 20221
3.3.6 Antenna. A device connected to a radio receiver, u·ansmitter, or transceiver that mdiates the transmitted signal,
receives a signal, or both.
3.3.7 Automatic Call Distributor (ACD). Equipment that automatically distributes incoming calls to available public safety
answering point (PSAP) attendants in the order in which the
calls are received or that queues calls until an attendant
becomes available.
3.3.8* Automatic Location Identification (ALI). The automatic display at the PSAP of the caller's telephone number, the
address/ location of the telephone, and supple mentary emergency services information about the location from which a call
originates.
3.3.9* Automatic Number Identification (ANI) . A series of
alphanumeric characters that informs the reci pi en t of the
sou rce of an event.
3.3.10* Backbone. A communications cable in an in-building
emergency responder communications enhanceme n t syste m
that carries radio frequency (RF) signals that are required to
make the overall system operational from the donor antenna
signal source, through the amplifiers. and up to the connection
point of the distribution antenna cables.
3.3.11 Backbone Cable. Coaxial cable, o ptical fiber cable and
other cables utilized within the backbone to acquire and
distribute RF signals to the in-building emergency responder
communications enhancement systems.
3.3.12 Backbone Cable Components. Splitters, couplers, and
connectors utilized within the backbone to acquire and distribute RF signals to the in-building emergency respondet· communications enhancement systems.
3.3.13 Band. A range of frequencies between 1:\Vo defined
lirnit~.
3.3.14 Base Station. A stationary radio u·ansceiver with a n ac
or de power supply or power supply module.
3.3.15 Cable. A factory assembly of two or more conductors
having an overall covering. [70:805.2]
3.3.16 Call. Any type of request for emergency assistance
(RFEA), which is not limited to voice.
3.3.17 Call Answer. The conditi on when a call is delivered to
and acknowledged by a telecommunicator or an auto greeting
and two-way communication can begin.
3.3.18 Call Answer Interval. The e lapsed time between call
arrival and cal l answer.
3.3.19 Call Arrival. The condition when a call is presented to
the PSAP customer premises equipment (CPE), which can
include acknowledgment by a n auto attendant.
3.3.20 Call D etail Recording (CDR) . A system that provides
metadata for each call, including ANI, the u·w1k numbet~ and
the answering attendant number, as well as the time of seizure,
answ·er, and disconnect/ transfer.
3.3.21 * Call Server. A system of e lectrical, mechanical, and
computer components the function of which is to process
incoming and outgoing telephone calls.
3.3.22 Certification. An authoritative attesunent; the issuance
of a document that states that a n individual has demonstrated
2022 Edition
DEFLNITIONS
the knowledge and skills necessa1y to function in a particular
fire service professional field. riOoo, 2022]
3.3.23 Channel Access Time. The time-lapse from the activation of a radio transmitter's push-to-talk (PTT) switch to an
acknowledgment from d1e system and commencement oftrans1ntSS10n.
3.3.24'-' Circuit. The conductor or radio channel and associated equipment that are used to perform a specific function in
connection wid1 an alarm system.
3.3.25 Coded Receivers. Paging receivers used as part of a
radio alerting system that respond only to messages directed to
a specific unit or to units in an assigned group.
3.3.26 Common Battery. The battery used to power recorders, u·ansmitters, relays, other communications center equipment, and alternate com munications center equipment.
3.3.27* Communications Center. A building or portion of a
building that is specifically configured for the prima1y purpose
of providing emergency communications services or PSAP services to one or more public safety agencies under d1e authority
or authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3.28* Communications Officer. The individual responsible
for the development of plans to make the most effective use of
incident-assigned communications equipment and facilities,
installation and testing of all communications equipment,
supervision and operation of the incident communications
center, distribution and recovery of equipment assigned to inc ident personnel, and maintenance and on-site repair of communications equipment.
3.3.29':' Communications System. A combination of devices,
networks, applications, computers, and services.
3.3.30* Comprehensive
Emergency
Management
Plan
(CEMP) . A disaster plan that conforms to guidelines established by the authority having jurisdi ction and that is designed
to address natural, technological, and man-made disasters.
3.3.31* Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD). A combination of
hardware and software that provides data enu·y, makes resource
recommendations, and notifies and tracks those resources
before, during, and after alarms, p1·eserving records of those
alarms and status changes for later analysis.
3.3.32 Control Console. A wall-mounted or desktop panel or
cabinet containing controls to operate communications equipment.
3.3.33 Conventional Radio. A radio system in which automatic computer control of channel assignments is not required
or used, system-managed queuing of calls is not provided, and
channel~ are selected manually by users.
3.3.34 Coordinated Universal Time. A coordinated time
scale, maintained by the Bureau International des Poids et
Mesures (BIPM), that forms the basis of a coordinated dissemination of standa1·d frequencies and time signals.
3.3.35 Critical Operations Power Systems (COPS) . Power
systems for facilities or parts of facilities d1at require continuous operation for the reasons of public safety, emergency
management, national security, or business continuity.
[70:708.21
1225-11
3.3.36 Customer Premise Equipment (CPE). Equipment for
the reception and o1·ig ination of telephone calls located at a
PSAP.
3.3.37 Cybersecurity. The ability of any computing syste m,
software program, or infi·astructure to resist intentional interference, compromise, or incapacitation through the misuse of
the Internet or public or private telecommunications systems,
01· si milar conduct th at harms interstate commerce or tlu·eatens public health or safety.
3.3.38 Data Security. Protection of the in tegrity of an o rganization's data resources to ensure that they are available to
support the mission and that the data is not compromised.
3.3.39* Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ). A measure of speech
intelligibility of land mobile radios.
3.3.40 Denial-of-Service Attack. An attack on a computer
system or network 1vith the objective of causing a loss of service
to some or all users by saturating the system or network with
useless u·affic, making it impossible for legitimate users of the
system to use the fac ili ty.
3.3.41 Digital Radio System. A radio system that uses a binary
representation of audio from one radio to another.
3.3.42 Direct Exterior Window. A window in a communications center that faces an area that is not part of the secure area
assigned solely to the communications center or that is accessible to the public.
3.3.43* Directory. A p1·inted or virn1al listing of telephone
numbers.
3.3.44* Dispatch Circuit. A circuit over which a signal is transmitted from the communi cations ce n ter to an emergency
response facility (ERF) or emergency response units (ERUs) to
notifY ERUs to respond to an emergency.
3.3.45 Dispatcher. See 3.3.1 27, Telecommun icator.
3.3.46 Dispatching. See 3.3.54, Emergency Even t Processing/
Dispatching.
3.3.47 Display Screen. An electronic device that is capable of
displaying text, video, a nd graphics.
3.3.48* Distribution Antenna. A radio antenna that is spec ifically designed to radiate RF e ne1·gy into a specifi c and limited
building area, usually from a ceili ng- or wall-mounted an tenna.
3.3.49* Distribution Antenna Cable. A communications cable
d1at can·ies RF energy in both directions along its le ngth to
disu·ibution antennas in one or more places in a building.
3.3.50 Donor Antenna. Antennas used with in-building emergency responder communications enhance me nt systems that
provide the connection betvveen the wide area communications
syste m of interest and the in-building system.
3.3.51 Donor Site. The specific wide-area communications
site from which the donor anten na acq uires services.
3.3.52* Emergency. A condition that endangers or is believed
to e ndanger life 01· pmperty and that requires the urgent
response of an emergency response agency.
3.3.53 Emergency Dispatch Protocol. A standard sequence of
questions used by telecommunicators that provides postdispatch or pre arrival instru cti ons to callers.
2022 Edition
1225-12
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
3.3.54'-' Emergency Event Processing/ Dispatching. A process
by which an event answet-ed at the commtmications center
creates a call for service and is u·ansmitted to emergency
response facilities (ERFs) or to emergency response units
(ERUs) in the field.
3.3.55 Emergency Incident. Any situation to which the emergency services organization responds to deliver emergency services, including rescue, fire suppression, emergency medical
care, special operations, law enforcement, and other forms of
hazard control and mitigation. [1561, 20201
3.3.68 Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher. See 3.3.1 0 1.1.
3.3.69 Information Communication Technology (ICT) Security. Security of the integrity of the organization 's data within
the organization's normal use of that data, as well as security to
pt-event unauthorized external parties from attempting to
access or damage the data using cyber attack techniques.
3.3. 70 Instant Recall Recorder. A device that records voice
conversations and provides a telecommunicator with a means
to review such conversations in real time.
3.3.56* Emergency Response Agency (ERA). Organizations
providing law enforcement, emergency medical, fire, rescue,
communications, and related support services.
3.3.7l Intelligent Transportation System. A means of electronic communications or informatio n processing used singly
or in combination to improve the efficiency or safety of a
surface transportation system.
3.3.57* Emergency Response Facility (ERF). A structure ot- a
portion of a su·ucture that house s emergency response agency
equipment or personnel for response to events.
3.3. 72* IP-Enabled Device. A data-cenu-ic device that uses
Internet protocol (IP) as a means of communication.
3.3.58 Emergency Response Unit (ERU). Personnel who
respond to fire, medical, law enforcement, and other emergency situations for the preservation of life and safety.
3.3.59* Emergency Services Communications System. A
communications system dedicated to the receipt of events, the
coordination and dispatch of first responder resources, and the
management of resources and activities post-dispatch.
3. 3. 73 Job Performance Requirement (JPR). A written statement that describes a specific job task, lists the items necessary
to complete the task, and defines measurable or observable
outcomes and evaluation areas for the specific task. [1000,
2022)
3.3.60 Enhanced 9-1-1. Emergency telephone service that
provides selective routing and both automatic number identification (ANI) and automatic locatio n identification (ALI) of the
calling party.
3.3. 74 Link Budget. Engineering calculations that estimate
the RF signal strength from a portable radio or other field
device used by ERUs to the first responder commun ications
fixed network (i.e. , uplink ) and the RF signal strength back
from the first responder co mmunications fixed netwo rk to the
pot·table t·adio or other field device used by ERUs (i.e ., downlink).
3.3.61* Event. An emergency or other situation that requires
action by an emergency response agency.
3.3.75* Logging Recorder. A device that records event and
dispatch infot-mation.
3.3.62* Event Data. Information related to an event that
contains the physical location of the event, the callback
number of the reporting party /syste m, and other explanatot-y
information.
3.3.76 Master Time Source. A system providing time information that is traceable to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to
connected PSAP eq uipment.
3.3.63'-' Frequencies. The particular waveband(s) at which a
commtmications system broadcasts ot· transmits.
3.3.64 Frequency License Holder(s). The person(s) or
entity(ies) that hold the license from the licensing authority of
the country of jurisdiction for the frequencies being used by
both the in-building emergency responder communications
enhancement system and the emergency services communications system that it enhances.
3.3.65 Frequency Licensing Authority. The government
authority in a country that issues licenses for the use of communication frequencies by authorized e ntities and individuals.
3.3.66 In-building Emergency Responder Communications
Enhancement System. A combination of components, RFe mitting devices, antennas, cables, power supplies, conu-ol
circuitry, and programming installed at a specific location to
improve wireless communications within the building and
between on-scene first responders and communications
centers.
3.3.67 Incident Management System. The combination of
facilities, equipment, personnel, procedures, and commtm ications operating within a common organizational structure with
responsibility for the management of assigned resources to
effectively accomplish stated objectives pertaining to an inc ident.
2022 Edition
3.3. 77 Microwave. Radio waves with frequencies of 1000 MHz
and higher.
3.3. 78 Modem (Modulator/ Demodulator Unit). A device that
converts data that is compatible with data-processing equipment to a form that is compatible with transmission equipment, and vice versa.
3.3.79 Monitor. To listen to or observe message traffic without
transmitting a response.
3.3.80 Monitoring for Integrity. Automatic monito ring of
circuits and other system compone n ts for the existence of
defects or faults that interfere with receiving or transmitting
data related to an event.
3.3.81 * Multi-Line Telephone System (MLTS). A syste m
designed to aggregate more than one incoming voice communication channe l for use by mot-e than one telepho ne. This
includes network- and premises-based systems.
3.3.82 Next Generation 9-1-1 (NG9-l-1). NG9-l -1 is an IPbased system comprised of managed e merge ncy services IP
networks (ESinets), functional e lements such as applications,
and databases that replicate traditional Enhanced 9-1-1 fean1res
and functions and provide additi onal capabilities. NG9-l-1 is
designed to provide access to emergency services from all
connected communications sources and to provide multimedia
data capabilities for PSAPs and other e mergency se tv ice organi-
1225-1 3
DEFLNITIONS
zations. [NENA-ADM-000.23, NENA Master Glosswy of 9-1-1
Terminologyl
3.3.98 Public Safety Agency/ Public Safety Organization. See
3.3.56, Emergency Response Agency (ERA) .
3.3.83* Notification. The time at which an event or alarm is
received and acknowledged at a communicatio ns center.
3.3.99* Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). A facility
equipped and staffed to receive emergency and non-emergency
calls requesting public safety services via telephone and other
communication devices.
3.3.84 Numeric Receivers. Paging receivers used as part of a
radio alerting system that provide an audible alert and a
numeric message to a user and that do not have the ability to
provide text or voice messages .
3.3.85 Operations Room. The room in the communications
center where events and alarms are received and processed and
where communications with emet·gency response personnel is
conducted.
3.3.86 P.01 GOS. A probability statement for the grade of
service (GOS) that no more than one call out of 100 attempts
made during the average busy hour will receive a busy signal.
3.3.87 Pager. A compact radio receiver used for providing
one-way communication or limited digital/data two-way
communication.
3.3.88 Path (Pathways). Any circuit, conductot~ optic fiber,
radio catTier, or other means connecting two or mot·e locations. [72, 2022]
3.3.89 Perceptual Objective Listening Qualitative Analysis
(POLQA). A method of automated voice quality testing for
telecommunications systems. (See A. 20.3.1 0.)
3.3.90 Permanent Visual Record (Recording). An immediately readable, not easily alterable t·ecord of all occurrences of
a stams change.
3.3.91 Portable Radio. A battery-operated, hand-held transceiver.
3.3.92 Power Source. The power obtained from a utility distribution system, an engine-driven generator, or a battery.
3.3.93* Private Branch Exchange (PBX). A system designed to
connect to a local incumbent or competitive exchange carrier
to allow telephone calls to be distributed to extensions to use a
set of voice communication channels to make outbound calls.
3.3.94 Protective Signaling System. Any alarm or system of
alarms designed to give notification or warn ing, whether audible at the location ot· at a cenu·al t·eceiving area, of the existence of a probable emergency or other unusual occurrence
that might involve life safety or property protection. f6 01 ,
2020]
3.3.95 Public Alarm Reporting System. A system of alarminitiating devices, receiving equipment, and connecting circuits
- other than a public telephone network - med to transmit
alarms from street locations to the communications center.
3.3.96 Public Alerting System (PAS). A system that creates,
u·ansmits, and displays a public alert message, sounds a signal,
or both, that is intended to alert the public to situations that
could result in loss of life, endanger their health, or destroy
property.
3.3.97 Public Alerting System Alerting Appliance (PASAA). A
device that receives a signal hom a public alet·ting system (PAS)
and broadcasts an audible and visual alarm that could be in the
form of text or speech .
3.3.100 Public Safety Communications Center. A building or
portion of a building that is specifically configmed for the
primary purpose of providing emergency communications services or public safety answering p oint (PSAP) services to one or
more public safety agencies under the authority or authorities
havingjmisdiction .
3.3.101 Public Safety Communications Center Personnel.
3.3.101.1 Incident/Tactical Dispatcher. A person setving as a
specialized telecommunicator who responds to the scene of
an emergency, manages the flow of information from the
command center to the communications center, and documents requests for and deployment of specialized teams,
equipment, or agencies.
3.3.101.2* Public Safety Communications Manager/Director. A
public safety communications p rofessional who directs
communications center staff by establishing operational
procedures, managing center opet·ations, and responding to
constantly changing needs to provide essential emergency
communications services.
3.3.101.3* Public Safety Communications Supervisor. The
first-level public safety commun ications professional who
provides leadership to employees th rough experience and
u·aining in ot·der to achieve the agency's mission, standat·ds,
and goals.
3.3.101.4 Public Safety Communications Training Coordinator.
The public safety professional who is responsible, in an
administrative and techn ical capacity, for the development
and implementation of a u·aining program for the Public
Safety Te le communicator that will specifi cally meet the
needs of the agency, in compliance with any state, federal,
local or AHJ requirements for curriculum, reporting, and
record keeping.
3.3.101.5 Public Safety Communicatioos Training Officer
(CTO). The first-line public safety commun ications professiona l who demonstrates superior conduct, professionalism,
skills, and knowledge in the training of a new hire, accomplished through the use of adult learning principles using
agency-defined training parameters in a classroom setting
and through on-thejob and one-on-one interac tions and
simulations.
3.3.101.6 Public Safety Quality Assurance Coordinator. The
public safety professional who is responsible for the coordination, upkeep, and maintenance of a formal quality assurance process as approved by the Al-ij while e nsuring that
standards and procedmes are adhered to and that delivered
products or services consistently meet standards or performance requirements.
3.3.101.7 Public Safety Telecommunicator. The individual
by a public safety agency a~ the first of the first
respondet·s whose primary responsibility is to receive, process, transmit, and/or dispatch emergency and nonemergency calls for law enforcement, fire, emergency
ta~ked
2022 Edition
1225-14
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
medical, and other public safety services via telephone,
t·adio, and other communication devices.
3.3.113* Response Unit. A vehicle, equipment, or personnel
identified by the AHJ for dispatch purposes.
3.3.101.7.1 Public Safety Telecommunicawr I (Call Taker).
The individual who is the initial point of contact in obtaining service requests to facilitate the prioritization, preparation, and dissemination of allocated and appropriate
resources; provides instruction pursuant to agency policy or
protocol; makes independent decisions, conveys information, and provides referrals; works in cooperation with the
Public Safety Telecommunicator II; and disseminates information that is paramowlt to ensuring the safety of the
public and responders .
3.3.114 RF-Emitting Device. An active or passive device that
emits a radio frequency signal a~ part of a n in-building emergency responder communications enhancement system.
3.3.1 01.7.2 Public Safety Telecommunicawr II (Radio
Dispatcher). The individual who prioritizes, initiates, and
coordinates the response of public safety agencies; manages
the flow of incident-related information to and from field
units or public safety resom·ces; monitors the status of field
units; and assigns additional resources as requested or
required.
3.3.114.2 Passive RF-Emitting Device. A device that does not
require an external ac or de source of power for its operation and does not provide amplification of an RF signal,
including, but not limited to, coax cable, couplers, splitters,
and passive antennas.
3.3.102 Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). An
assembly of communications equipment and telephone service
providers that utilize managed facilities-ba~ed voice networks
(MFVN) to provide the general public with the ability to establish communications channels via discrete dialing codes. f72,
2022]
3.3.103 Qualified Telecommunicator. A pet·son that has met
the qualifications for a Telecommunicator II as defined in
Chapter 5 and authorized by the AHJ.
3.3.104 Radiating Cable. A coaxial cable that distributes small
amounts of RF energy along its length by means of periodic
breaks in the shield surrounding the center conductor.
3.3.1 05* Radio Channel. A band of fi·equencies of a width
sufficient to allow its use for radio commw1ications. [72, 2022]
3.3.106* Radio Control Station. A mobile or base station
t·adio in a fixed location- often on a desktop or in a dispatcher's console - that operates on a radio frequency configuration so it can access a land mobile radio-fixed repeater station
or fixed trunking station to gain access to the communication
system.
3.3.107* Radio Frequency. A measurement representing the
oscillation t·ate of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum or
electromagnetic radio waves.
3.3.108* Remote Communications Facility. A normally unattended facility, t·emote fmm the communications center, that is
used to house the equipment necessary for the functioning of a
communications system .
3.3.109 R epeater. A device for receiving and re-transmitting
one-way or two-way cotrunw1ication signals.
3.3.110 Requester. Any person, device, machine, or system
observing and reporting an event requit·ing emergency
response.
3.3.111 Requisite Knowledge. Fundamental knowledge one
must have in order to perform a specific task.
3.3.112 Requisite Skills. The essential skills one must have in
order to perform a specifi c task.
2022 Edition
3.3.114.1 Active RF-Emitting Device. Any type of circuit
component that requires an ac or de power source with the
ability to electrically control electron flow or amplification
of an RF signal, including, but not limited to, signal boosters, repeaters, bidirectional amplifiers, and fiber distributed antenna systems.
3.3.115* RF System Designer. An individual who has the
education, experience, u·aining, and understandin g of RF
theot)' and application to design an in-building emergency
respondet- cotruntmications enhancement system (ERCES) that
complies with this standard and d1e requirements of d1e licensing authority of the countt)' ofjurisdiction .
3.3.116 Security Vestibule. A compartment with two or more
doors where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous
and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one
door at a time.
3.3.117 Service Request. Any communication from the public
or an agency that prompts action b y a telecommunicator.
3.3.118 Simplex Radio Channel. A radio channel using a
single frequency d1at, at any one time, allow·s e ither transmission or reception, but not b oth, by a particular radio.
3.3.119* Standard Opera ting Procedures (SOPs). Wt·itten
organizational directives d1at establish or prescribe specific
operational or administrative methods that are to be followed
routinely for the performance of designated opemtions otactions.
3.3.120 Stored Emergency Power Supply System (SEPSS). A
system consisting of an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), a
rectifier plant, or a motor generator powered by a stored electrical energy source; a u-ansfer switch designed to monitor
preferred and alternate load powet- sources and provide
desired switching of the load; and all necessat)' control equipment to make the system functional. [ Ill, 2022)
3.3.121 Subscriber. A mobile radio, portable radio, or radio
conu-ol station operated by a user in a wireless commun ications
system on a radio frequency configuration so that it can access
a land mobile radio-fixed repeater station or fixed trunking
base station to gain access to the communication system.
3.3.122 Supervisor. An individual responsible for overseeing
the performance or activity of other members. [1021, 2020]
3.3.123 Tactical Interoperable Communications Plan (TICP) .
A document used to clearly define the breadth and scope of
interoperable assets available in the area and how those assets
are shared and how their use is prioritized, as well as the steps
individual agencies should follow to request, activate, use, and
deactivate each asset.
PUBLIC SAFETYTELECOMMUN ICATOR I - PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS (NFPA 1061 )
1225-15
3.3.1 24 Talkgroup. A group of radios addressed as a single
entity by the system and functionally equivalent to a conventional repeater channel.
4.1. 2 Purpose. C hapters 4 through 11 shall specify the minimum JPRs for service as public safety telecommunications
personnel.
3.3.125 Task. A specific job behavior or activity. [ 1002, 2017]
4.1.2.1 C hapters 4 through 11 shall define public safety telecommunications persormel.
3.3.126 T DD/ TIY. A device that is used in cor:junction with
a telephone to communicate with persons who are deaf, who
are hard of hearing, or who have speech impairments b y typing
and reading text.
3.3.1 27 Telecommunicator. An individual whose primary
responsibility is to receive, process, or disseminate information
of a public safety namre via telecommunication devices.
3.3.128* Telematics. The combination of communications
and information systems used to provide information or
communications fi·om a vehicle to a PSAP thmugh a telematics
service provider.
3.3.129 Telephon e Num ber. A multidigit number corresponding to a specific voice connection for accessing that connection .
3.3.130 Tie Circuit. A circuit that connects a communications
center· with an alten1ate communications center or with a
public safety answering point (PSAP).
3.3.131 Transceiver. A combined transmitter and receiver
radio unit.
3.3.132 Trouble Signal. A signal initiated by a dispatch system
or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or component.
3.3.133 Trunked Radio. A radi o system that uses computer
control to automatically assign channels from an available pool
of channels to users and gr·oups of user·s.
3.3.134* Two-Way Alp hanum eric Devices. Paging transceivers
used as part of a radio-alerting system that provide an audible
alert and a text message to the user· and that have the ability to
acknowledge messages received back to the conu·ol point.
3.3.135* Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). A device or
system that provides quality and continuity of ac power through
the use of a stored-energy devi ce as the backup power source
during any period when the normal power supply is incapable
of perfonning acceptably. [Ill , 20221
3.3.136* Voice Communication Channe l. A single circuit for
communication by spoken word that is distinct from other
circuits for communications.
4.1.2.2 The intent of Chapters 4 through 11 shall be to e nsure
that personnel serving as public safety telecommun ications
personnel are qualified.
4.1.2.3* Chapters 4 through 11 sha ll not address organization
or management responsibil ity.
4.1.2.4 Chapters 4 thmugh 11 shall not restrict any jurisdiction from exceeding or combining these minimum requirements.
4. 1.2.5 JPRs for each level and position are the tasks personnel shall be able to perform in order to carry out the j o b
duties.
4.1.2.6* Public safety telecommunications personnel shall
remain current with the knowledge, skills, and JPRs addressed
for each level or position of qualification.
4.1.3 Application. The application of Chapters 4 through 11
shall specify which requirements apply to public safety telecommunications personnel.
4.1.3.1 TheJPRs shall be accomplished in accor·dance with the
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and a ll
applicable NFPA standards.
4.1.3.2 JPRs shall not be required to be maste red in the m·der
in which they appear.
4.1.3.3 T he AHJ shall establish instructional priority and the
u·aining program content to prepare personnel to meet the
JPRs of this standard.
4.1.3.4* Performance of each requirement of Chapters 4
through 11 shall be evaluated by personnel approved by the
AHJ.
4. 1.3.5* The JPRs for each level or position shall be completed in accor·dance with recognized practices and pmcedures o r
as defined by law or by the AHJ.
4.1.3.6 Personnel assigned to a ny duties defined in Chapters 4
through 11 shall meet all of the require ments specific to the ir
position as defined in the relevant chapter prior to being qualified.
audio
4.1.3.7 The AHJ shall pr·ovide personal protective clothing
and the equipment necessary to conduct assignmenl~.
3.3.1 38 Wired Circuit. A metallic or fiber-optic circuit leased
to or owned by a jurisdiction that is dedicated to a specific
alarm or communication system under the control of that jurisdiction.
4.1. 3.8 JPRs involving exposure to products of combustion
shall be performed in approved personal protective equipment
(PPE) .
3.3.137* Voice Connection . A
connection.
physical or virmal
Chapter 4 P ublic Safety Telecommunicator I -Professional
Qualifications (NFPA 1061)
4.1 Administration.
4.1.1 Scope. Chapte r·s 4 through 11 shall identify the mmrmum job performance requirements UPRs) for public safety
telecommunications person nel.
4.1.3.9 Prior to training to meet the requirements of Chapters
4 duoug h 11, personne l sh all meet the following requir·ements:
(1) * Educational requirements established by the AHJ
(2) Age requirement~ established b y the AHJ
(3) Medical requirements established by the AHJ
(4)* Job-related physical performance requirements established by the AHJ
(5)* Background investigation and c ha racter traits as established by the AHJ
2022 Edition
1225-16
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
4.1.3.10 Wherever in Chapters 4 through 11 the terms rules,
OT equipment are
used, they shall be those of the AHJ.
Tegulations, policies, pmcedtn-es, supplies, appamtus,
4.1.3.11 Public safety telecommunications personnel shall
meet all of the requirements defined by the National Incident
Management System (NIMS) and the Incident Command
System (ICS) as mandated by Homeland Security Presidential
Directives 5 and 8 (see www.FEMA.gov) and as directed by the
NIMS Integration Center.
4.1.3.12* For each level of progression as identified in Chaptet·s 4 through 11, persons shall participate in continuing
professional development activities to maintain competency
with the JPRs covered in this standard for each level and position that the person is professionally qualified to perform .
computer skills, keyboarding, mousing, typing skills, and legible handwriting.
4.4.3 Utilize information provided by a service requestet~
given the policies, procedures, and guideli nes of the agency, so
that the t·equest is accurately categot·ized and p t·ioritized.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Incident categories, priority levels,
and identification of potential threat~, risks, and hazards.
(B) Requisite Skills. Basic comprehension and problem solving.
4.4.4* Determine incomplete, conflicting, or inconclusive
information or data, given agency policies, procedures, guidelines, protocols, and resources, so that an allocation of resources is selected.
4.2 General. The Public Safety Telecommunicator I shall
receive and process service requests and disseminate information as defined in Sections 4.3 through 4.6.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Available resources, agency jurisdictions, and boundaries.
4.3 Receiving Requests for Service.
(B) Requisite Skills. Reading maps and charts and applying a
global positioning system (CPS) to existing maps and resource
lists.
4.3.1 Description of Duty. To process any request for public
safety services.
4.3.2 Establish secure communications with the service
requester, given a communication device, a means of collecting
information, and a work station, so that a communication link
v.rith the requester is achieved.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Verbal communications process.
(B)* Requisite Skills. Operation and basic u·oubleshooting of
commw1ications systems and devices and application of verbal
and listen ing skills in order to obtain accurate information.
4.3.3 Collect pet·tinent information, given a request for service, so that accurate information regarding the request is
obtained.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Local
system(s) as defined by the AHJ.
area
dispatch
pmtocol
(B)* Requisite Skills. Controlling the conversation utilizing
established questioning and active listening techniques.
4.3.4 Uti.lize nonverbal communications, given a request for
service through a communications device, so that accurate
information regarding the t·equest is obtained.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Nonverbal communication protocols.
(B)* R equisite Skills. Use of nonvet·bal communication devices.
4.4 Processing Requests for Service.
4.4.1 * Description of Duty. Pt·epare data for d ispatch or referral by evaluating, categorizing, formatting, and documenting
the incident per established policies, procedures, or protocols.
4.4.2 Prepare records of public safety services requests, given
agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and resources, so that
the record is correct, complete, and concise.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies, procedures, guidelines,
and protocols established by the AHJ.
(B) Requisite Skills. Application of basic language and writing skills, interpreting and condensing information, basic
2022 Edition
4.4.5 Notify correct personnel about addition, deletion, and
con·ection of data, given agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and protocols, so that documents, files, databases, maps,
and resource lists are accurately maintained.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Familiat·ity with maps, databases,
and resource lists.
(B) Requisite Skills. Basic writing skills, legible handwriting,
and basic computer skills.
4.5 Disseminate Requests for Services.
4.5.1 Relay instructions, information, and directions to the
service requestet~ given agency policies, procedw·es, guidelin es,
and protocols, so that information appropriate to the incident
is consistent with agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and
pwtocols and results in resolution, referral, or response.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Availabili ty of resources, policies,
and procedures regarding p rearrival instructions.
(B)* Requisite Skills. Voice control, provide directions, route
callers, and operate commun ication de,~ces .
4.5.2* Relay information to other public safety telecommunications personnel or entities, given processed data, so that
accurate information regarding the request for service is provided.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies, procedures, or guidelines
as determined b y the AHJ.
(B) Requisite Skills. Voice conu·ol, verbal skills, and basic
computer skills.
4.5.3 Respond to requests for information, given an inquiry
from the public or the media, so that the policies, procedures,
and guidelines are followed.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies, procedures, or guidel ines
as determined by the AHJ.
(B) Requisite Skills. Verbal and wt·itten skills.
PUBLIC SAFETYTELECOMMUNLCATOR II (NFPA 1061)
1225-17
4.6 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Fa miliarity with alarm equipment
and system operation and technology.
4.6.1 Identify signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral health disu-ess of an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral
health disu-ess in a peer setting and policies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health distress so d1at d1e emotional or behavioral
health distress issue is recognized, confidentiality is maintained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communication is open,
nor~judgmental awareness is retained, a depanment or
community-based program is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpretation of a larm system signals,
data, or messages.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional and behavioral health
distress signs and symptoms, such as anxiety, su-ess, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviors; knowledge of the
programs with in the department or within the community,
including, but not limited to, employee assistance programs
(EAP) , community mental health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help an individual
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to approach an individual
exhibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empathic and listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
EAP, community mental health program, chaplain, the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, or an individual u-ained
in emotional and behavioral health .
Otapter 5 Public SafetyTelecommunicator II (NFPA 1061)
5.1 General. The Public Safety Telecommun icator II shall
meet the job performance requirements in Chapter 4 for
Public Safety Telecommunicator I and those defined in
Sections 5.2 through 5.4 of this standard.
5.2 Receive Requests for Service.
5.2.1 * Description of Duty. To manage informati on from
multiple sources requiring requests for services or assistance .
5.2.2* Monitor public safety radio systems, given equipment
used by the agency, so that information requiring action by the
Public Safety Te lecommunicator II is identified.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Basic radio systems, technology,
and standard terminology used by the AHJ.
(B) Requisite Skills. Operation of t-adio equipment, differentiation between various audio stimuli, and effective listening
abilities.
5.2.3* Monitor e lectronic data systems, given equipment used
b y the agency, so that i nformation requiring action by the
Public Safety Telecommunicator II is identified.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Response to audio and visual stimuli.
(B)* Requisite Skills. Basic computer skills and interpretation
of visual symbols.
5.2.4 Monitor alarm systems, given equipment used by the
agency, so that information requiring action by the Public
Safety Telecommunicat01- II is identified.
5.3 Process Requests for Service.
5.3.1 Description of Duty. Review and format data for
dispatch or referral. Monitor resource status and determine
units for deployment.
5.3.2 Validate inc ident information, given a request for service; available resources; and agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and protocols, so that an appropt-iate response is
determined and a resource allocation prepared.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies, procedures, guidelin es,
and protocols related to the allocation of t-esources and ilie
duties and fw1ctions of response w1its.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpretation of incident information.
5.3.3* Maintain location and status of units, g iven the resow-ces available to the agency and utilizing the systems and equipment in the public safety communications center, so that the
current availability, status, and safety of a ll deployable resources
is known.
(A)* Requisite Knowledge. Capabili ties and functions of
personnel, units, and specialized equipment and tools and
d1eir availability and current location.
(B) Requisite Skills. Operation of public safety communications center systems and equipment used for maintaining
status.
5.3.4 Categorize alarm information, given signals, messages,
codes, and data, so that the information is properly interpt-eted
in preparation for the allocation of resources.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Operational principles, practices,
procedw-es, guidelines, and protocols for a larm systems pt-ovided in the public safety communications center and agency
policies related to alarm system operations.
(B) Requisite Skills. Basic computer skills, including
keyboarding and mousing, and differentiation between multiple audiovisual stimuli.
5.3.5 Determine the pt-iority of a service request, given information provided by other telecommw1 icators or fie ld uni ts and
the agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and protocols, so
d1at the priority of the request is defined.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies, procedures, guidelin es,
and protocols related to call prioritization, incident categories,
priority levels, and ide ntification of potential threats, risks, and
hazards.
(B) Requisite Skills. Operation of systems and aids provided
in me public safety communications center fot- call prioritization, and decision-making skills.
5.3.6* Formulate a response, given the validated and prioritized request fix service and the availability of deployable
resources, so that the appropriate response is selected for the
safety of responders.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Procedures for the a llocation or
assignment of resources and requesting mumal aid.
2022 Edition
1225-18
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
(B) R equisite Skills. Operation of systems and aids provided
in the public safety communications center.
(B) Re quisite Skills. Use of printed and elecu·onic reference
materials, databases, and emergency action plans.
5.4 Disseminate Requests for Service.
5.4.6 Activate the public safety communication center emergency action plan, given internal emergency and agency policies, procedm·es, guidelin es, and protocols, so that the integrity
of the commun ications system is mai ntained a nd the safety of
communications center personnel is achieved.
5.4.1 * Description of D uty. Transmit and relay information or
data to field units or other resources, given a t·equest for service, that results in a notification for the response.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Applicable Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules; radio procedures and pwtocols; codes; agency policies, procedures, and guide lines; an
incident management system, and the telecommunicator's role
and function within the system.
(B) Requisite Skills. Voice control and operation of telecommunications equipment.
5.4.2* Initiate deployment of response units, given the validated and prioritized request for service and the agencies' telecommunications equipment, so that service request
information is conveyed to units designated for response.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. All radio communications in
compliance with the rules and regulations governing wireless
communications in the country of operation; radio procedut·es
and protocols; codes; agency policies, procedures, and guidelines; an incident management system; and the telecommunicator's role and function within the system .
(B) Requisite Skills. Voice conu·ol and operation of tele communications equipment, public address (PA) systems, Internet
protocol (IP) systems, and data terminals.
5.4.3 Relay service request information, g iven available resources and telecommunications equipment, so that all pertinent
information is communicated to all responding units and agencies.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. All radio communications in
compl iance with the rules and regulations governing wireless
communications in the country of operation; radio procedures
and protocols; codes; agency policies, procedures, and guidelines; an incident management system, and the telecommunicator's role and function within the system .
(B) Requisite Skills. Voice control and operation of telecommunications equipment.
5.4.4 Gather supplemental information, given a service
request, so that the current information is evaluated, prioritized, and relayed to response units or other personnel and
agencies as needed .
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Agency policies, procedures, and
guidelines and accessing other resources as requested.
(B)* Requisite Skills. Use of printed and e lecu·onic reference
materials, databases, and emergency action plans.
5.4.5* Activate the commun ity emergency action plan, given
data indicating the Likelihood or onset of a criti cal situation
beyond the normal scope of operations, so that the implementation is timely and in accordance with agency policies, procedures, guidelines, and protocols.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Understanding agency policies,
procedures, and guide lin es and accessing other resources as
requested.
2022 Edition
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Existing emergency a nd contingency plans for incidents within the public safety communication center.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of predetermined mitigation and
evacuation plans.
5.5 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
5.5.1 IdentifY signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral health distress of an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and sympto ms of emotional and behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and policies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
b ehavioral health distress so that the emotional or behavioral
health disu·ess issue is recogn ized, confidentia lity is ma intained
within the guide lines of the AHJ, communication is open,
not~udgmental awat·eness is retained, a department ot·
community-based program is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional a nd behavioral hea lth
disu·ess signs and symptoms, suc h as anx iety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviors; knowledge of the
pwgrams within the department or within the community,
including, but not li mhed to, employee assistance programs
(EAP), commun ity mental health programs, chapla ins, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help an individua l
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. Th e abil ity to approach an individual
exh ibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empath ic and listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
EAP, community mental health program, chaplain , d1e
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, or an individual u·ained
in emotional and behavioral health.
Chapter 6 Incident/ Tactical Dispatche r (NFPA 1061)
6.1 General.
6.1.1 Th e Incident/Tactical Dispatcher shall have the requisite knowledge of a telecommunicator in addition to the knowledge specific to the Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position.
6.1.2 This Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher sha ll be knowledgeable of the National In cident Management System (NIMS), d1e
Incident Command System (ICS), and a resource ordet·ing
system.
6.1.3 The Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher sha ll have additional
knowledge requirements for the following: responding to incidents; assuming the position's responsibilities; communicating
effectively; ensuring the completion of assigned actions to meet
identified objectives; and receiving, processing, a nd d issem inating information.
INCIDENT/ TACTICAL DISPATCHER (NFPA 1061)
6.1.4 The Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher's duty shall involve
utilizing the 01-ganizational stmcture, forms, and ter·minology
of NIMS and the ICS according to the job performance
requirements of Section 6.2.
6.2 Description of Duty. Apply ICS stmcture and terminology,
g iven an incident or planned event utilizing the ICS and the
NIMS/ ICS, E'me1gency RespondeT Field Operations Ouide, so that
the ICS is identified, the locations and functions of each unit
are unde rstood, and the role of the In cident/ Tactical
Dispatcher is assumed.
6.2.1 Determ ine how to use a resou rce designation system ,
g iven an incident or planned event utilizing ICS and the
NIMS/ ICS, Em1ngency Responde?· Field Operations Guide, so that
equipment typing and numbering are understood and the
appropriate resources are used.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. ICS 100, Int-roduction to the Incident
Command System; ICS 200, Basic Incident Command System for
Initial Response; ICS 700, An Intmduction to the National Incident
Management System; ICS 800, National Response Framework, an
Intn;duction; and any local, state, or federal mutual aid agreements.
(B) Requisite Skills. Filling out inc ident forms and documen-
1225-19
Management System; ICS 800, National Response Fmmewm'k, an
Introduction; and any local, state, 01- federal mutual aid agreements.
(B) Requisite Skills. Filling out incide nt forms and documentation.
6.3 Resource Ordering and Tracking. Utilize the standards
and terminology of a resource ordering system according to
the job performance t·equirements of 6.3.1 through 6.3.3.
6.3.1 IdentifY resow·ce typi ng for a ircraft, equipment, and
overhead, given an incident or planned event utili zing res, the
N IMS/ ICS, Emmgency RespondeT Held OpeTations Ouide, and a list
of resources assigned to the incident, so that a ll the resources
are tracked as to their role or type a nd location a nd status.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Mutual aid coordination syste m
(MACS), a resource ordering system, and organ izationa l stru cture at the local, state, or national level as appropriate.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use.
6.3.2 Utilize a resource ordering system, g iven an incident or
planned event utilizing ICS and access to a resource ordering
syste m, so that all the t·esow·ces and event activity a t·e tracked
and the status is correct and visible to the system.
tation.
6.2.2 Prepare TCS forms, given an incident or planned event
utilizing ICS and the N IMS/ ICS, Emmgency Responda Field Operations Guide, so that all interactions within the commtmications
unit are documented accurately.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. ICS 100, Intmduction to the Incident
Command System; ICS 200, Basic Incident Command System for
Initial Response; ICS 700, An Intmduction to the National Incident
Management System; ICS 800, National Response Fmmework, an
Introduction; and any local, state, or federal mutual aid agreements.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. MACS, a resource ordering system,
and organizational snucture at the local, state, or national level
as a ppropriate.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use.
6.3.3 Work with outside agencies, given an incident or planned event utilizing ICS and a resource o rdering system, so that
all the participating agencies are aware of out~tanding request~,
pending t·equests, and requests that are unable to be filled.
(B) Requisite Skills. Filling out incident forms and documen-
(A) Requisite Knowledge. MACS, a resource orde ring syste m,
and organizational structure at the local, state, or national level
as appropdate.
tation .
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use.
6.2.3 Utilize incident action plans (lAPs), g iven an in cident or
planned event utilizing lCS, the NIMS/ ICS, Emagency Responder
Field Opemtions Guide, and the lAP for th e incident or event, so
that the res organization is understood, the safety messages are
adhered to, the division or group assignments are identified,
and the communications plan is followed.
6.4 Response to Incidents. Prepare for and respond to in cid ents to fulfill the j o b of Inc ident/ Tactical Dispatcher according to the j o b ped'ormance requirements of 6 .4.1 through
(A) Requisite Knowledge. ICS 100, Intmduction to the Incident
Cmnmand System; ICS 200, Basic Incident Cmnmand System joT
Initial Response; ICS 700, An Introduction to the National Incident
Management System; ICS 800, National Response Fmmewm'k, an
Intmduction; and any local, state or federal mutual aid agreements.
(B) Requisite Skills. Filling out incident forms and documentation.
6.2.4 Recognize existing mutual or automatic aid agreements,
given a n incident or planned event utilizing res and any existing agt-eements or contracts fot· automatic and mutual a id, so
that resources are utilized appropriately and in accordance
with these agreements.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. ICS 100, Introduction to the Incident
Command System; ICS 200, Basic Incident Command System for
Initial Response; ICS 700, An Introduction to the National Incident
6.4.4.
6.4.1 Assemble a travel kit, g iven knowledge of potential
circumstances in wh ich an Incident/Tactical Dispatch er will be
placed, so that he or she is able to function effectively in the
position under most circumstances.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Travel kit inventoty informatio n
included in the Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher class and ability
to operate in austere conditions.
(B) Requisite Skills. Map reading and efficie n t packing skills.
6.4.2 Obtain requests for assig nment, given an incide nt o r
planned event, so that the location, order a nd request number,
and any routing information is obta in ed.
(A) Requisite Knowledge . Travel kit inventory information
included in the Inc ident/ Tac tical Dispatcher class and a bility
to operate in a ustere conditions.
(B) Requisite Skills. Map reading a nd effic ie nt packing skills.
2022 Edition
1225-20
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
6.4.3 Identify u·avel plans, given an incident or planned event,
so that means of travel are identified and the best route information is used.
6.6 Communicate as the fucident Directs. Receive and pass
information accurately according to the job performance
requirements of 6.6.1 through 6.6.3.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Travel kit inventory information
included in the Incident/Tactica l Dispatcher class and ability
to operate in austere conditions.
6.6.1 Gather relevant information during briefings and
debriefings, given an incident or planned event, so that the
individual and communications un it is aware of the current
and funtre situations and plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Map reading and efficient packing skills.
6.4.4 Check in at an incident, given an incident or planned
event, so that the individual is documented as being at the incident.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Travel kit inventory information
included in the Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher class and ability
to operate in austere conditions.
(B) Requisite Skills. Map reading and efficient packing skil ls.
6.5 Assume Position Responsibilities. Take on d1e job responsibilities of an In cident/ Tactical Dispatcher according to the
job performance t·equirements of6 .5 .1 through 6.5.5.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. N IMS and ICS structure and tenninology and Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpersonal communication.
6.6.2 Prepare documentation, g iven an incident or planned
event, so that it is complete and the disposition is appropriate.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and tenninology and Incident/Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpersonal communication.
6.5.1 Determine readiness for assignment, given an incident
or planned event, so that the individual is prepared to begin
work as soon as is needed for the event.
6.6.3 Determine work expectations, g iven an incident or planned event and input fi·om a supervisor, so d1at communications
are effective and work is completed.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Radio systems and terminology,
telephone systems, and computer systems.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS su·ucture and terminology and Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and multitasking.
6.5.2 Show the availability and capabilities of resources, given
an incident or planned event, so that the resources are able to
function in the communications unit.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Radio systems and terminology,
telephone systems, and computer systems.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and multitasking.
6.5.3 Gather, update, and apply situational information, given
an incident or planned event, so that all the resources are
u·acked and the individual is able to respond quickly and efficiently to situations that might arise .
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Radio systems and terminology,
telephone systems, and computer systems.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and multitasking.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpersonal communications.
6.7 Ensure Completion of Assigned Actions to Meet Identified
Objectives. Pet·fot·m tasks and processing requests according
to the job performance requirements of6.7.1 duough 6.7.3.
6. 7.1 React to situations, g iven an incident or planned event,
so that the appropriate action is based on situational infot·mation and prescribed procedures.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities,
and demobilization procedures.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and completion offorms.
6.7.2 Explain position duties to on-coming shifts, given an
incident or planned event, so that there is a con tinuity of
authority and knowledge.
6.5.4 Build relationships with rei evant personnel, given an
incident or planned event, so that membet·s of the commtm ications unit can work as a team and so d1at other incident
personnel are familiar with the needs of the communications
unit.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structut·e and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibi lities,
and demobilization procedures.
(A) Re quisite Knowledge . Radio systems and terminology,
telephone systems, and computer systems.
6.7.3 Prepare for demobilization, given an incident or planned event, so that demobilization procedures are followed.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and multitasking.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. NlMS and ICS su·ucture and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibi lities,
and demobilization procedures.
6.5.5 Show the ability to use the tools necessary to complete
an assignment, given an incident or planned event, so that all
equipment and other available resources are utilized to their
maximum efficiency.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Radio systems and terminology,
telephone systems, and computer systems.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and multitasking.
2022 Edition
(B) Re quisite Skills. Computer use and completion of forms.
(B) Requisite Skills. Computer use and completion of forms.
6.8 Receiving fuformation. Receive information from multiple sources according to the job pet·formance t·equirements of
6.8 .1 d1rough 6.8.5.
6.8.1 Gather inf"ormation by radio, given an incident or planned event, so that all pertinent information is obtained.
INCIDENT/ TACTICAL DISPATCHER (NFPA 1061)
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities,
lAP, and medical plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided b y the
AHJ.
6.8.2 Obtain information by telephone, g iven an inciden t or
planned event, so that all pertinent information is gathered.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structu re and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibili ties,
lAP, and medical plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.8.3 Collect information in person, given an incident or pla nned event, so that all pertinent information is obtained.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and terminology, Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities,
lAP, and medical plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.8.4 Paraplu·ase unit actiVIty, given an incident or planned
event, so that all appropriate res forms are completed in a
timely manner.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and terminology, Incident/Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities,
lAP, and medical plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.8.5 React to medical events, g iven an inc ident or planned
event, so that all appropt·iate resources are dispatched and all
appropriate personnel are notified.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS strucntre and tenninology, Incident/ Tactical D ispa tcher position responsibili ties,
lAP, and medical plans.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of te chnology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.9 Processing Information. Process the information received
according to the j ob performance requirements of 6.9.1
through 6.9.3.
6.9.1 Identify where info rmation goes to people a nd agencies
within and outside the in cident, given an incident or planned
event, so that the inf01·mation is passed on quickly and efficiently.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS strucntre and tenninology and Inc ident/ Tactical Dispatcher position t·esponsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of te chnology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.9.2 Identify information in weather reports, given an inc ident or planned event, so that the information can be passed
on to the resources in the field when requested or directed.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and termino logy and Inc ident/ Tactical Dispatcher position t·esponsibilities.
1225-21
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.9.3 Recognize informa tion i.n fire behavior reports and field
interactions, g iven an incident or planned event, so that pertinent information conta ined i.n those t·eports on interacti ons
can be relayed to personnel.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. N IMS a nd ICS structure and terminology and Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher position responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.10 Disseminating Information. Release information according to the job performance requiremen ts of6.10.1 a nd 6.10.2.
6. 10. 1 Record incident information, given an incident o r
planned event, so that the a pprop riate res forms are completed in an accurate and time ly manner.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Nl MS and ICS sn·ucture and terminology and Incide nt/ Tactical D ispatcher position responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of technology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.10.2 Notify field resources of pertinent information via
radio, telephone, or written message, g ive n an incide n t or pla nned event, so that personnel a re aware.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. NIMS and ICS structure and terminology and Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher positio n responsibilities.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of tec hn ology as provided by the
AHJ.
6.11 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
6.11.1 Identify signs a nd symptoms of emotional a nd be havioral health distress of a n individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of em otiona l and behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and polic ies a nd procedmes to
b e initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health distress so that the emotional or behavioral
health distress issue is recognized, confidentiality is ma intained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communica tion is open,
noruudgmental aware ness is retai ned, a department o r
community-based program is m ade accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional a nd behavioral h ealth
distress signs and symptoms, suc h as anxiety, stress, dept·ession,
addictions, or suicidal thoug h ts or behaviors; knowledge of the
programs within the deparnnent or within the commun ity,
including, but not limited to, employee a~s istance programs
(EAP), community me nta l health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help a n individua l
when emotiona l or behaviot·al health distress is noticed; and
how to liste n and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. Th e ability to a pproach an individua l
exh ibiting signs of e motiona l or behavioral distress; to use
empathic and Listening skills; a nd to refer a n ind ividual to an
EAP, community mental health program, chaplain, the
2022 Edition
1225-22
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, or an individual trained
in emotional and behavioral health .
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Types of records and reports
requit-ed and policies a nd procedures fm processing records
and reports.
Chapter 7 Public Safety Communications Training Officer
(NFPA 1061)
(B) Re quisite Skills. Basic computer skills, spreadsheet
manipulation, and basic t·eport writing and 1·ecord completion.
7.1* General. The Communications Training Officer (CTO)
shall meet the job performance requirements defined in
Sections 7.2 through 7.5 of this standard.
7.2 Personal Conduct.
7.4 Instructional Delivery.
7.4.1 The delivery of instructiona l sessions, given prepared
course materials and environments, so that learning objectives
are met.
7.2.1 Apply the AHJ's mtsswn, given the mtsston statement
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Prepared lesson plans specific to a
topic, environmental advantages a nd limitations, and classroom management and safety.
(A) Re quisite Knowledge. The values and ethics that form the
basis of competency and AHJ practices and progTams that
define professional conduct.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of instructional media and materials.
and the principles of leadership as defined by the AHJ, so that
duties are articulated both formally and informally.
(B) Requisite Skills. Operational and technological competence, as defined by the AHJ, and effective problem solving.
7.2.2 Project behavior, given the established code of ethics
7.4.2 Provide on-thejob trai ning, given an operating telecommunications position that can accommodate b oth the trainer
and trainee, so that the cro can observe and intervene as
needed while the trainee interact~ in a live environment and
performs the duties for which they a re being trained.
defined by the AHJ both f01·mally and informally, so that the
CTO serves as a role model.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Skill level of the trainee and safety
of the caller in an emergency situation.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Th e values and ethics that form the
basis of accepted behavior as defined by the AHJ.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to recognize the use and limitations of any specialized dual-use telecommunications equipment and to assess the need to in tervene when required.
(B) Requisite Skills. Self-restra int, discretion, a positive attirude, objectivity, and confidentiality.
7.2.3 Resolve conflicts, given established methods and procedures, so that disagreements are settled in a fair and obj ective
manner for both parties.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Conflict resolution models, t·elevant standard operating procedures, labor agreements, and
other available resources.
(B) R equisite Skills. Mediation and negotiation.
7.3 Program Management.
7.3.1 Assemble course materials, given a specific topic, so that
the lesson plan and all materials, resources, and equipment
needed to deliver the lesson are obtained.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The components of a lesson plan,
policies and procedures for the procurement of materials and
equipment, and resource availability.
(B) Requisite Skills. Basic computer skills.
7.3.2 Review and adapt instructional materials, given the
materials for a specific topic, target audience, and learning
environment, so that e lements of the lesson plan, learning environment, and 1·esources that need adaptation a1·e identified.
(A) Requisite Knowledge . Recognition of student limitations,
methods of instruction, types of resource materials, organization of the learning environment, and policies and procedw·es.
(B) Requisite Skills. Analysis of resources, facilities, and materials.
7.3.3 Prepare documentation and a file management system
as prescribed by the AHJ, given the need to track trainee
performance, so that accurate records are a ble to be referenced.
2022 Edition
7.4.3 The delivery of continuing education, g iven prepared
course materials, so that competency levels are ma intained in a
consistent fashion .
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Tra ining sunset dates for assigned
employees, minimum requirements to maintain certification(s), prepared lesson plans specific to a topic, e nvironmental advantages and limitations, and classroom manageme nt and
safety.
(B) Requisite Skills. File management and use of instructional media and materials.
7.4.4 Schedule ride-along sessions with fie ld person nel, given
regular interaction with fie ld units, so that the trainee gains
insight into the duties, situations, and limitations experienced
by the personnel who are being dispatched by that trainee.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Personalities and duties of crews
and safety.
(B) Requisite Skills. Basic scheduling.
7.5 Evaluation and Testing.
7.5.1 Administer oral, written, and performance tests, given
the lesson plan, evaluation insu·mnen ts, and the evaluation
procedm·es of the agency, so that the testing is conducted
according to procedures a nd the security of the ma teria ls is
maintained.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Test admin istration, agency policies, laws affecting records and disclosure of training information, the purposes of evaluation and testing, and performance
skills evaluation.
(B) Requisite Skills. Use of skills ch ecklists and oral questioning techniques.
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS SUPERVISOR (NFPA I061)
7.5.2 Grade student tests - oral, written, or performance given answet· sheets and answer keys or skills checklists, so that
the examinations are graded and secured.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Procedures related to test security
and record keeping.
(B) Requisite Skills. Grading and maintaining the confidentiality of scores.
7.5.3 Report test results, given a set of test answer sheets or
skills checklists, a report form, and policies and procedures for
reporting, so that the result~ are accurately recorded, the forms
are forwarded according to procedure, and unusual circumstances are reported.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Reporting procedures and interpretation of test t·esults.
(B) Requisite Skills. Communication skills and basic coaching.
7.5.4 Provide feedback to the trainee, given comprehensive
test and evaluation results, so that the u·ainee is able to distinguish correct performance.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Interpersonal relations and AHJ
policies and procedures.
(B) Requisite Skills. Presentation and conflict resolution.
7.5.5 Identify transition periods, given the completion of identified u·aining goals, so that accurate recommendations for
progression, remediation, or termination are achieved.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Test and evaluation results, documented daily performance reports, reported policy violations,
exemplary performance reports, and AHJ-defined minimum
u·aining requirement~.
(B) Requisite Skills. Analysis of work performance and decision making.
7.6 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
7.6.1 Identify signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral health distress of an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral
health disu·ess in a peer setting and policies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health distress so that the emotional or behavioral
health distress issue is recognized, confidentiality is maintained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communication is open,
nor~judgmental awareness is retained, a deparunent or
community-based program is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropt·iate referral is initiated.
(A) Re quisite Knowledge. Emotional and behavioral health
distress signs and symptoms, su ch as anxiety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviot·s; knowledge of the
programs within the department or within the commtmity,
including, but not limited to, employee assistance programs
(EAP), community mental health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help an individual
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to approach an individual
exhibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empathic and listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
1225-23
EAP, community mental health program, chaplain, the
National Suicide Pt·evention Life line, or an individual trained
in emotional and behavioral health.
Chapter 8 Public Safety Communications Supervisor
(NFPA 1061 )
8.1 * General. The Public Safety Communications Supervisor
shall meet the requirements of Public Safety Telecommunicator II and meet the job performance requirement~ as defined
in Sections 8 .2 through 8 .6.
8.2 Human Resource Management. Utilize human resources
to accomplish assignments in an efficient, safe manner. Evaluate member performance and supervise personnel during
emergency and nonemergency work periods according to the
followingjob performance requirements.
8.2.1 Assign tasks or responsibilities to telecommunicators,
given requests for service, so that all aspects of a request for
service are handled in a proficient and p rofessional manner.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Verbal communications during
emergency situations, techniques used to create assignments
under stressful situations, and methods used to confirm understanding.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to condense instructions for
frequently assigned tasks based on train ing, standard operating
procedmes, guidelines, or protocols as determined by the AHJ.
8.2.2 Evaluate telecommunicator actions to identity performance problems, given a telecommunicator with a sintation
requidng assistance and d1e member assistance policies and
procedmes, so that the situation is identified and so that the
actions taken are within the established policies and procedures.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The signs and symptoms of
telecommunicator-related problems, causes of su·ess in public
safety communications personnel, and the adverse effects of
stress on the performance of public safety communications
personnel.
(B) Re quisite Skills. The ability to recommend a course of
action for a telecommunicator in need of assistance.
8.2.3 Administer human resource policies and procedures,
given a sintation requiring action, so that the needs of the
agency are met.
(A) Requisite
procedures.
Knowledge. Human
resource
policies
and
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to communicate orally and in
writing and to document a situation and any actions taken
toward a resolution .
8.2.4 Coordinate the completion of assigned tasks and
projects by telecommun icators, given a list of projects and tasks
pursuant to job requirements, so that assig nments meet agency
objectives.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Delegation, project management,
principles of supervision, and basic hwnan resource management.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to plan, set priorities, and
follow up.
2022 Edition
1225-24
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
8.3 Community Relations. Respond to inquiries from the
commtmity.
that the situation is remedied as defined and authorized b y the
AHJ.
8.3.1 Initiate action on a citizen 's question or concern, given
policies and procedures, so that the question or concern is
answered or r·efen-ed to the correct individual for action and so
that all policies and procedures are complied with .
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Equipment repair resource list and
troubleshooting guides.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Interpersonal relationships and
appropr-iate customer service techniques.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to effectively communicate
with customers, peers, and others in a reasonable and logical
manner.
8.4 Administration. Perform general administrative functions
and coord inate the implementation of public safety commun ication center policies and procedures at the supervisor- level.
8.4.1 Reco mmend c hanges to existing deparonental policies,
g iven a departmental policy, so that the policy meets the agency's changing needs.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Existing policies and procedures
and changes in day-to-day operations.
(B) R equisite Skills. The abili ty to evaluate existing policies
and procedures for relevancy and to communicate recommended changes.
8.4.2 Implement changes to departmental policies, g iven a
new or changed deparonental policy, so that the pol icy is
communicated to and understood b y telecommunicators.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Policies
changes in day-to-day operations.
and
procedures
and
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to evaluate exrsong policies
and procedures f01· relevancy, to corrununicate recommended
changes, and to engage in written and oral communication.
8.4.3 Conduct routine administrative functions, given forms
and record-management system s, so that the reports and logs
are complete and the fi les are maintained in accordance with
policies and procedures.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Administrative policies and procedures and records management systems.
(B) Requisite Skills. Generating reports, analyzing data, using
agency software programs, a nd communicating findings e ither
orally or in writing.
8.5 Equipment and Systems Operations. Monitor the operational integrity of complex and interrelated systems, technologies, and processes that support emergency communi cations
within the agency and take action as approved or directed b y
the AI-fj.
8.5.1 Monitor the operating syste ms and interfaces, given the
relevant polic ies, procedures, and monitoring tools, so that
there is no degradation or interruption in service to ensure the
continui ty of operations.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Systems operations, policies and
procedures, and operation of the mon itoring tools.
(B) Requisite Skills. Interpreting and commu n icating the
find ings of device indicators.
8.5.2 Coordinate equipment repairs with technical staff or
appropriate resources, g iven a system malfunction or fai lure, so
2022 Ed ition
(B) Requisite Skills. Troublesh ooting techniq ues.
8.6 Health and Safety. Integrate safety plans, policies, and
procedures into daily activities in accordance with the requirements of the AI-fj.
8.6.1 Apply safe practices in the public safety commun ications
center as defined by the AI-fj, given safety policies a nd procedures, so that all applicable reporting is completed, in-service
training is conducted, and respo nsibilities are conveyed to
personnel.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The conun on causes of personal
injw·y and accidents, safety policies and procedures, and basic
workplace safety.
(B) Requisite Skills. The abili ty to identify a nd act to mitigate
safety hazards.
8.6.2 Document the events leading up to a nd the potential
causes of an accident, given an incident and any applicable
forms, so that the incident is docu mented and reports are
processed in accordance with policies a nd procedures.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Proce dures for reporting an accident and safety policies and procedures.
(B) Requisite Skills. The a bility to docum ent a n accident in
an accurate manner and to condu ct interviews o bjectively.
8. 7 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
8.7.1 Identify sig·ns and symptoms of emotional and be havioral health diso·ess of an individual in crisis, g iven an individual
exh ibiting signs and symptoms of emotional a nd behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and polic ies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health distress so that the emotional or behavioral
health disn·ess issue is recognized, confidentiality is maintained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communication is ope n,
nor~udgmental awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made accessible, and assistan ce is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional and be havioral health
distress signs and symptoms, such as anxiety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoug h ts or be haviors; knowledge of the
programs withi n the department or within the community,
including, but not limited to, employee assistance p rograms
(EAP), community mental health programs, chapla ins, a nd the
National Suicide Preventio n Lifeline to help an individual
when e motional or behavior-al health d istt·ess is noticed; and
how to liste n and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. Th e ability to approach an ind ividual
exh ibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empath ic and l.istening skills; and to refer a n individual to an
EAP, commun ity mental health program, chaplain, the
National Suicide Pr-evention Lifeline, or an individual trained
in emotional and behavioral health.
1225-25
PUBLIC SAFETY QUALITY ASSURANCE/ IMPROVEMENT PERSONNEL (NFPA 1061)
Chapter 9 Public Safety Quality Assurance/Improvement
Personnel (NFPA 1061)
9.1 * General. To qualify as Quality Assurance/Improvement
Personnel, a candidate shall meet the job performance requit-ements defined in Section 9.2 through 9.7.1 of this standard.
9.2 Review Calls for Service. Perform or utilize human
resources to accomplish assignments when reviewing calls for
service. Evaluate communication center member performance
during emergency and nonemergency work periods.
9.2.1 Conduct random review of calls for service received b y
commtmication center members, given a request for setvice or
assistance, so that the request is received and prioritized, safety
considerations are addressed, and the desired outcomes are
conveyed in accordance with the information management
system utilized by the AHJ.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Verbal communication during
emergency and nonemergency calls for service, techniques to
verifY and collect information under su·essf'ul and nonstressful
situations, and methods for confirming those techniques.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to provide written or elecu·onic reports for reviewed calls for service and to meet the
minimum call review requirements utilized by the AHJ.
9.3 Feedback. Perform or utilize human resources to accomplish assignments to provide feedback to communication
center pet·sonnel from reviewed calls for service.
9.3.1 Conduct a review of calls for service received by communication center members, given a call for service report, so that
the desired outcomes at·e conveyed in accordance with the
information management system utilized by the AHJ in a timely
and accurate manner.
(A) Requisite Knowle dge. Written and verbal communication.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to provide written and verbal
communication in a generous, empathic, and calm demeanor
using interpet·sonal skills in a methodical and organized
manner to convey the desired results and using the information management system utilized by the AHJ.
9.4 Remediation.
9.4.1 Recommend action for member-related problems
requiring remediation training, given a member with a sintation requit·ing assistance and the member assistance policies
and procedures, so that the situation is identified and the
actions taken are within the established policies and procedures.
(A) Re quisite Knowledge. The signs and symptoms of
member-related problems, causes of stress in emergency services persOtU1el, adverse effects of su-ess on the performance of
emergency service personnel, and awareness of AHJ member
assistance policies and procedures.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to recommend a course of
action for a member in need ofa~sistance.
9.5 Data Management. Coordinate communication center
projects, research, and snulies by organizing, retrieving, and
filing calls for service data. This will necessarily involve working
with data-processing personnel to meet state, national, and
agency-t·elated needs.
9.5.1 Collect calls for service data, given the goals and mission
of the organization, so that communication center repot·ts are
timely and accurate .
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The
system utilized by the AHJ.
information
management
(B) Requisite Skills. Written and verbal commun ication and
state, national, and local agency computer software and reports
utilized by the AHJ.
9.6 Continuing Education. Utilize commw1ication center data
and results fi·om reviewed calls for service, along with the
implementation of new communication center policies and
procedures, to develop and deliver continuing education .
9.6.1 Dire ct communication center members during a training evolution, given a training evolution and u-aining policies
and procedures, so that the evolution is performed in accordance with safety plans efficiently and as directed.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Verbal communication techniques
to facilitate learning.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to distribute issue-gui ded
directions to unit members during training evolutions.
9.7 Credentialing. Main tain certifications, l.icenses, accreditations, and performance benchmarks that are required by a ll
communication center persormel and others required by the
AHJ.
9.7.1 Schedule and recommend training, g iven the communication center personnel certification and other certification
required b y the AHJ, so that all personnel will meet and maintain all required training within the agency's established policies and procedures.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Verbal commtmication duri ng
emergency and nonemergency calls for se tv ice, techniques
used to verifY and collect information under stressful and
nonsu·essful situations, and methods of confi rm.ing those techniques.
(B) Re quisite Skills. The ability to provide written ot· electronic reports on reviewed calls for service and to meet the
minimum call review requirements utilized b y the AHJ .
9.8 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
9.8.1 IdentifY signs and symptoms of emotional a nd behavioral he alth distress of an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and policies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health disu·ess so that the emotional or behavioral
health distress issue is recognized, confidentiality is maintained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communi cation is open,
not"Uudgmental awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate t·e fe rml is in.itiated.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional a nd behavioral health
distress signs and symptoms, such as artXiety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviors; knowledge of the
programs within the deparunent or within the community,
including, but not li mited to, employee a~sistance programs
(EAP), community mental health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help an individual
2022 Edition
1225-26
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to communicate.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to approach an individual
exhibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empathic and listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
EAP, com munity mental health program, chaplain, the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, or an individual trained
in emotional and behavioral health .
10.3.3 Create a remediation strategy, given an evaluation
report indicating the need for further training, so that trainees
failing to meet the lesson plan standards are given additional
training.
(A) R eq uisite Knowledge. Minimum accepted competency
levels established by the AHJ, specific evaluation resu lts of
trainees recommended for remediation, and o·ain ing strategies
for varied learning styles.
(B) Requisite Skills. None.
Chapter 10 Public Safety Communications Training
C oordinator (NFPA 1061)
10.1* General. The Communications Training Coordinator
shall meet the t·equirements for Communications Tt·aining
Officer and the job performance requirements defined in
Sections 10.2 through 10.6 of this standard.
10.2 P rogram Managemen t.
10.2.1 Recommend budg et needs, given training goals, AHJ
budget policy, and current resources so that the resources
required to meet training goals are identified and documented . ( 1041:5.2.3]
(A) Re quisite Knowle d ge. AHJ budget policy, resource
management, needs analysis, sources of instructional matedals,
and equipment. [1041:5.2.3(A)J
(B) Requisite Skills. Resource analysis and preparation of
supponing documentation. [1041:5.2.3(8) l
10.2.2 Gather u·aining resources, given an identified need, so
that the resources are obtained within established timelines,
budget consu·aint5, and according to AHJ policy. [1041:5.2.4]
(A) Requisite Knowle d ge. AHJ policies, purchasing procedures, and budget. [ 1041:5.2.4(A) ]
(B) R equisite Skills. Records completion. [1041:5.2.4(B)l
10.3 Develo p Curricula.
10.3.1 Create a lesson plan, given a topic, learner characteristics, and a lesson plan format, so that learning objectives, a
lesson outline, course materials, inso·u ctional technology tools,
an evaluation plan, and learning objectives for the topic are
addressed. [1 04 1:5.3 .2]
(A) Requisite Knowled ge. Elements of a lesson plan, components of learning objectives, instructional methodology,
student-centered learning, m ethods for eliminating bias, types
and application of instructional technology tools and techniques, copyright law, and references and materials.
[1041:5.3.2(A)l
(B) Requisite Skills. Conduct research, develop behavioral
objectives, assess sntdent needs, and develop instructional technology tools; lesson outline teclmiques, evaluation techniques,
and resource needs analysis. [1041:5.3.2(B)]
10.3.2 Modify an existing training topic, given an existing
lesson plan, so that the topic remains relevant and the technology is updated to standards set by the AHJ.
(A) Requisite Knowled ge. Thorough knowledge of the existing lesson plan, improvements in industry standards and equipment, and improvements in insu·uctional media.
(B) Requisite Skills. Research skills.
2022 Ed ition
10.4 Maintain Training Schedule and Staff.
10.4.1 Maintain a continuing education trammg schedule,
given an established lesson plan, so that training is ongoing
and that continuing education objectives are met.
(A) R equisite Knowledge. Lesson plan topics; certification
expiration dates; and AHJ, state, and federal m inimum o·aining
requirements/ certifications.
(B) Requisite Skills. Prioritization and records management.
10.4.2 Schedule Communications Train ing Officers (CTOs)
to conduct training, given a roster of certified CTOs, so that al l
CTOs are able to instruct regularly and maintain competency.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. A current Iist of classes instructed
by all CTOs and the strengths and weaknesses of each trainer
in regard to instructional skills.
(B) Requisite Skills. Personnel management, evaluation skills,
and record keeping.
10.4.3 Schedule instructional sessions, g iven the AHJ's scheduling policy, inso·uctional resources, staff, facilities, and t imeline for delivery, so that the specified sessions are del ivered
according to depar011ent policy.
(A) R eq uisite Knowledge. AHJ, state, and federal mmtmum
training requirements/ cenifications; scheduling processes;
supervision techniques; and resource m a nageme nt.
(B) Requisite Skills. None.
10.4.4 Select instructional staff, given personnel qualifications,
instructional t·equirements, and AHJ policies and procedures,
so that staff selection meers AHJ policies and achievement of
AHJ and instructional goals. [104 1:6.2.41
(A) R eq uisite Knowle dge. AHJ policies regarding staff selection, inso·uctional requirements, selectio n methods, the capabilities of instructional staff~ and agency goals. f1041:6.2.4(A) ]
(B) Requisite Skills. Evaluation techniques and interview
methods. [1041:6.2.4(B)]
10.5 D ocument Training.
10.5.1 Administer a training t·ecord system, given AHJ policy
and type of o·aining activity to be documented, so that the
information capntred is concise, meets all AHJ and legal
requirements, and can be accessed. [1041:6.2.2]
(A) R equisite Knowledge. AHJ policy, record-keeping systems,
pmfessional standards addressing training records, legal
requirements affecting record keeping, and disclosure of information. [1041:6.2.2(A)]
(B) Requisite Skills. Developme nt of recot·ds a nd report
generation . [ 1041:6.2.2 (B)]
1225-27
PUBLIC SAFELY COMMUNI CATIONS CENTER lVIANAGER/ DIRECTOR (NFPA 1061)
10.5.2 Regularly review CfO reports and trainee evaluations,
given regular t-eporting, so that training progress is monitored
and negative trends are quickly recognized and corrected.
obtained, and
[1041:6 .5.4)
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The results of regular reports and
evaluations.
r1041:6 .5.4(A) 1
(B) Requisite Skills. None.
10.6 Evaluation and Testing.
10.6.1 Develop student evaluation insu-uments, given learning
objectives, learner characteristics, and training goals, so that
the evaluation instrument measures whether the student has
achieved the learning objectives. [ 1041:5.5.2]
(A) Re quisite Knowledge. Evaluation methods, evaluation
instrument development, and assessment of validity and reliability. f l041:5.5.2(A) )
(B) Requisite Skills. Evaluation item construction and assembly of evaluation instrument5. [1041:5.5.2(B)]
10.6.2 Develop a class evaluation insu-ument, given AID policy
and evaluation goals, so that student5 have the ability to
provide feedback on instru ctional methods, communication
techniques, learning environment, course content, and student
materials. [104 1:5.5.3]
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Training
[1041:5.5.3(A))
evaluation
methods.
(B) Requisite Skills. Development of training evaluation
forms. [ 1041:5.5.3(B)]
10.6.3 Analyze student evaluation instruments, given test data,
objectives, and AID policies, so that validi ty and reliability are
determined and necessary changes are made . [1041:6.5.5]
(A) Requisite Knowledge . AHJ policies and applicable laws,
test validity, reliability, and item analysis methods.
f I 041:6.5.5 (A) l
needed
improvements
are
iden tified.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Evaluation me thods a nd AHJ goals.
(B) Requisite Skills. Construction of evaluation instruments,
technical writing. [1041:6.5.4(B)l
10.7 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
10.7.1 Identify signs a nd symptoms of emotional a nd behavioral health d istress of an individual in crisis, g iven an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and polic ies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behaviOt-al health disu·ess so that the emotional or behavioral
health disu·ess issue is recognized, confidentiality is maintained
with in the guidelines of the AHJ, communication is open,
nonjudgmental awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made accessible, and assistan ce is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Emotional and be havioral health
distress signs and symptoms, such as anxiety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviors; knowledge of the
progt-ams within the deparunent or within the community,
including, but not limited to, employee assistance programs
(EAP), community mental health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeli ne to help an individual
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to communicate .
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to approach an individual
exhibiting signs of emotional or behavioral disu·ess; to u se
empathic and listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
EAP, commtmity mental health program, chaplain, the
National Suicide Preve ntion Lifeline, or an individual trained
in emotional and behavioral health.
(B) Requisite Skills. Item analysis. (1041:6.5.5( B) l
10.6.4 Construct a performance-based instructor evaluation
plan, g iven AHJ policies and pmcedmes and job requit-ement5,
so that instructors are evaluated at regular intervals, following
AHJ policies. f l041:6.2.5]
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Evaluation methods, employment
laws, AID policies, staff schedules, and job requirements.
[1041:6.2.5(A)]
(B) Requisite Skills. Evaluation techniques, scheduling, technical writing. [ 1041:6.2.5( B)]
10.6.5 Present evaluation findings, conclusions, and recommendations to AID adminisu-ator, given data summaries and
target audience, so that recommendations are unbiased,
supported, and reflect AHJ goals, polic ies, and procedmes.
[1041:6.2.8 )
(A) Re quisite Knowledge. Statistical analysis and
f1041:6.2.8(A)]
AID
goals.
(B) Requisite Skills. Presentation skills and report preparation following AHJ guidelines. f 1041:6.2.8(B)]
Chapter 11 Public Safety Communications Center ManagerI
Director (NFPA 1061)
11.1 * General.
11.1.1 The Public Safety Communications Cen ter Manager/
Director shall have the requisite knowledge of the positions in
the public safety communications center.
11.1.2 The AHJ shall be able to request additional educational
background, technical experience and the job performance
requirements defined in Sections 11.2 through 11.5 of this
standard.
11.1.3 The Public Safety Communications Center Manager/
Director shall have the requisite knowledge of the organizational structure of both the department and the department's
organizational su·uctme withi n the AHJ; the geographical
configuration and political in flue nces within the boundaries;
adminisu·ation of the department's budget development and
implementation; development and implementation of the
department's policies and procedures; and management of al l
personnel within the communications center.
10.6.6 Develop a program evaluation plan, given AID policies
and procedut-es, so that instructors, course components,
progTam goals, and facilities are evaluated, student input is
2022 Edition
1225-28
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
11.2 Human Resource Managemen t.
11.2.1 Administer communication center members during
daily operations, given minimum staffi ng levels established by
the AHJ, so that the communication center meers the performance goals in accordance with local polic ies, procedures, and
protocols established by the AHJ.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The communication process for
shift assignments, shift replacement, and emergent situations.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to coordinate sh ift coverage
with peak needs, manage allocated time off, and foll ow labor/
management agreements within the public safety commtmications center.
11.3 P ublic Safety Communications Center Operation s.
11.3.1 Create operational plans to include daily activities,
given an area of responsibility as determined by the AHJ, so
that daily activities that include emergency procedures both
outside the center and within the center following federal,
state, provincial, and local guidelines -including any mission
statement or goals- are met as established by the AHJ.
(A) Requisite Knowled ge. Comprehensive understanding of
operational plans, applicable legal requirements and regulations, and positive professional development oppornmities.
(B) R equisite Skills. Verbal and written conununications skills
to develop, implement, and evaluate operational plans, federal
legislation, and the local requirements necessary to manage the
center and to enco urage and suppon professional development.
11.6 Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of
Emotional and Behavioral Distress.
11.6.1 Identify signs and symptoms of emotional and behavioral health distress of an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and sympto ms of emotional and behavioral
health distress in a peer setting and policies and procedures to
be initiated with an awareness level education in emotional and
behavioral health distress so that the emotional or behavioral
health distress issue is recogn ized, confidential ity is maintained
within the guidelines of the AHJ, communication is open,
not~udgmental awat·eness is retained, a depanment o t·
community-based program is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is initiated.
(A) R eq uisite Knowledge. Emotional and behavioral health
disu·ess signs and symptoms, suc h as anxiety, stress, depression,
addictions, or suicidal thoughts or behaviors; knowledge of the
programs within the depanment or within the community,
including, but not Limited to, employee assistance programs
(EAP), community mental health programs, chaplains, and the
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline to help an individual
when emotional or behavioral health distress is noticed; and
how to listen and when to commun icate.
(B) Requisite Skills. T h e ability to approach an individual
exhibiting signs of emotional or behavioral distress; to use
empathic and Listening skills; and to refer an individual to an
EAP, community mental health program, chaplain, d1e
National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, or an individual u·ained
in emotional and behavioral health.
Chapter 12 Communications Centers (NFPA 1221 )
11.4 Stakeholder R elationships.
11.4.1 Create a working t-elationship, given the varied stakeholders involved in a communications center, so that all stakeholders' concerns are met using positive feedback and a team
environment.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. The needs of external stakeholders
and the needs of the personnel within the center and an
understanding of personal and governmental influences and
other agencies that can affect operations within the center.
12.1 Administration .
12.1.1 Scope.
12.1.1.1 Chapters 12 through 23 shall cover the installation,
performance, operation, and maintenance of public emergency services communications systems a nd facilities.
12.1.1.2 Chapters 12 through 23 shall not be used as a design
specification manual or an instruction manual.
(B) Requisite Skills. The ability to communicate with stakeholdet·s at an appropt·iate level, understand people and their
agendas, administer discipline to internal stakeholders if necessary, and create a positive team environment.
12.1.2 Purpose. The purpose of Chapters 12 d1rough 23 shall
be as follows:
11.5 Coordinate Technologies.
(2)
11.5.1 Understand the syste ms used within the communications center, given the updates and improvements to technology, so that a request for capital improvemen ts can b e added to
the budget process.
(A) Requisite Knowle dge. A basic understanding of what technology is used in the center, having a support network to advise
of changing technology, and making appropriate recommendations.
(B) R equisite Skills. Technological understanding, communications skills, and the ability to translate the information into
lay terms so that stakeholders can make informed decisions.
2022 Edition
(1)
(3)
(4)
To specify operations, facilities , and commun ications
systems that receive event~ from the public
To provide requirements for the retransmission of such
events to the appropriate emergency response agencies
To provide requirements for dispatch ing of appropriate
e mergen cy response personnel
To establish the required levels of performance and quality of installations of emergency services commun ications
syste ms
12.1.2.1 Public fire alarm systems and fire alarm systems on
private premises from which signals are received d irectly or
indit·ecdy by the communications center shall be in accord ance
with NFPA 72.
12.1.2.2 Emergency reporting systems that are not covered by
Chapters 12 tlu·ough 23 sha ll be in accordance with NFPA 72.
COl\IIMUN ICATIONS CENTERS (NFPA 1221 )
12.1.3* Application. Chapters 12 through 23 shall apply to
publicly and privately owned communications systems that
include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Computer aided dispatching systems
Telephone system s
9-1-1 systems
Next Generation 9-l -1 syste ms
(5) Multi-line telephone systems (MLTS) used to access the
Enhanced 9-1-1 systems
(6) Telema tics
(7) Emergency response facility alerting systems
(8) Public and private alarm reporting syste m s
(9) One-way and nvo-way radio systems
(10) Nationwide public safety broadband nenvork (NPSBN)
12.1.3.1 The communica tion systems listed in Section 12.1.3
shall provide the following functions:
(1)
(2 )
(3)
Communication between the requester and e mergency
response agencies
Communication within the emergency response agency
under emergency and nonemergency conditions
Communication among emergency response agencies
12.1.4 Retroactivity.
12.1.4.1 Unless oth erwise noted, it is not intended that the
provisions of Chapters 12 through 23 be applied to facilities,
equipment, su·u ctures, or installations that were existing or
approved for construction or installation prior to the effective
date of the document.
12.1.4.2 In those cases where it is determined that the e xisting
situation involves a distinct hazard to life or property, the
a uthority having jm·isdiction shall be pet·mitted to require
retroactive application of an y provisions of Ch a pters 12
through 23.
12.1.4.3 The portions of this standard that shall b e applied
retroactively are listed in Table 12.1.4.3, Retroactivity.
1225-29
12.2.2* A compre hensive emergen cy management plan
(CEMP) shall be in place fix each communications center.
12.2.2.1 Th e CEMP sh all comply with the applicable requirements of NFPA 1600 and additional requirements specified in
this document.
12.2.2.2 The AHJ shall review the CEMP for currency and
applicabili ty annually.
12.2.2.3* Emergency
Fire
Plan. There
shall
be
a
management-approved, written, dated, and annually tested
emergency fire plan that is part of the CEMP.
12.2.2.4* Damage
Control Plan. There
sh all
be
a
management-approved, written , dated, and annually tested
damage control plan tha t is part of the CEMP.
12.2.2.5* Each jurisdiction sh all develop a tactical interoperable communications plan (TJCP) utilizing TIA-603, Land Mobile
FM or PM Communications Equifrm.ent Measurement and Petfonnance Standanls, or a similar refere nce.
12.2.2.6 Th e TICP shall be included in the comprehensive
emergency management plan (CEMP).
12.2.3 \!\Then provided, remote communications facilities shall
comply with Section 12.11.
12.2.4 Communications equipment shall be kept in working
ot·der at all times.
12.2.5 Each center sha ll be provided with a designated
primary m eans of communication that sha ll be compatible with
the designated primary m ean s of communication pt·ovided at
the Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs) .
12.2.5.1 Each center shall be provided with a n alternate
means of communication that is compatible with the alternate
means of communica tion provided at the ERFs.
12.2 General.
12.2.5.2 The alternate m eans shall be availa ble to the telecommunicator in the eve n t of failure of the primary communications system.
12.2.1* Communi cations centers and alternate communications centers shall comply with Chapter 12.
12.2.6* Each jurisdiction shall maintain a n a lternate communications center that meets the criteria in 12.2.6.1 a nd 12.2.6 .2.
Table 12.1.4.3 Retroactivity
12.2.6. 1 The alternate communicati ons center shall be capable, when staffed, of performing the emergency fun ctions
performed at the primary communications center.
Chapter
1
2
3
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Retroactive
N/ A
N/A
Yes
12.2, 12.6.1, 12.6.2,
12.6 .5-12 .6 .7
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12.2.6.2* The alte rna te communications center shall be separated geographically from the primary communications center
at a distance that e nsures the survivability of the alternate
center.
12.2.6.3 Each jurisdiction shall develop a formal pla n to ma intain and operate the alternate communi cations center.
12.2.6.3.1 The plan shall include th e ability to reroute incoming event and a larm u·affic to the a lternate centet· and to pt·ocess and dispatch events at that centet~
12.2.6.3.2* The plan sh a ll be included in the Comprehensive
Em ergency Management Pla n (CEMP ).
12.2.6.4* \!\Then operations are from the al ternate communications center, receipt, transfer, processing, a nd dispatching of
alarms and events in accot·dance with the requirements of this
standard shall not be dependent on the func tioning of a ny
equipment at the primary communications center.
2022 Edition
1225-30
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
12.2.7~' The communications center shall be capable of
continuous operation long enough to enable the u·ansfer of
operations to the alternate communications center in the event
of fire or other emergency in the communications center or in
the building that houses the communications center.
12.2.8 Systems that are essential to the operation of the
communications center shall be designed to accommodate
peak workloads as determined by d1e authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) .
12.2.9* Communications centers shall be designed to accommodate the staffing level necessary to operate the center as
required by Chapter 15.
12.2.10 The design of the communications center shall be
based on number of personnel needed to handle peak workloads as determined by the AJU.
12.3 Exposure Hazards.
12.3.1 vVhere the building that houses a communications
center is adjacent to another structttre, the exposed walls shall
be protected in compliance with NFPA 5000 or in compliance
with the building code legally in effect, whichevet· is more
restrictive.
12.3.2* When the building that houses a communications
center is located within 150ft (46 m) of the potential collapse
zone of a taller su·ucrure, the roof shall be designed to resist
damage from collapse of the exposing sU·ucture.
12.3.3* The lowest floor elevation of the communications
center shall be above the 500-year flood plain established by
the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
12.4 Construction.
12.4.1 Communications centers shall be located in buildings
of Type I or Type II construction as defined by NFPA 220.
12.4.2 Buildings that house conunun ications centers shall
have Class A roof coverings.
12.4.3 Communications centers shall be separated from other
portions of buildings occupied for purposes other than emer·
gency communications b y fire barriers having a fire resistance
rating of 2 hours.
12.4.9 The operations room shall be equipped with a toilet
facility and a lunch area that a t·e directly accessible to the telecommunicators within the secured area as required by
Section 12.7.
12.4.9.1* Conununications centers shall be pmvided with
backup facilities for san itation and drinking water to provide
for the health and safety of employees during extended periods
of failure of public water or sewet· systems.
12.4.10 The communications center or tl1at portion of a build·
ing to be utilized as a communications center shal l be protec·
ted against seism ic damage in accordance with NFPA 5000 ot·
the building code legally in effect.
12.5 Climate Control.
12.5.1 Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
systems shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A and
NFPA 90B.
12.5.1.1 HVAC systems shall be designed to maintain tempera·
ture and relative humidity within limits specified by the manufacturers of the equipment critical to the operation of the
com munications center as determined by the AHJ.
12.5.1.1.1* Separate temperature and humidity controls shall
be provided for each equipment room, for the operations
room, for office areas, and for other spaces designated by the
AHJ.
12.5.1.2* HVAC systems shall be independent systems that
serve only the commtmications center.
12.5.1.3* HVAC system intakes for fresh air shall be arranged
to minimize smoke intake from a fire inside or outside the
building and to resist intentional introduction of irritating,
noxious, toxic, or poisonous substances into the HVAC system.
12.5.1.4 Emergency controls shal l be provided in the operations room to permit closing of outside air intakes .
12.5.1.5* Backup HVAC systems shall be provided for tl1e
operations room and other spaces housing e lecu·onic equipment detet·mined by the AHJ to be essential to the operation of
the commtmications center.
12.4.4 Fire barriers shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 8 .3.
12.5.1.6 Backup or redundant HVAC units shall be capable of
recetvmg power from all power sources requit·ed by
Section 12.8 .
12.4.5* Commtmications centers shall not be located below
grade unless the elevation of the lowest floor in the facility is
above the 500-year flood plain.
12.5.1.7* HVAC systems shall be designed so that the communications center is capable of uninterrupted operation with the
largest single I-IVAC unit or component out of service.
12.4.6 Communications centers located below grade shall
comply with 11 .7.3 of NFPA 101 and be specifically designed
for the location.
12.4.7 The exposed surfaces of interior walls and ceil ings shall
have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke develop·
ment index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM
E84, Standm·d Jest Method j01· SU?face Buming Characteristics of
Building Materials.
12.4.8 Interior floor finish shall comply with the requirements
of NFPA 101 interior floor finish testing and classification and
shall be Class I as establ ished by NFPA 101 or shall have a minimum critical radiant flux of0.1 W/ cm2 .
2022 Edition
12.5.1.8* Primary and backup HVAC systems shall be capable
of operating fi·om the nonnal power source required by 12.8.2
and the alternate power source required by 12.8.3.
12.5.1.9* Primary and backup/ redundant HVAC units shall
be located to prevent tampering, vehicle impact, or inu·oduction of hazardous/ noxious chemicals or odors .
12.5.2 Penetrations into the commun ications center shall be
limited to those necessary fot· the operation of the center.
12.6 Fire Protection.
12.6.1 The communications center shall be provided with fire
extinguishers that meet the 1·equirements of NFPA 10.
COl\IIMUN ICATIONS CENTERS (NFPA 1221 )
12.6.2 The communications center and spaces adjoining the
communications center shall be provided with an automatic
fire detection, alarm, and notification system in accordance
with NFPA 72.
12.6.2.1 The alarm system shall be monitored in the operations room.
12.6.2.2 Operation of noti.f ication appliances shall not interfere with communications operations.
12.6.3 The building that houses the communications center
shall be protected throughout by an approved, supervised a utomatic spt-inkler system that complies with NFPA 13.
12.6.4 Supervision shall b e in accordance with 9 .7.2 of
NFPA 101.
12.6.5 Electronic computer and data processing equipment
shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 75 .
12.7 Security.
12.7.1 The com munications center and o ther buildings that
house essential operating equipment shall be protected against
damage from vandalism, terrorism, and civil disturbances.
12.7.2 Entry to the communications center and od1er buildings and structures that contain equipment essen tial to the
operation of the communicatio ns syste ms shall be restricted to
authorized persons.
12.7.2.1 Potential points for unauth orized enu-y as determined by the AHJ shall be protected by an electronic inu-usion
detection system.
12.7.2.2 The intrusion detection syste m shall be annunciated
in the operations room and at another location designated b y
the Jliij.
12.7.3* Enu)'ways to the communi cations center shall be
protected by a security vestibule.
12.7.3.1 Door openings shall b e protected by listed, selfcl osing fire doors that have a fire resistance rating of not less
than 1 hou r.
12. 7.3.2 Door openings shall be protected by listed, selfclosing doors that are rated for bullet resistance to Leve l 4 as
defined in UL 752, Standard for Bullet-Resistant Equipment.
12.7.4 vVhere a communications center has windows, the
requirements of 12.7.4.1 through 12.7.4.5 shall apply.
12.7.4.1 Window sills on all direct exterior windows shall b e a
minim tun of 4ft (1.2 m) above floor level ot· 4ft (1.2 m) above
finished grade, whichever is higher.
12. 7.4.2 Direct exterior windows sh all be rated for bullet
1·esistance to Level 4 a5 defined in UL 752, Standm·d for BulletResistant Equipment.
12. 7.4.3 Direct exterio t· windows that are not bullet resistant
shall be permitted, provided that they face a secured area that
cannot be accessed o r viewed from outside the secured perimeter of the communications center.
12. 7.4.4 Direct exterior windows that are required to be bullet
resistant shall be configured so that they cannot be opened.
1225-31
12.7.4.5* Direct exterior windows shall b e arranged so that it
is not possible to view the interior of th e communications
center from outside the secLtred perimeter.
12.7.5* Perimeter walls shall be design ed and constructed to
pmvide the same level of ba llistic protection a5 d1a t requit·ed
for windows.
12.7.6 Means shall be provided to prevent unauthorized ve rnd es from approach ing the building housing the communications ce nter to a distance of no less than 82 ft (25 m ) .
12.7.7* As an alternative to 12.7.6, una uthorized vehicles shall
be permitted to approach closet- tha n 82 ft (25 m ) if the building has been designed to be blast resistant, as approved by the
AHJ.
12.8 Power.
12.8.1 General. Each communications center shall be provided with a critical operations power system in compliance with
NFPA 70.
12.8.1.1 Designated critical operations areas (DCOAs) shal l
include d1e operation5 room, information techn ology (IT)
rooms, telephone rooms, e lecu·ical equipment rooms, mec hanical equipment rooms, fire protection equipment rooms, sanitary facilities, and other spaces and equipment desig nated by
the AHJ as requiring critical operations power.
12.8.1.2 At least two independe n t and reliable power sources
shall be provided, one primary a nd one emergency, a nd each
shall be of adequate capac ity for operation of the communications center.
12.8.1.3 Power sources shall be monitored for integ rity, with
annunciation provided in the operations room.
12.8.1.4 In addition to the two power sources required by
12.8.1.2, a means for conne cting a portable or vehicle-mounted
generator shall be provided.
12.8.1.5* The mea ns shall include a n outdoor weathe rproof
power connector and a manual disconnecting means for the
power connector. The disconnecting means sha ll connect to
the center's power syste m on the load side of the automatic
transfer switc h required b y 12.8.3.2.
12.8.1.6~' Wiring methods for feede t-s, b nm ch circuits, and any
control wiring utilized in the delivery of power for the operation of the communications cente r shall be desig ned in accordance with NFPA 70.
12.8.2 Primary Power Source. One of the fo ll owing shal l
supply primat)' power:
(1)
(2)
(3)
A feed from a commercial utility d isu·ibution syste m
An approved engine-driven generator installation or
equivalent under the conu-ol of communications center
staff, designed for continuous operation, and with a
person specifically trained in its opera tion o n duty a t al l
times
An approved engine-driven generator installation o r
equivalent under the conu-ol of communications center
staff~ arranged for cogeneration with commercial light
and powet~ and with a person speci fically trained in its
o peration on duty at all times
2022 Edition
1225-32
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
12.8.3 Emergency Power Supply System.
12.8.3.1 The emergency power supply system shall consist of
one or more engine-driven generators installed in accordance
vvi th NFPA 70.
12.8.3.2 Upon failure of primary power, u·ansfer to the
standby emergency supply system shall be automatic.
12.8.4* Engine-Driven Generators.
12.8.4.1 Engine-driven generators shall conform with the
provisions of Chapter 4 ofNFPA 37 and with NFPA 110.
12.8.4.2 Engine-driven generators shall conform with the
provisions ofNFPA 110, Type 10, Levell, Class 72.
12.8.4.2.1 The authority havingjurisdiction shall be permitted
to require a higher class if necessary to comply with the CEMP.
12.8.4.3* Engine-driven generators shall be sized to supply
power for the operation of all functions of the communications
center and for any additional loads determined b y the AHJ.
12.8.4.4 When installed indoot·s, engine-driven generators
shall be located in a ventilated and secured area that is separated from the communications center b y fire barriers having a
fire resistance t·ating of 2 hotu·s.
12.8.4.5 Fire barriers shall comply 'vith NFPA 101, Section 8.3.
12.8.4.6 When installed outdoors, engine-driven generators
shall be located in a secure enclosure concealed from public
view and accessible only to authorized personnel.
12.8.4.6.1 The enclosure shall be capable of resisting the
enu·ance of pt·ecipitation at the maximum wind velocities referenced in NFPA 5000 or in accordance with the building code
legally in effect, whichever is more resu·ictive.
12.8.4.6.2 The enclosure shall be capable of resisting penetration by small arms fire. Doors, and windows if provided, shall
be rated for bullet resistance to Level 4 as defined in UL 752,
Standm·d jo1· Bullet-Resistant Equipment.
12.8.4.6.3 The enclosure shall be equipped with an intrusion
detection system complying with NFPA 731 that shall be monitored in the operations room and at another location designated by the AHJ.
12.8.4. 7 The area that houses an engine-driven generator
shall not be used for storage othet· than spare parts or equipment related to the generator system.
12.8.4.8 Liquid fuel shall be stored in accordance with
NFPA 37.
12.8.4.9 Liquid fuel for engine-driven generators shall not use
a gravity-fed system.
12.8.4.10 Natural gas installations shall comply with NFPA 54.
12.8.4.11 Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) installations shall
comply with NFPA 58.
12.8.4.12* Fuel to operate an engine-driven generator for
72 hours at full load shall be available on site.
12.8.4.12.F Diese l fuel shall be maintained and tested at
regularly scheduled intervals as determined by the AHJ.
12.8.4.12.2 Fuel tank levels shall be monitored electronically
in the operations room. A low-fue l supervisory alert shall be
2022 Edition
annunciated when the fuel level in a tank drops to two-thirds
rated capacity. The AHJ shall be permitted to designate additional levels for tank level annunciation .
12.8.4.12.3 A dedicated fuel tank shall be provided for each
engine.
12.8.4.13 Equipment essential to the operation of the generator shall be supplied with standby power from the generator.
12.8.4.14 Generators shall not use the public water supply for
engine cooling.
12.8.4.15 The engine conditions requiring remote audible
annunciation for Level 1 systems in NFPA 110, Table 5.6.5.2,
shall be individually visually annunciated in the operations
room.
12.8.4.15.1 In addition to the visual annunciation, an audible
signal common to aU annw1ciated signals shall be provided.
12.8.4.15.2 A silencing switc h for the audible signal in the
operations room shall be pennitted on the condition that when
all supervisory signals have cleared, the silencing circuit 1vill
automati cally reset or the audible alert will re-sound as a
reminder to t·estOI·e the switch to normal.
12.8.5 Power Circuits. Power circuits, together with their associated motors, generators, rectifiers, u·ansformers, fuses, and
controlling devices, shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 70 and the requirements of this subsection.
12.8.5.1 Primary power shall be obtained from the line side of
the main service disconnect s1vitch of the connection to a
commercial utility disu·ibution syste m or to the main conductors from an isolated power plant that is located on the premtses.
12.8.5.2 Power shall be perm itted to be obtained from the
load side of the main service d isconnect switch only when the
building is used exclusively for housing of e merge ncy communications facilities.
12.8.5.3 Power circuit conductors shall not be installed in
conduit that is used fot· other circuits.
12.8.5.4 The power c ircuit disconnecting means shall be installed so that it is accessible only to authorized personnel.
12.8.6 Surge Protective D evices (SPDs).
12.8.6.1 * SPDs shall be provided in accordance 'vith NFPA 70.
12.8.6.2 SPDs shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70
for pmtection of telecommunications equipment, two-way
radio systems, computers, and other electronic equipment
determined by the AHJ to be essential to the operation of the
com munications center.
12.8.7* Single-Point Facility Grounding System. Telecommunications equipment, two-way radio systems, computers, and
other electronic equipment determined by the AHJ to be
essential to the operation of the communications center shall
be bonded to the single-point faci lity ground system in accordance with NFPA 70.
12.8.8 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems.
12.8.8.1* In addition to the required engine-driven generators, a UPS that complies with the requireme nt5 of 12.8.8 and
NFPA 70 shall be provided.
1225-33
COl\IIMUN ICATIONS CENTERS (NFPA 1221 )
12.8.8.2 The UPS sha ll provide conditioned, uninterrupted
power to telecommunications equipment, two-way radio
systems, IT equipment, and other sensitive electronic equipment determined by the AHJ to be essential to the operation of
the emergency communication systems.
12.8.8.3* The UPS shall be sized to carry the connected load
for the length of time required to transfer operations to the
altemate communicatio ns center as detet·mined by the AHJ in
connection with the CEMP, but in no case less than 15 minutes
(Class 0.25.)
12.8.8.4 The UPS shall provide performance equivalent to
Type 0 or Type U sto red emergency power supply system
(SEPSS) as specified in Table 4.2.2 of NFPA 111.
12.8.8.5 The UPS shall meet the SEPSS requirement fot· Level
1 as defined by NFPA 111.
12.8.8.6 Each UPS shall b e provided with a bypass switch that
maintains the power connection during switchover and that is
capable of isolating all UPS compon ents while allowing p ower
to flow from the source to the load.
12.8.8.7 The following UPS conditions shall be annunciated
in the operations room:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Source power failure, overvoltage, and undervoltage
High and low battery voltage
UPS in bypass mode
12.9 Lighting.
12. 9.1 General.
12.9.1.1 Artificial lig hting shall be provided to enable personnel to perfot·m their assigned duties.
12.9.1.2 Lig hting intensity shall be in accordance with IESNA
HB-9-00, The Lighting H andbook.
12.9.1.3 Lig h ting circuits, together with their associated
motors, generators, rectifiers, transformers, fuses, and conu·olling devices, shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70.
12. 11 Remote Communications Facilities.
12. 11.1 General.
12.11.1.1 Remote communications facilities, where provided,
shall comply with Section 12.11.
12.11.1.2 Equipme nt essentia l to the opet·ation of a remote
communicati ons facility sha ll be kept in working order at a ll
times.
12.11.1.3 Equipme nt that is essential to the operation of a
remote communications facility shall be designed to accommodate peak loads as determ in ed by the AHJ.
12.11.2 Exposure Hazards.
12.11.2.1 'A/here the building that houses a remote communications facility is adjacent to a nother strucntre, the exposed
walls shall be pro tected in complian ce 'vith NFPA 5000 or in
accordance with the building code legally in effect, whichever
is more resu·ictive.
12.11.2.2* 'A'het·e the building that houses a t·e mote communications facility is located '-vithin 150ft (46 m ) of the potential
collapse zone of a taller su·ucnu·e, the roof shall be designed to
resist damage from collapse of the exposing strucntre .
12.11.2.3 In climates where communications towers are
subject to accumulation of ice, roofs of com munications equipment enclosures located within the falling ice danger zone
shall be designed to resist damage fro m falling ice.
12.11.2.4* Remote communications facilities sha ll be located
above the 100-year fl oodplain established by the Federal Eme rgency Management Agency.
12.11.2.5 Remote communications fac ilities shall be evaluated
fm wildland interface hazan::ls in accordan ce with NFPA 1140.
12.11.3 Construction.
12.11.3.1 '"'here located inside buildings, remote communications facilities sha ll be located in buildings of Type I, Type II, or
Type III consULJction as defined by NFPA 220 .
12. 9. 2 Emergency Lighting.
12.9.2.1 The communications center shall be equipped with
emergency lighting that illuminates automatically within
15 seconds offailure of normal lighting power.
12.9.2.1.1 Illumination levels shall be suffi cient to allow all
essential operations.
12.9.2.2 In addition to the requirement of 12.9.2.1, the operations room shall be equipped with redundant emergency lighting provided by individual unit equipment in accordance with
NFPA 70.
12.9.2.3 Individua l unit equipment emergency lig hting shall
be provided a t locations of communications equipment situated ou tside the operations room and at the locations of
engi ne-driven generators.
12.10* Lightning. Buildings that h o use communications
centet·s shall have lightning protection that complies with
NFPA 780.
12.11.3.2 Buildings that h ouse re mote communications fac ilities shall have Class A roof covedngs.
12.11.3.3 Remote communications facil iti es sha ll be separated
from other portions of buildings occupied for purposes other
than emergency communications by fire barriers having a fire
resistance rating of 2 hours.
12. 11.3.4 Fire
Section 8 .3.
barriers
shall
comply
\'lith
NFPA
101,
12.11.3.5 Re mote communications faci liti es shall not be located below grade unless the elevation of the lowest floor in the
fac ility is above the 500-year fl oodplain.
12.11.3.6* Facilities located be low grade sha ll be both of the
following:
(1)
(2)
Compliant ''lith Section 11.7 ofNFPA 101
Specifically designed for the location
12. 11.3. 7* The exposed sw·faces of walls and ce ilings inside a
remote communications faci lity shall have a flame spread index
of25 or less and a smoke developmen t index of 50 or less when
tested in accordance ''lith ASTM E84, Standard Test M ethod for
Swface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2022 Edition
1225-34
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
12. 11.3.8* Interior floor finish inside a remote communications facility shall be of noncombustible material 01· comply
\'lith the requirements of NFPA 101 Class II for interior floor
finish .
12.11.3.9 The AHJ shall determine whether anti-static flooring
is required for protection of sensitive electronic equipment.
12.11.3.10 Remote communications facil ities shall be protected against seismic damage in accordance with NFPA 5000 or in
accordance with the building code legally in force, whichever is
more restrictive.
12.11.4 Climate Control.
12.11.4 .1 Heating, venti lating, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
systems shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A or
NFPA 90B.
12.11.4.1.1 HVAC systems shall be designed to maintain
temperature and relative humidity \vi thin limits specified by the
manufacturers of the equipment critical to the operation of the
remote communications facility as determined by the AHJ.
12.11.4.1.2 H VAC systems shall be independent systems that
serve only the remote communications facility.
12.11.4 .1.3 H VAC system intakes for fres h air shall be
arranged to minimize smoke intake from a fire inside or
outside the building and to resist intentional introduction of
irritating, noxious, toxic, or poisonous substances into the
HVAC system.
12.11.5.5 Penetrations into remote communications faci lities
shall be limited to those necessary for the operation of the
facilities.
12.11.5.6* Facilities that can be exposed to unconu·olled \'lildfit·es shall comply \'lith NFPA 1, Chaptet· 17, Wildland U rba.n
Interface.
12.11.6 Security.
12.11.6.1 Remote communications facilities sha ll be protected
against damage from vandalism, terrorism, and civil disturbances.
12.11.6.2 Entry into remote commun ications facilities shall be
resu·icted to authorized persons.
12.11.6.3 Doors furnishing access shall be protected by listed,
self-closing fire doors that have a fire resistance rating of not
less than 1 hour or b y doors that are rated for bullet resistance
to Level 4 as defined in UL 752, Standanl far Bullet-Resi5tant
Equipment.
12.11.6.4 The AHJ shall determine which type of door is most
appropriate for each location.
12.11.6.5* A remote communications facility shall not have
windows in exterior walls.
12.11.6.6* Exterior walls shall provide resistance to direct
small anns fire equivalent to Level 4 as defined in UL 752,
Standm·d for Bullet-Resistant l!:quipment.
12.11.4.1.4 Backup HVAC syste ms shall be provided for spaces
and enclosures housing e lectronic equipment determined by
the AHJ to be essential to the operation of the remote communications facility.
12.11.6.7* Means shall be provided to p revent unauthorized
vehicles from approaching the su·ucture housing the remote
communicati ons facility to a d istance of no less than 82 ft
(25m) .
12.11 .4.1.5 HVAC systems shall be designed so that the
remote communications facility is capable of uninterrupted
operation with the largest single HVAC unit or component out
of service.
12.11.6.8* As an alternative to 12.7.6, unauthorized vehicles
sha ll be permitted to approach closer than 82 ft (25 m ) if the
building has been designed to be blast resistant, as approved by
the AHJ.
12.11.4.1.6 Upon failure of the primary HVAC system, the
backup system shall come on-line automatically.
12.11.5 Fire Protection.
12. 11.5.1 Remote communications facilities shall be provided
\'lith clean-agent fire extinguishet·s that meet the requit·ements
ofNFPA 10.
12. 11.5.2 A remote communications facility and building
spaces adjoining d1at facility shall be provided \'lith an automatic fire detection and alarm system in accordance with
NFPA 72.
12.11.5.2.1 The alann systems shall be monitored in the
communications center's operations room in accordance with
NFPA 72.
12.11.5.3 Where the remote conununications facility equipment is housed in a building, the building shall be protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system that complies ,.,;th NFPA 13.
12.11.5.4* Remote com munications facilities not housed in
buildings shall not be required to have automatic sprinkler
protection .
2022 Edition
12.11.6.9* An elecu·on ic intrusion detection syste m shall be
provided. The system shall be monitored for a larm and trouble
signals in the communications center or by a listed central
station, as determined by the AHJ. Th e system shall comply
with NFPA 731.
12. 11.7 Power.
12.11.7.1 General. Each remote communications faci lity shall
b e provided with a cri tical operations power system that
complies \'lith NFPA 70.
12.11.7.1.1 Primary and emergency power sources sha ll be
provided, each of which shall be of adequate capacity for operation of the facility.
12.11.7.1.2 Power sources sh a ll be monitored for integrity,
\'lith annunciation provided in the operations room .
12.11.7.2 Primary Power Source. One of the fo llowing shall
supply normal power:
(1)
(2)
A feed from a commercial utility disu-ibution system
An approved engi ne-driven generator installatio n or
equivalent under the control of the AHJ, designed for
continuous operation and with a person specifically
trained in its operation on duty at a ll times
COMMUNICATI ON AND SI GNAL WLRI NG (NFPA 1221)
(3)
An approved engine-driven generator installation or
equivalent under the control of the AHJ, arranged for
cogeneration with commercial light and power, and with
a person spe cifi cally trained in its operation on duty at all
times
12.11.7.3 Emergency Power Source.
12.11.7.3.1 The emergency power source shall consist of one
or more engine-driven generators installed in accordance with
NFPA 70.
12.11.7.3.2 Upon failure of the normal source, transfer to the
a lternate source shall be auto matic.
12.11.7.4 Stored Emergency Power Supply System (SEPSS).
In addition to the alternate source, a stored emergency power
supply system (SEPSS) shall be provided. It shall comply with
the requirements of 12.8.4.
12.11.7.5* Engine-Driven Generators. Engine-driven generators shall comply with the requirement5 of NFPA 110 and the
require m ents of 12.8.4.
12.11.7.6* Power Circuits. Power circuits, together with their
associated motors, generators, rectifiers, transformers, fuses,
and controlling devices, shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 70 and the require men ts of 12.8.5.
12.11.7.7 Surge Protective Devices (SPDs).
12.11.7.7.1 SPDs shall
NFPA 70.
be
provided
in accordance with
12.11.7.7.2* SPDs sh a ll be provided in accot·dance with
NFPA 70for protectio n of telecommunications equipment, tw·oway radio systems, comp uters, and other e lectronic equipment
determined by the A1-ij to be essential to d1e operation of the
remote communicati ons facility.
12.11.7.8* Single-Point Facility Grounding System. Telecommunications equipment, tw~way radio systems, computers, and
other electronic equipment determined by d1e AHJ to be
essential to the operation of the remote communications
facility shall be bonded to the single-point facility grounding
system in accordance with NFPA 70.
12.11.8 Lighting.
12.11.8.1 General.
12.11.8.1.1 Artificial lighting shall be provided to enable
a uthorized personnel to safely perform tasks necessary for
equipment maintenance.
1225-35
12. 11.8.2.1.1 Illumination levels shall be sufficient to allow
troubleshooting and emergency maintenance during a power
outage.
12.11.8.2.2 Individual unit equipment emergency lig hting
shall be p mvide d at the locations of engin e-driven ge net·ators.
12.11.9* Lightning
Protection. Remo te
communications
fac ilities shall have lightning protection that complies with
NFPA780.
12.11.9.1 Remote communications facilities not housed in
buildings shall have lightning protection that complies with
NFPA 780 and NFPA 70.
Chapter 13 Communication and Signal Wiring (NFPA 1221 )
13.1 Circuit Construction and Arrangement.
13.1.1 * Installa tion shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.
13.1.2 As an alternative to 13.1.1 , installation of outdom
circuitry shall be in accordance with IEEE C2, Nationall!."lectrical
Safet)' Code, wh ere approved by the AHJ.
13.1.3 Circuits shall be routed so as to avoid damage due to
mechanical injmy, fire, falling \11alL5, floods, corrosive vapors,
and other risks that are identified in the CEMP.
13.1.3.1 Alternate communications cente rs shall comply with
d1e requirements of Chapter 12.
13.1.4 All circuits shall be routed to a llow circuits to be u·aced .
13.1.5 Record dt·awings shall be provided as required by Chapter 21.
13. 1.6 Circuits shall not pass over, pass under, pass throug h, or
be attached to buildings or pmperty d1at is not owned by, 01·
under the conu·ol of, the A1-ij or the entity d1at is responsible
for mainta ining the system.
13.1.7 Alarm insmunents installed in building'S not w1der
control of the AHJ shall be on separate dedicated circuits.
13.1.8 The combination of public emergency services communication and signaling (C&S) c ircuits in the same cable wid1
other circuits shall comply with 13.1. 8.1 and 13.1.8 .2.
13.1.8.1 Od1er municipally controlled C&S circ uits sha ll be
permitted.
13.1.8.2 Circuits of private sig na ling organizations shall be
permitted only by permission of the AHJ.
12.11.8.1.2* Lighting in tensity shall be in accordance with
IESNA HB-9-00, 17te Lighting Handbook.
13.2 Circuit Conductors.
12.11.8.1.3 External lighting shall be provided as directed by
d1e AHJ in accordance with the security plan for each facility.
13.2.1 Wires, conductors and fiber-optic stra nds shall be
terminated in order to pt·event breaking due to vibt·ation o t·
su·ess.
12.11.8.1.4 Lighting circuit5, together with their associated
motors, generators, rectifiers, transformers, fuses, and controlLing devices, shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70.
12.11.8.2 Emergency Lighting.
13.2.2 Circuit conductors and fiber-optic cables on termina l
racks shall be identified a nd isolated from conductors of other
syste ms wherever possibl e and shall be protected from mec hanical injury.
12.11.8.2.1 The remote communications facility shall be
equipped with emergency lighting that illuminates automatically upon failure of normal lighting power.
13.2.3 Fiber-optic cables containing metallic pmtection o r
su·ength members shall be grounded and prote cted in accordance with NFPA 70.
2022 Edition
1225-36
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
13.2.4 Wiring for control equipment shall be n ot smaller than
24AWG.
13.3.8.1 V\'here spli ces are m ade, such splices shall be accessible fm inspection and tests.
13.2.5 Unsupported wires and wires that are subje ct to vibration shall be not smaller than 18 AWG.
13.3.8.2 Such cables shall be buried at least 24 in. (609 mm)
deep.
13.2.6 The insulation and outer jacket of cables and wiring
shal l be flame retardant and moisntre resistant.
13.3.8.2.1 \1\'here crossing streets or other areas likely to be
opened for other underground construction, cables sh all be
installed through solid wall duct or conduit.
13.2. 7 Exterior metallic, fiber-Qptic cables and wires shall
conform to International Municipal Signal A5sociation (IMSA)
specifications or an approved equivalent, except where circuit
conductors or fiber-optic strands are provided by a public utility on a lease basis.
13.3 U nderground Cables.
13.3.1 Underground metallic and fiber-Qptic communication
and signal cables in ducts ot· of the direct burial type shall be
permitted to be brought above ground only at locations
approved b y the AHJ.
13.3.1.1 Protection from physical damage or heat incidental
to fires in adjacent buildings shall be provided.
13.3.2 Underground cables installed in ducts, vault5, and
manholes shall comply with 13 .3.2.1 through 13 .3.2.2.
13.3.2.1 Metallic and fiber-Qptic communi cation and signal
cables shall be permitted to b e located only in duct systems,
manholes, and vaults that contain low-voltage C&S system
conductors, secondary power cables not exceeding 600 volts
nominal, or both.
13.3.2.2 Where located in duct systems or manholes that
contain condu ctors of other circuits operating in excess of
250 volt5 to ground, metallic and fiber-Qptic communication
and signal cables shall be located as far as possible from such
power cables and shall be separated from them by a noncombustible barrier or other means approved by the AHJ to protect
the communication and signal cables from physical damage.
13.3.3 All cables that are installed in manholes, vaults, hand·
holes, a nd other enclosures shall be racked and marked for
identification .
13.3.4 All raceways or ducts entering buildings from underground duct systems shall b e effectively sealed with an identified sealing compound or other means acceptabl e to the AHJ
to prevent moisture or gases from the underground duct
system fi·om entering the building.
13.3.5 Cable splices, taps, and terminal connections shall be
located only where accessible for maintenance and inspection
and where the AHJ has determined that no potential for
damage to the cable due to falling SUI.lctures or building operations exists.
13.3.6 Cable joints shall be made to provide and maintain
conductivity, optical continuity fot- fiber-Qptic cable installations, and protection that is at least equal to that afforded b y
the cables that are joined.
13.3.8.2.2 Detectable warning tape sha ll be buried 12 in.
(304 mm) deep above all direct buried cables.
13.4 Aerial Cable and Wrre Construction.
13.4.1 Aerial C&S circuit cables a nd wi res shall be nm under
all power wires but sha ll not be required to run under other
communication wires.
13.4.2 Protection shall be provided where cables and wires
pass through trees, under bridges, and over railroads, and at
other locations where damage or deterioration is possible .
13.4.3 Wires and cables shall not be attached to a crossarm
that carries e lecu-ic light a nd power wires.
13.4.4 Support of aerial cables sh all comply with 13.4.4.1 and
13.4.4.2.
13.4.4.1 Aerial cable shall be supported by messenger wi re
that is designed for the application or shall conform to one of
the following:
(1)
(2)
IMSA specifications as a self-supporting cable assembly or
an approved equivalent
Fiber-optic cable with integral supporting means or a lldielectric self-supporting (ADSS) type
13.4.4.2 Span lengths shall not exceed the wire or cable
manufacntrer's recommendations.
13.4.4.3 Singl e wire shall meet IMSA specifi cations and shall
not be smaller than No. 10 Roe bling gauge if of galvanized iron
or steel; 10 AWG if of hard-drawn copper; 12 AWG if of
approved copper-covered steel; or 6 AWG if of alumimun . Span
lengths shall not exceed the m a nufacturer's recomm endations.
13.4.5 Aerial wires and cables conn ected to buildings sha ll
contact only intended supports.
13.4.6 Aerial circuits sh all entet- through an approved weatherhead or sleeves slanting upward and inward.
13.4.7 Drip loops shall be formed on wires a nd cables prior to
entering buildings.
13.4.8 Aerial cables extending down poles sha ll comply with
13 .4.8 .1 through 13 .4 .8.4 .
13.4.8.1 Aerial cables extending down poles sh all be protected
against mechanical damage.
13.4.8.2 Any metallic covering of the aerial cables extending
down pole(s) shall form a continuous conducting path to earth
ground.
13.3. 7 Cable ends shall be sealed against moisntre.
13.3.8 Direct-burial cable, without enclosure in ducts, shall be
la id in grass plot5, under sidewalks, or in other places where
the ground is not likely to be opened for other underground
constru ction .
2022 Edition
13.4.8.3 The installation shal l prevent wate r from entering the
conduit.
13.4.8.4 Aerial cables extending down poles shall have 600volt insulation that is approved for wet locations, as defined in
NFPA 70.
COMMUNICATI ON AND SI GNAL WLRI NG (NFPA 1221)
13.5 Wiring Inside Buildings.
13.5.1 At the communications center, all conductot·s, cables,
and fiber-optic cables that extend to the operations room shall
be installed in conduits, ducts, shafts, raceways, or overhead
t·acks and troughs that are listed or identified as suitable to
provide protection against physical damage.
13.5.1.1 Where fire survivability is required, a listed electrical
circuit protective system or a fire-rated cable that is Listed to
maintain circuit integrity shall be used.
13.5.2* Where installed in buildings, conductors and fiberoptic cables shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 in
any one of the following wiring methods:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
( 4)
(5)
(6)
Electrical metallic tubing
Intermediate metal conduit
Rigid metal conduit
Surface metal raceways
Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC)
Metallic cable u·ays
13.5.2.1 Rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit shall be permitted
where approved by the AHJ.
13.5.3 Wire, conductors, and metallic and fiber-optic cables
shall have approved insulation in accordance with NFPA 70.
13.5.4 The insulation , cable sheath or jacket for \'lire, conductors, and fiber-optic cables shall have an approved insulation in
accordance \'lith NFPA 70.
13.5.5 Conductors and fiber-optic cables shall be installed as
far as possible \'lithout splices or join ts.
13.5.5.1 Splices orjoints shall be permitted only in listed junction terminal boxes, enclosures, or other approved termination
devices.
13.5.5.2 Wire and fiber-optic terminals, terminal boxes, spl ices, and join ts shall conform to NFPA 70.
13.5.5.3 Commun ications and signal circui t~ where installed
in junction terminal boxes, enclosures, or other approved
termination devices, shall be identified by the use of a distinctive color on covers or doors of such devices.
(1)
(2)
1225-37
On noncombustible bases, pedestals, switchboards, panels, or cabinets
With mounting designed and consu·ucted so that a ll
components are readily accessible
13.6 Surge Protection.
13.6.1 Surge protection required at the commun ications
center shall be provided in all buildings that house communications center equipment.
13.6.1.1 Grotmded and ungrounded conductors that enter a
communications center sha ll be protected by a surge-protective
device (SPD) .
13.6.1.2 Equipment grounding conductors and
jumpers shall not be connected to the SPD.
bonding
13.6.1.3* Wired communications circuits shall have an SPD
installed at the point of entrance to the communications
center.
13.6.1.4 Each conductor that enters a communications centet·
from a partially or entirely aerial line shall be protected by an
SPDs.
13.6.1.5 A surge protective device shall be required on all
alternating-cmrent electrical power circuits providing power to
communications center equipment.
13.6.1.5.1 Surge protective devices for alternating-current
power circuits shall have e ither audible a larm status notification or a dry contact circuit for remote notification status.
13.6.1.6 A surge pmtective device shall be t·equired on all
external metallic antenna cabling that directly terminates to
communications cen ter equipment.
13.6.1.7 A smge protective device is t·equired on any data ot·
signal communication circuits that are term inated be twee n the
fire alarm control system and communications center equipment.
13.6.2 All SPDs shall be connected to the sing le-point facility
ground in accordance with NFPA 70.
13.6.3 The SPDs shall be either located in proximity to or
combined \'lith the cable termi na ls.
13.5.5.4 The words "emet·gency communication-signal circuit"
shall be clearly marked on all terminal and junction locations
to prevent unintentional interference.
13.6.4 SPDs shall be designed a nd Listed for the specific application.
13.5.6 Conductors that are installed in a vertical riser that
connects two or more floors shall meet the requirements of
riser-rated cable and installation in accordance with NFPA 70.
13.6.5 All designed and approved protective devices shall be
installed at a location accessible only to qualified persons,
marked \'lith the name of the manufacnu·er and the model
designation .
13.5. 7 Metallic and fiber-optic cable terminals and crossconnecting facilities shall be located e ither in or adjacent to
the operations room.
13.6.6 All SPDs shall be accessible for maintenance and
inspection .
13.5.8 At the communications center, metallic and fiber-optic
cable terminals and cross-connecting facilities shall be located
e ither in or adjacent to the operations room.
13.6.7* Where the SPDs are located outside in damp or wet
locations, their enclosures shall be watertight or protected
from the weathet·.
13.5.9 Where signal conductors, non-dielectric fibe r-optic
cables, and electric light and power wires are run in the same
shaft, they shall be separated by at least 2 in. (51 mm), or each
system shall be encased in a noncombustible enclosure.
13.6.8 Where the SPDs are located indoors, they shal l be
installed in a minimum NEMA Type 1 enclosure or enclosure
listed for the unit.
13.5.10 Ali \'!ired dispatch c ircuit devices and instruments
whose failure can adversely affect the opet·ation of the system
shall be mounted in accordance with the following:
13.6.9 At the junction points of open aerial conductors and
cable, each conductor shall be protected by a n SPD in accordance with 13.6.9.1 and 13.6.9.2.
2022 Edition
1225-38
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
13.6.9.1 The SPD shall be weatherproof or protected from the
weather.
the telephone at the ERF shall be arranged so that it cannot be
used by the public.
13.6.9.2 A connection shall be provided between the SPD
ground and any metallic sheath and messenger vvire.
14.3 Fire Protection. Fire protection shall be provided as
required by NFPA 5000 or in accordance with the building
code legally in force, whichever is more restrictive.
13.6.1 0 Two-conductor cable circuits shall be protected by
SPDs at intervals of approximate ly 2,000 ft (610 m).
13.6.11 Buildings that house communications equipment
shall have lightning protection that complies with NFPA 780.
13.7 Fuses.
13.7.1 All fuses, fuseholders, and adapters shall be clearly
mat-ked with their ampere rating.
13. 7.2 All fuses that are rated over 2 amperes shall be of the
enclosed type.
13. 7.3 Fuses shall be located only at the power source.
14.3.1 Sprinkler systems shall comply with NFPA 13.
14.3.2 Fire alarm systems shall comply with NFPA 72.
14.4 Power. Two independent and t·eliable power sources
shall be provided, each of whic h sha ll be of adequate capacity
for operation of the communications equipment.
14.5 Lighting.
14.5.1 Lighting shall be provided to enable personnel to operate communications equipment that is used for the receipt of
alarms and events.
13.8 Grounding.
14.5.2 Emergency lig hting sha ll be provided in accordance
with NFPA 101, Section 7.9.
13.8.1* Sensitive electron ic equipment determined by the
A}fj to be essential to the operation of telecommunications
and dispatching systems shall be connected to the single-point
facility ground in accordance with NFPA 70.
Conductors. Commun ications
14.6* Communications
conductors in an ERF shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 70.
13.8.2 Listed isolated ground receptacles in accordance with
NFPA 70 shall be provided for all cord-and-plug-connected
essential and sensitive electronic equipment.
13.8.3 vVhere t·equired by the AHJ, unused wire or cable pairs
shall be grounded.
14.6.1 Circuit
Section 13.6.
protection
shal l
be
in
accm-dance
with
14.6.2 Lightning protection shall be in accordance with
Section 12.10.
Chapter 15 Operations (NFPA 1221)
13.8.4 Ground connection for surge suppressors shall be
made to the single-point facility ground system in accordance
with NFPA 70.
15.1 Management.
13.9 Access. All equipment shall be accessible for the purpose
of maintenance.
15.1.1 All system operations shall be under the control of a
manager, direct01·, 01- supervisor of the jurisdiction served by
the system .
Chapter 14 Emergency Response Facilities (NFPA 1221)
14.1 General. A primary and a secondary means of dispatch
notification shall be provided at the ERF and comply with
14.1.1 and 14.1.2.
14.1.1 The primary means of dispatch notification at the ERF
shall be compatible with the primary means of dispatch notification that is provided at the communications center.
14.1.2 The secondary means of dispatch notification at the
ERF shall be compatible with the secondary means of dispatch
notification that is provided at the communications center.
14.1.3 Dispatch notification equipment shal l be kept in working order at all times.
14.1.4 A publicly accessible means for reporting events to the
comm unications center shall be provided on the exterior of
the ERF.
14.2 Commercial Telephone.
14.2.1* A commercial telephone shall be provided at each
emergency response facility.
14.2.2* \1\ihen no other means of voice communication
bet:\veen the communications center and an ERF is provided,
2022 Edition
15.1.1.1 Emergency services d ispatching entities shall have
tt·ained and qualified technical assistance available for trouble
analysis and repair by in-house personnel or b y authorized
out~ide contract maintenance services.
15.1.1.1.1 All maintenance records shall be maintained in
accordance with the requiremen ts of the AHJ.
15.1.1.2 Where maintenance is provided by an organization or
person other than an employee of the jurisdiction, complete
written records of all installation, maintenance, test, and extension of the system shall be forwarded to the responsible
employee of the jurisdiction.
15.1.1.3 Maintenance performed by a n organizatio n or
person other than an e mployee of the jurisdiction shall be by
written contract that contains a guaran tee of performance as
approved by the AHJ.
15.1.2* All equipment shall be accessible to the A}fj for the
purpose of maintenance.
15.1.3 Personnel in supervisory roles shall receive supervisory
training as defined by the AHJ.
15.1.4 The A}fj shall be responsible for in itial a nd ongoing
training in supervisory skills for personnel in supervisory roles.
O PERATIONS (NFPA 1221)
15.2 Telecommunicator Qualifications and Training.
15.2.1 Telecommunicators shall meet the qualification
requirements of Chapters 4 through 11 as appropriate for their
position .
15.2.2* Telecommunicators shall be cet·tified in the knowledge, skills, and abilities related to their job-re lated function .
15.2.2.1 The certification program shall have a skill maintenance component for recenification as defined by the certifying organization.
15.2.3 Telecommunicators shal l be trained in general emergency service operations and shall have access to information
regarding the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
Locations of su·ee t5
Locations of important su·uctures, including schools,
hospitals, and other buildings with a hlgh life hazard
Locations of congested or hazardous areas
15.2.4 Telecommunicators shall have operational knowledge
of the functions of communications equipment, systems, and
networks in the communications center.
15.2.5 Telecommunicators shall know the rules and regulations that relate to equipment use, including those of the
Federal Conununications Comrnission that penain to emergency service radio use.
15.2.6 The AHJ shall be responsible for providing training to
maintain the skill levels of telecommunicators to the level
appropriate to their position as identified in Chapters 4
through 11 , and Section 15.2.
15.2.7 Telecommunicators shall be trained in TDD/ TIY
procedures, with training provided at a minimum of every
6 months.
15.2.8 Telecommunicators shall receive u·aining on the CEMP,
including the TICP, at least annually.
15.3 Staffing.
15.3.1 There shal l be a minimum of two qualifi ed telecommunicators on duty and present in the commtmications center at
all times.
15.3.1.1* The AHJ shall ensure that there at·e sufficient telecommunicators available to effect the prompt receipt and
processing of alarms and events needed to meet the requirements of Section 15.4.
1225-39
15.3.4* Supervision shall be provided when more than two
telecommunicators are on duty.
15.3.4.1 Supervision shall be provided by person nel located
within the communications center who are familiar with the
operations and procedures of the communications centec
15.3.4.2 The supervisor shall be allowed to provide shon-te rm
relief coverage for a telecommun i catot~ provided that the telecommunicator does not leave the communications centet· and
is available for immediate recall as defined in the pol icies and
procedures of the AHJ.
15.4 Operating Procedures.
15.4.1 * Ninety-percent of even ts received on emergency lines
shall be answered within 15 seconds, and 95 percent of events
shall be answered within 20 seconds. (Fm· documentation require-
ments, see 21.5.2.)
15.4.1.1 Compliance with 15.4.1 shall be evaluated monthly
using data fi·om the previous month.
15.4.2 Where emergency events are u·ansferred, the u·ansfer
process shall not exceed 30 seconds 90 percent of the time.
15.4.2.1 The events shall be transferred directly to the telecommunicator.
15.4.2.2 The initial recipient of the call shall remain on the
line until the receiving agency answers the call.
15.4.2.3 Transferred calls shall be evaluated monthly using
data from the previous months.
15.4.3* Call processing time shall include the time fmm call
answer to initial notification of th e responding ERU (s) .
15.4.4* Emergency event processing for the highest prioritization leve l emergency events listed in 15.4.4.1 through 15.4.4.2
shall be completed within 60 seconds, 90 percent of the time.
15.4.4.1 The following types of calls where there is an imminent threat to life shall be included in the highest prioritization
level:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Trauma (e.g., penetrating chest it!iury)
Neurologic emergencies (e.g., su·oke, seizure)
Cardiac-related events
Unconscious/ unresponsive patients
Allergic reactions
Patient not breathing
Choking
Other calls as detennined by tl1e AHJ
15.3.1.2* Where communications systems, computer systems,
staff, or facilities are used for both emergency and nonemergency functions, the nonemergency use shall not degrade or
delay emergency use of those resources.
15.4.4.2 The following types of calls whe re significant property
loss/damage is likely or actively occmTing sha ll be included in
the highest prioritization level:
15.3.1.3 A communications center shall handle emergency
calls for service and dispatching in pt·eference to nonemergency activities.
(1)
(2)
(3)
15.3.2* When requested b y the incident commander, a telecommunicatot· shall be dedicated to the inc ident and relieved
of other duties within the commun ications center.
15.4.4.3 Vlhere tl1e communications center employs a cal l
prioritization system, t11e use of selected categories, groups, or
codes fi·om that system , as approved by the AHJ, sha ll be included in the highest prioritization level, in conjunction with
15.4.4.1 and 15.4.4.2.
15.3.3 The AHJ shall establish standard operating procedures
to identify the c ircwnstances under which a telecommunicator
will be assigned to the incident and how that will be accomplished.
Fire involving or potentially extending to a slll1cture(s)
Explosion
Other calls as determined by tl1e AHJ
2022 Edition
122540
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
15.4.4.4 The following types of calls shall be exempted fi·om
the requirements of 15.4.4:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Joint responses with law enforcement (involving weapons)
Hazardous materials incidents
Technical rescue
15.4.4.5 The following types of mitigating c ircumstances shall
be exempted from the requirements of 15.4.4:
( 1)
(2)
(3)*
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Language translation
TIY/ TDD
(1)
Incomplete location
SMS message to 9-1-1
Calls received from outside the normal area of responsibility and/ or service area
Calls t·equiring use of a PSAP t·egistry or similar tool to
determine the appropriate PSAP and/ or transfer location
Calls received during a significant disaster that severely
and significantly depletes available resources, impacts
local infrastructure, and could result in changes to
normal dispatcher procedures (disaster mode)
15.4.6 Any communication center that processes a medical
event shall provide emergency medical dispatch.
15.4. 7 For medical events where a patient is determined to be
unconscious/ unresponsive and not breathing, one of the
follmvi.ng shall take place:
Bystander CPR shall be confirmed.
Telephone CPR shall be initiated by a telecommunicator
qualified in emergency medical dispatch and continued
until emergency responders arrive at the patient.
15.4.8 All alarms or events, including requests for additional
resources, shall be u·ansmitted to the identified emergency
response units over the required dispatch systems.
15.4.9 An indication of the status of all emergency response
units shall be available at all times to telecommunicators who
have dispatching responsibility.
15.4.10* Records of the dispatch of eme rge ncy response units
to events shall be maintained in accordance with the records
retention policy of the AI-ij and shall identify the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
15.4. 14.1 Integrated incident communications shall include a
plan that pmvides for on-demand interoperability of communication methods among emergency response agencies.
15.4.14.2* The plan shall identify the communications links
and protocols to be used among emergency response agencies
at incidents, including the following:
15.4.5* For law enforcement purposes, the AHJ shall determine time frames allowed for completion of dispatch.
(1)
(2)
15.4. 14* All emergency response agencies that interact shall
use common terminology and integrated incident communications.
Unit designation for each emergency response unit
(ERU) dispatched
Time of dispatch acknowledgment by each ERU responding
En route time of each ERU
Time of arrival of each ERU at the scene
Time of patient contact, ifapplicable
Time each ERU is remrned to service
15.4.11* vVh ere voice transmission is used as a dispatch
method, tl1e annotmcement for the emergency response shall
be preceded by an audible warning or alerting signal that
differentiates the emet·gency from routine t·adio traffic.
15.4.12 The first emergency response unit that arrives at the
location of the event shall provide a brief preliminary report on
observed conditions to tl1e communications center.
15.4.13* A communications officer shall be assigned at major
incidents.
2022 Ed ition
Type 5 inc idents (local, discipline specific) as defined in
NFPA 1561
(2) Type 4 incidents (local,jurisdiction specific) as defined in
NFPA 1561
(3)* Type 3 incidents (regional or state, multi-agency and
multi-discipline specific) as defined in NFPA 1561
15.4.14.3 The plan shall be \vritten, distributed to all agencies
identified in the plan, and reviewed at least annually by each
agency identified.
15.4. 15 The communication equipment involved in each
alarm shall be restored promptly after each a larm .
15.4.16 When the devi ce monitoring the system for integ rity
indicates that trouble has occurred, the telecommunicatot·
shall act as follows:
(1)
(2)
Take appropt·iate steps to troubleshoot and repair tl1e
fault according to the policies and procedures of the AHJ.
Isolate the fault and notify the official responsible fo r
maintenance as soon as practical.
15.4.17 Standard o perating procedures shall include but not
be limited to the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
All standardized procedures that the telecommun icator
is expected to perform without direct supervision
Implementation plan tl1at meets the requireme nts of
12.2.6.3
Procedures related to the CEMP
Emergency response personnel emergencies
Activation of an emergency disu·ess function
Assignment of incident radio communications plan
matrix
Time limit for acknowledgment by units that have been
dispatched
Methods for call u·ace
Methods for caller location determination
Procedures for handling non-voice emergency events
15.4.18* Every communi cations cente r shall have a comprehensive regional emergency commun ications plan as part of
the CEMP.
15.4.18.1* The emergency communications plan shall provide
for real-time communications between organizations responding to the same emergency incident.
15.4.18.2* This plan shall be exercised at least once a year.
15.4.19 A distinctive alert tone signal shall precede the u·ansmission of emergency message u·affic.
15.4.19.1 A sepat·ate andtmique alert tone shall be opet·ated
for emergency evacuation orders.
TELEPHONES (NFPA 1221)
15.4.20 In the event that an ERU (s) has not acknowledged its
dispatch/ response within the time limits established, the telecomm unicator shall perform one or more of the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Attempt to contact the ERU (s) by radio
Redispatch the ERU (s) using the primary dispatch system
Dispatch the ERU(s) using the secondary dispatch system
Initiate two-way commun ication with the ERU's supervisor
If the SOP time for dispatch has elapsed, initiate dispatch
of backup ERU
15.4.21 * The AHJ shall develop and implement standard
operating procedures for responding to and processing
TDD/ TIY calls.
15.4.22 Calls received as an open-line or "silent call" shall be
queried as a TDD/ TIY call if no acknowledgment is received
by voice.
15.5 Time.
15.5.1 All systems shall have the ability to interface with a
master time source and to synchronize the time clocks of all
appliances, devices, computers, and servers.
15.5.2 All systems shall have the ability to automatically update
the time clocks of all appliances, devices, computers, and servers without the intervention of the AFij.
15.5.3 All systems shall have the ability to automatically update
the time clocks of all appliances, devices, computers, and servers to adjust from standard time to daylight savings time and
from daylight savings time to standard time without the intervention of the AFij.
15.5.4 All timekeeping devices not capable of being synchronized with the master time source shall be maintained within
60 seconds of the m aster time source.
15.6 Recording.
15.6.1 Communications centers shall have a logging voice
r-ecorder with one channel for each of the following:
Each transmitted or rece ived radio channel or talkgroup
(2) Each voice dispatch alarm circuit
(3)* Each telecommunicator telephone
(1)
15.6.2 All logging recording equipment shall have the ability
to associate the date, time, and channe l designation with each
transmission .
1225-41
15.7''' Quality
Assurance/ hnprovement. Communications
centers shall establish a quality assurance/improvement
program to ensure the consistency a nd effectiveness of event
processing.
15.7.1 Compliance with Section 15.7 s hall be evaluated
monthly using data from previous months.
15.7.2 Monthly compliance shall include measured individual
performance and shift or center performance.
Chapter 16 Telephones (NFPA 1221 )
16. 1* Receiving Equipment. The provisions of Chapter 16
shall apply to facilities and equipment that are needed to
receive events.
16.2 9-1-1.
16.2.1 The primary emergency telephone number for use of
any person seeking police, fir-e, medical, rescue, and other
emergency services shall be 9-1-1, or another dedicated threedigit number for e mergenc ies outside of North America.
16.2.2 Where 9-1-1 serv ice is not available or in case of a failure of the 9-1-1 system, tl1e requirements in 16.2.2.1 through
16.2.2.5 sha ll be met.
16.2.2.1 A specific telephone number shall be assigned fo r
calls requesting emergency services.
16.2.2.2 The telephone number shall be publicized as an
emergen cy telephone number.
16.2.2.3 Where 9-1-1 service is provided, the telephone d irectory listings shall indicate that 9-1-1 is the number to call for a ll
emergen cies.
16.2.2.4 A separate telephone con nection with a telephone
number that is not publicly listed shall be ma intained for
communication with other e me rge ncy service agencies and
receipt of ofi~premi se monitored alarms.
16.2.2.5* A separate number shall be assigned for business
(i.e., nonemergency) use.
16.2.3 Directory Listings. The text a nd symbols shown in
Figure 16.2.3(a) through Figure 16.2.3 (c) shall appear on the
inside fi·ont cover or the page facing the inside fi·ont cover of
the directory.
15.6.2.1 All logging recording equipment connected to a Next
Generation 9-1-1 ESinet shall have the ability to r·ecord logging
events data.
16.2.3.1 The emergency services listing shall appear in the
directory under the name of the jmisdic tion, including government listings, and under the headings for police, fire, and
ambulance where provided.
15.6.3 Each telecommun icator position shall have the ability
to instantly recall telephone and radio recordings from that
position .
16.2.3.2 The following listings and teleph o n e numbe r·s shall
appear as follows in any directory listing emergency telephone
numbers:
15.6.3.1 All recordings, including transmissions and data,
shall be maintained in accordance with the records retention
policies of the AHJ.
(1)
15.6.4 Even ts that are u·ansmitted over the required dispatch
circuit(s) shall be automatically recorded, including the dates
and times of transmission .
15.6.4.1 The recording device shall be networked with the
master time source.
Fire and rescue services, as follows:
(a)
(2)
To report an e merge ncy, 9-1-1 or· [fire number] if
9-1-1 is not available
(b) Nonemergency purposes, [busin ess number]
Law enforcemen t, as follows:
(a)
(b)
To report a n emergency, 9-1-1 or [police numberl if
9-1-1 is not available
Nonemergency purposes, [business nwnber]
2022 Edition
122542
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
(3)
FIRE
Emergency medical services, as follows:
(a)
(b)
•
[FIRE NUMBER]
or, where available,
·~·-·
16.2.3.3 lf the directory covers an a rea that is protec ted by
more than one emergency service, each agency or district shall
appear in the listing as specified in 16.2.3.
16.2.3.4 lf the emergency service protects an area that is
covered by more than one d irectory, each d irectory shall list
the agency or district as specified in 16.2.3 through 16.2.3.2.
FIRE
FIGURE 16.2.3(a)
To report an emergency, 9-1-1 or [emergency medical number] if 9-1-1 is not available
Nonemergency put-poses, [busin ess number]
Directory Listing for Ftre Department.
16.2.3.5* V\lhere an ERF that is not continuously staffed by
u-ained telecommunicators is listed in the directory, callers
shall be pt-ovided with a recorded message that refers them to
9-1-1 or the alternate emergency te lephone number when calls
to the listed telephone number a re not answered.
16.3 Reliability.
16.3.1 The 9-1-1 system shall be designed so that no single
point of failure can prevent calls from being answered.
POLICE
16.3.2 At least avo 9-1-l call delivery paths with diverse r outes
arranged so that no single incident interrupts both routes shall
be provided to each communications center.
•
[POLICE NUMBER]
or, where available,
16.3.3 The communications center shall be capable of rece iving caller contact and location information from sources identifi eel in Section 16.1.
16.4 Equipment and Operations. Voice connections shall be
provided as follows:
POLICE
The primary method of notification of e me t-gency calls
shall be 9-1-1.
(2)* Connection capacity for 9-1-1 shall be provided as
required for the volume of calls handled to provide a
P.Ol grade of service (COS) .
(3) Capacity shall allow for at least avo concurrent emergency
calls to be processed.
(4) Additional emergency Lines shall be provided as required
for the volume of calls handled to provide P.01 grade of
service (COS) .
(5) Additional capacity shall be provided for the normal business (i .e., nonemergency) telephone number(s) as
needed.
(6) The capacity to make an outbound call shall be maintained at all times.
(7) Separate telephone lines shall be provided as required in
Section 16.2.
(1)
9-1-1
FIGURE 16.2.3(b)
Directory Listing for Police Department.
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES
[EMERGENCY MEDICAL
SERVICES NUMBER]
or, where available,
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES
16.4.1.1 V\lhen all emergency telephone numbers are in use,
requests fOt- emet-gency assistance shall be routed to either
other predetermined telephone numbers that are approved by
the AHJ or to a predesignated PSAP/ a lternate site.
9-1-1
FIGURE 16.2.3(c)
Services.
16.4.1 The Al-ij shall ensure that the published emergency
telephone numbers are answered prior to nonemergen cy telephone numbers.
Directory Listing for Emergency Medical
16.4.1.2 Overflow calls to the business telephone number
shall not overflow to the designated emergency telephone
number.
16.4.2* V1'hen a PSAP receives a request for emergency assistance for a location that is not in its jurisdiction or a call for an
agency not under the control of the communications center,
2022 Edition
DISPATCHING
~YSTEMS
(NFPA 1221)
(a)
the telecommunicator shall transfer the call directly to the
t-esponsible communications center.
16.4.2.1 The telecommw1icator shall remain connected to the
caller until it is certain that the transfer has been made to the
communications center.
(b)
16.4.2.2 The telecommunicator shall transfer the caller and
the location information, where possible, instead of processing
and relaying tl1e information to the responsible communications center.
16.4.3 All designated emergency telephone numbers shall be
recorded in accordance with Chapter 12 of this standard.
16.4.4* If an incoming call on any designated emergency
number is not answered within 60 seconds, notification shall be
automatically sent to a device or workstation approved by the
AHJ.
16.4.5* With regard to automated voice alarms, as permitted
b y the AHJ, the communications center shall adhere to the
following requirements:
(1)
(2)
Separate, unlisted telephone number(s) shall be provided to receive such alarms.
Such voice alarms shall not be permitted to connect to
the telephone numbers t-equired by Chaptet-16.
16.4.6 Automated data alarms that are received by the
communications center through a dial-up telephone serviceas permitted by the AHJ - shall adhet-e to the following
requirements:
(1)
(2)
Separate, unlisted telephone number(s) shall be provided to receive such alarms.
Such data alarms shall not be permitted to connect to the
telephone numbet-s required by Chapter 16.
16.4.7* Where the communications center is permitted to
receive automated data alarms through electronic means, the
AHJ shall determine the delivery mechanism and follow the
associated standards.
(c)
1225-43
\\Then in the queue, the callers shall receive a recorded message mfonning them that they have
reached the communication centet~ including a
TDD/ TIY recorded message.
The system shall periodically remind callers to the
communications center who are in the queue that
they are connected during their wait.
There shall be an audible and visual indication
witl1in the operations room that unanswered calls
are waiting in the queue.
16.6 Multiple Line Telep h one Systems (MLTS).
16.6.1* Every MLTS shall be designed to allow any extension
to dial 9-1-1 without the need to d ial any d igit to obtain PSTN
dial tone.
16.6.2* The MLTS shall outpulse or signal the public switched
telephone network with a dialable telephone number that,
when dialed, will reach the ot-iginal 9-1-1 caller.
16.6.3* The owner or entity responsible for the operation of
the MLTS shall cause the location of the 9-1-1 caller to be made
available to the public safety answering point telecommunicator in those jurisd ictions where the enhanced 9-1-1 features
ANI and ALI are available and in use.
16.6.3.1 The ALI associated with the ANI used by the MLTS
extension shall be sufficient to direct a response to the 9-1-1
caller in an efficient manner and include, at a minimum, the
civic address, fl oor, and room / zone .
16.6.4 An MLTS manager shall not install , configure, or maintain an MLTS to engage in loca l termination of 9-1-1 calls
except as permitted by the AHJ and 16.6.4.1.
16.6.4.1 The facility and operation answering a diverted 9-1-1
call from an MLTS shall adhere to the requirements with in this
standard.
Chapter 17 Dispatching Systems (NFPA 122 1)
16.4.8 All telecommunicator positions that are available for
receiving emergency calls shall have equipment capable of
receiving and transmitting TDD/ TIY, SMS, and real-time text
data.
17.1 Ftmdamen tal
Systems.
16.5 Alternative Routing.
17.1.1.1 An event d ispatching system shall be designed, in stalled, operated, and maintained to provide for the receipt
and t-etransmission of event~ .
16.5.1* Communications centers shall maintain a plan as part
of the CEMP for rerouting incoming calls on emergency lines
when the center is unable to accept su ch calls.
16.5.2 \\There the AHJ requires that overflow calls to emergency numbers be routed to alternative telephone numbers
witl1in the communication center, the alternative telephone
numbers shall be monitored for integrity and recorded as
required by this standard.
16.5.3 Where a communication center operates on a part-time
basis, an automatic alternative routing plan shall be put in
place that ensures the rapid routing of calls to the designated
alternate communi cation center.
16.5.4 Any call that has not been answered after 20 seconds
shall be automatically routed to one of the following:
( 1) A designated alternate communication center
(2)* A holding queue, as follows:
R equirem ents
of
Events
Dispatching
17.1.1* General.
17.1.1.2 The transmission of any trouble signal shal l not interfere with the transmission and receipt of alarms.
17.1.1.3 The requit-ed number of dispatching circuits sha ll be
in accordance with 17.1.1.3.1 through 17.1.1.3.3.
17. 1.1.3.1 Jurisdictions that receive 730 events or more per
year shall provide two separate and dedicated dispatch c ircuits
as follows:
(1)
(2)
Separate primary and secondary dispatch circuits shall be
provided for transmitting events.
The failure of any component of the primary circuit shal l
not affect the operation of the secondary c ircuit and vice
versa.
17.1.1.3.2* Jurisdictions that receive fewer than 730 events per
year shall provide a minimum of one dedicated dispatch c ircuit
for u-ansmitting alarms.
2022 Edition
122544
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
17. 1.1.3.3* A circuit that terminates at a telephone handset
only shall not be considered as fulfilling the t-equirements for a
dispatch circuit. (See 17.2.2.2.)
17.1.1.4 The primary dispatch circuit shall be provided with
one of, or a combination of, d1e following:
Wired circuit, monitored for integrity in accordance with
17.1.2 through 17.1.2.4.3
(2)* Nonu-unked voice radio channe l with duplicate system
elements, with the following features:
(1)
(a)
(b)
(3)
Monitored for integrity as required by 17.1.2.6
In the event of a failure of the primary system, a
means to switch to the secondary system that is
immediately available to the telecommunicator
Microwave carrier channel, monitored for integrity in
accordance with 17.1.2 through 17.1.2.5.2, with the
following features:
(a)
(4)
(5)
Redundant transceivers at both ends of each microwave path
(b) Automatic switchover to the second transceiver if
the first transceiver fails during operation
Po lling or self-interrogating digital data radio channel
with the following features:
(a)* Redundant u-ansceivers at each installed location
(b) Monitoring for integrity in accordance with 17.1.2
through 17.1.2.5.2
(c) Automatic switchover to the second transceiver if
the first transceiver fails during operation
Dedicated telephone circuit that is monitored fOt- integrity in accordance with 17.1.2 through 17.1. 2.4.3, excluding the following:
(a)
(6)
Telephone connection through a public-switched
telephone network
(b ) Nondedicated phone Lines
Trunked radio system in compliance with 17.1.1.4(2) or
17.1.1.4(4)
17.1.1.5 The secondary dispatch circuit shall not be required
to be monitored for integrity.
17.1.1.5. 1 The secondaty dispatch circuit shall b e provided
with one of, 01· a combination of, the following:
A wired circuit
(2)* A designated radio channel, with the following provision:
(1)
(a)* If radio is used for both the primary and secondary
dispatch c ircuit5, the following shall apply:
i.
(3)
The primary dispatch circuit shall comply with
17.1.1.4
ii.
The secondary dispatch circuit shall consist of
a separate radio system operating on a separate channel with a separate receiver for the
secondary circuit at each ERF.
An approved dedicated telephone circuit, with the following provision:
(a)* \<\'here a telephone dispatch circuit is used as a
primary dispatch circuit, a telephone circuit shall
not be used as the required secondary d ispatch
circuit in conjunction with the following:
i.
2022 Edition
The dispatch signal circttit path for d1e secondary dispatch circuit specified in 17.1.1.5.1 (3)
(a) shall be separate and independent of the
dispatch signal c ircuit path of the primary
(4)
dispatch circuit from the dispatch console to
sepat-ate conu·ol/t·elay switch ing equipmen t
connection ports at the ERF.
ii.
A telephone con nection through a publicswitched telephone network via a regular dialup modem a nd nondedicated telephone line
shall not be considered to be a n approved
dispatch circuit.
An Internet-connected device, with the following provision:
i.
\¥here a wired or wireless Internet-connected
device is used as a secondary dispatch circuit, a
mechanism shall be in place to confirm to the AFij
that alerting messaging has been received by the
device at the ERF or ERU.
17.1.1.6* \¥here voice transmission is used as a dispatch
meth od, the announcement for the emergency response shall
b e preceded b y a n audible warning or alerting sig na l that
differentiates the emergency from routine voice traffic.
17.1.1.7 Events shall be retransmitted to ERFs or to ERUs in
the field from the location at which even ts a re received.
17.1.1.7.1 Events transmitted from the commun ications
center shall be automatically received at ERFs and ERUs.
17.1.1.7.2 Dispatch methods shall provide for the operation of
houselights or other auxiliat-y functions at the ERF as required
by the AFij.
17.1.1.8 Events that are transmitted over the required
dispatch circuit(s) shall have the dates and times of transmission automatically recorded at the communications center.
17.1.1.9 Audible devices shall be installed throughout the ERF
to ensw·e that a ll emergency response personnel at-e alerted to
events.
17.1.1.10 Equipment shall be provided to allow personnel to
alert all other personnel in the ERF.
17.1.1.11 A means of acknowledg ing receipt of an event from
the emergency response personnel to the telecommunicator
sha ll b e provided.
17.1.2* Monitoring for Integrity. Primary d ispatch c ircuits
and devices upon which transmission and receipt of events and
alarms depend shall be monitored constantly to provide
prompt warni ng of u-ouble that impacts operation.
17.1.2.1* A polling or self-interrogating radio system shall be
monitored hourly for integt-ity to ensure system t-eliability.
17.1.2.2 The primat-y and secondary power sources supplied
to all required circuits and devices of the system shall be monitored for integrity.
17.1.2.3 Trouble signals shall actuate an audible device and a
visual signal located at a constantly attended location.
17.1.2.4 Th e audible alert trouble signals from the fault and
failure monitoring mechanism shall be distinct from the audible alert emergency alarm signals.
17.1.2.4.1 The audible trouble signal shall be permitted to be
common to several monitored c ircui ts and devices.
17.1.2.4.2 A switch for sil encing the audible trouble signal
shall be permitted if the visual signal continues to operate tmtil
DISPATCHING
~YSTEMS
(NFPA 1221)
1225-45
the silencing switch is restored to the designated normal position.
sion of a signal under normal conditions if the circuit were
accidentally gwunded.
17.1.2.4.3 The audible u·ouble signal shall respond to faults
that occur on all other circuits prior to the restoration of the
silencing switch to the "normal" position.
17.2.1.4 A public alarm reporting syste m circu it that enters an
ERF and that is connected to automatic recording and sounding equipment shall be pennitted to be one of the avo required
dispatch circuits.
17.1.2.5 vVhere dispatch systems use computer diagnostic software, monitoring of the primary dispatch circuit components
shall be routed to a dedicated terminal(s) that meets the
following requirements:
(1)
(2)
(3)
It shall be labeled and identified as "dispatch circuit
integrity status."
It shall be located within the communications center.
It shall not be used for routine dispatch activities.
17.1.2.5.1 The computer diagnostic software shall be capable
of displaying and testing each circuit that can be electronically
monitored from the dispatch console to the station control
unit or junction relay switching equipment in the ERF.
17.1.2.5.2 Any fault or failure condition within the dispatch
circuit path shall be displayed on the dedicated terminal screen
in a prominent (highlighted) fashion that satisfies the visual
trouble signal requirement, and with an audible u·ouble signal,
t·efet·enced in 17.1.2.4 through 17.1.2.5.2, that actuates and
sounds in accordance with the type of dispatch circuit that is
being monitored .
17. 1.2.6* The radio communications system shall be monitored in the following ways:
(1)
(2)
Monitoring fix integrity shall detec t faults and failmes in
the radio communications system.
Detected faults and failures in the radio communications
system shall cause audible and visual indi cations to be
provided to the telecommunicator and radio system
manager at the time of s ignal activation.
17. 1.2.6.1 Monitoring for integrity of portable radios and
radio equipment installed in an ERF and in emergency
response vehicles shall not be required.
17.1.2.7 Any secondary dispatch circuit utilizing elements not
under the ownership or control of the AHJ (e.g., the Internet)
shall have a mechanism in place to monitor for the confirmation of the receipt of alann.
17.2 Wrred Dispatching Systems.
17.2.1 Wrred Circuits- General.
17.2.1.1* A separate tie circuit shall be provided from the
communications center to each alternate communications
center or a PSAP.
17.2.1.2 Equipment shall be designed and installed so that it is
capable of performing its intended ftmction over the range of
85 percent to 110 percent of its rated voltage.
17.2.1.3 The normal operation of the system shall not require
the use of a ground return to provide any essential function .
17.2.1.3.1 Circuits that extend outside the communications
centet· shall test fi·ee of grow1ds.
17.2.1.5 In jurisdictions where fewer than 730 events per year
are received or where all stations have recording and sounding
devices that respond to each public reporting circuit, the
second dispatch circuit shall not be required; only the circuit
that is monitot·ed for integrity shall be required.
17.2.1.6 The following requirements shall apply to systems in
which an alarm from a fire alarm box is a u tomatically transmitted to fire stations and, if used, is u·ansmitted to supplementary
alerting devices (Type B system):
(1)
(2)
(3)
Equipment shall be installed to automatically transmit
alarms that are received from any public reporting circuit
to all emergency response facil ities and, where employed,
to outside sounding devices.
Conu·ol equipment shall allow any or all circuits to be
individually connected to or disconnected from the
repeating mechanism.
Coded transmitting devices that use metal conductors
s hall be provided with a means to u·ansfer the signal fi·om
one dispatch circuit to another.
17.2.1.7 A wired dispatch circuit that is part of a public alarm
reporting system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72.
17.2.1.8 A wired circuit shall not be connected to alarm instruments in more than five emergency response facilities.
17.2.1.9 Coded signals shall be transmitted as follows:
(1)
(2)
At a minimum rate of avo strokes per second
Over separate circuits at a rate that is suitable for such
d evices where outside alerting devices a re employed
17.2.1.10 Where wired voice d ispatch circuits are used, each
circuit shall be dedicated to each emergency response facil ity.
17.2.1.11 For coded and telegraphic system s, a permanent
record that indicates the exact location from which the alarm is
being received and an audible signal shall be required to indicate the receipt of an alarm.
17.2.1.12 ·where telegraph ic retransmission is used , the telecommunicator shall be permitted to enter dates and times
manually where approved by the AHJ.
17.2.2 Telephone Circuits.
17.2.2.1 A telephone c ircuit that is used as one of the d ispatch
circuits shall meet the requi rement in 17.1.1.4.
17.2.2.2 '<\There the primary or secondary dispatch circuit is a
telephone dispatch circuit, it shall have voice amplification with
the following capabilities:
( 1)
(2)
It shall be equipped \vith a loudspeaker(s) .
The use of a handset sha ll automatically disconnect the
loudspeaker(s) from the circuit(s) .
17.2.1.3.2 The ground connection shall be permitted to be
used to provide function under abnormal line conditions
where such use would not pt·event the reception or transmis-
2022 Edition
122546
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
17.3 Radio Dispatchlng Systems.
17.3.1 General.
17.3.1.1* All radio communications shall comply with the
rules and regulations governing wireless communications in
the counu·y of operation .
17.3.1.2 The communications center shall be equipped for
radio communications with ERUs u sing subscriber radios.
17.3.1.2.1 Radio communication systems shall be designed to
provide no less than 95 percent coverage of the jurisdictional
area as defined by the AHJ, 95 percent of the time, with a
95 percent confidence factor.
17.3.1.2.2* Radio system outdoor coverage shal l be sufficient
to provide a delivered audio quality (DAQ) of 3.4 for analog or
digital systems.
17.3.1.3* A communications radio chann e l, separate from the
radio dispatch channel, shall be provided for on-scene tactical
corrununications.
17.3.1.4~' At a minimum, the tactical communications c hannel
identified in 17.3.1.3 shall b e capable of o perating in analog
simplex mode.
17.3.1.5* Trunked system talk groups shal l be permitted to be
used to provide on-scene tactical communications if desired by
the AHJ, but the provisions of 17.3.1.3 and 17.3 .1.4 shall still
apply.
17.3.1.6* Communication s system design s hall be su ch that a
portable radio is capable of operating within the dispatch area
outside of buildings \vithout the u se of m obile radio frequency
(RF) amplifiers.
17.3.1.7 If the radio includes scanning capability, it shall have
an automatic priority feature that causes the radio receiver to
revert automatically to its primary channel when the primary
channel is being used.
17.3.1.8 A visual indication shall be provided indicating that
the subscriber radio equipment is turned on.
17.3.1.9 With the exception of mobile and portable radios,
radio antenna systems shall include surge arresters.
17.3.1.10 Radio communications equipment shall be capable
of transmitting a distinctive alert tone for emergency traffic as
required in NFPA 1561.
(3)* The network path u sed shall be under the conu·ol of the
AHJ.
17.3.3 Conventional '1\vo-Way Voice Systems.
17.3.3.1* Analog System Requirements. Systems shall be
equipped with a coded squelch system to minimize the t·eception of out of system on-channel signals interference.
17.3.3.2 Digital Conventional System Requirements. Digital
conventional systems shall comply with TIA-102.BAAA, Project
25 FDMA Common Ai1·Inte1jace.
17.3.3.3 Call Indicator. A call ind icator shal l be provided for
each conventional channel controller from the control center
console to indicate when the channel is busy.
17.3.4 Trunked '1\vo-Way Voice Systems.
17.3.4.1* Signaling Channel Concept.
17.3.4.1.1 The u·unked system shall operate u sing a dedicated
signaling control channel protocol concept embodied in either
a distinct RF chatmel used for conu·ol sig naling only or embedded conu·ol signals in the voice channels such that a dedicated
RF channel for control signaling is n o t necessary but the same
result is affected.
17.3.4.1.2 System control messages and calls and mobile
requests for service shall be transmitted to and from the system
on the signaling c hannel.
17.3.4.1.3 Each unit shall send its unique d iscrete address
identification to the system each time the unit transmits,
regardless of whether the system is operating in the message
u·w1king mode or transmission uunking mode.
17.3.4.1.4 Mobile and portable units shall be capable of operating on at least five radio channe ls.
17.3.4.1.5* Mobile and portable units shall be capable of
being programmed with scan ning of u·unked talkgroups and
conventional channels, with a user-selectable priority, as
approved by the AHJ.
17.3.4.1.6 A system controller shall automatically assign all
channels so that all system u sers (field units and con sole
dispatchers) shall have access to all voice channels via a syste m
priority protocol.
17.3.4. 1.7 Channel access time in single-site system s, assuming
a chatmel is available, shall be less than 0.5 second.
17.3.2 Signaling and Control Systems.
17.3.4.1.8* Priority Levels.
17.3.2.1 Signaling and conu·ol systems that are used to alert a
specific ERF(s) shall initiate distinctive announcement tones
for various voice alarms.
17.3.4.1.8.1 A minimum of eight levels of operational talkgroup priority s hall be incorporated into the system.
17.3.2.2 Signaling and control system s shall use both polling
and automatic transmission communications methods and
shall support redundant designs as required in 17.1.1.4 .
17.3.2.3 If used for signal and control systems, Internet pmtocol (IP) wide-area networks shall comply with the following:
( 1)
(2)
They shall comply with the commun ication methods of
17.3.2.2.
If the primary network connection fails during operations, switchover to the second netwurk connection shall
be automatic, with audible and visual indicators to the
telecomm unicator.
2022 Edition
17.3.4. 1.8.2 Dispatch consoles shall be capable of elevating
the operational pt·iority of a talkgroup by one inc re me nt to
facilitate channel assignments in critical simations.
17.3.4.1.9* Emergency Priority.
17.3.4.1.9.1 All field units in the system shall be capable of
gaining access to the syste m withi n 0 .5 second of a ctivation of
an instantaneous emergency switch .
17.3.4. 1.9.2 When a field unit activates the emergency fun ction of the radio tmit, the field unit ID shall be d isplayed at the
dispatch terminal, console, or both, and an audible alert shall
be activated.
DISPATCHING
~YSTEMS
17.3.4.1.10* Failure of Trunking System.
17.3.4.1.10.1 If the trunking system control fails, the system, at
a minimum, shall revert to conventional repeater operation
wh il e in failover mode.
17.3.4.1.10.2 ERUs that share u·unked radio systems with
other emergency or nonemergency services shall operate on a
channel that is not shared with nonemergency users.
17.3.4.1.10.3 Standard operating guide lines shall be written to
explain to field units, first responders, and radio dispatchers on
the trunked radio system how to detect that the system is in failovet· mode and what revised operational procedm·es they are to
adopt when the u·unked system is in failover mode .
17.3.4.1.11 * Queuing of Request for Voice Channel.
17.3.4.1.11.1 If all available talking channels are assigned, the
second- and lower precedence-level requests for a talking
channel shall be placed in a queue according to the priority
levels involved.
(NFPA 1221)
1225-47
17.3.4.1.17.2 Disablement of such a unit (s) shall be possible
even if the system manager terminal or the console is inoperative.
17.3.4.1.17.3 Hardware and software that a llow re-enable ment
of a disabled mobile or portable radio unit(s) curre ntly operating on the system shall be provided.
17.3.4.1.18* The system shall allow AHJ authorized personnel
to initiate a change in the operating talkgroup of any field unit
from a system manager termina l.
17.3.4. 1.19* '"There telephone interconnect has been provided as a part of the system, the system shal l be configured so
that no telephone call prevents or delays any dispatch communications required by the AHJ.
17.3.4.1.20 Monitoring for Integrity.
17.3.4.1.20.1 A subsystem dedicated to monitoring the
u·unked system infrasu·ucture backbone shall be provided.
17.3.4.1.11.2 The queue shall cause the system to assign talking channels as they become available on a priority-level basis.
17.3.4.1.20.2 Fault and status information, including infonnation on the condition of base station repeaters a nd conu·ollers,
shall be accessible fi·om a system manager terminal.
17.3.4.1.11.3 If multiple talkgroups with the same priority are
in the queue, they shall be assigned a channel on a first-in-firstout (FIFO) basis.
17.3.4.1.20.3 A means shall be provided that is capable of
recording system problems as they occu t~ including type of
problem, date, and time .
17.3.4.1.11.4 The queuing protocol shall process and assign
channels to requesting units that have been involved in recent
conversations before processing and assigning channels to
units not involved in any recent conversations, assuming both
talkgroups have equal priorities.
17.3.4.1.21 Console Call Indicator.
17.3.4.1.12 When any unit is placed into a system-busy queue,
the unit t·equesting the channel shall be notified automatically
by the system when it assigns a channel to the unit.
17.3.4.1.13 All units operating within the same talkgroup shall
receive both sides of every conversation addressed to or from
the talkgroup.
17.3.4.1.21.1 A call indicator shall b e provided for each talkgroup controlled from the control center console.
17.3.4.1.21.2 ~en a channel is se lected, the call indicator
shall flash when audio is being received from a field unit.
17.3.4.1.22 When required by the AHJ, the console shall operate in the full duplex mode so that a telecommunicator can
simultaneously u·ansmit to a trunked talkgroup and receive
their response without releasing the PTT button.
17.3.4.1.23 Console Trunked Busy Indication.
17.3.4.1.14 Where required by the AHJ for mobile or portable
units, the system shall provide a means for selectively alerting
one unit from another unit or from a dispatch location.
17.3.4.1.23.1 If the telecommun icator attempts to make a cal l
and all trunked channels a re busy, a visual alert shall be initiated at the console.
17.3.4.1.15 Continuous Talkgroup Affiliation Notification.
17.3.4.1.23.2 '"Then tl1e channel becomes available, the
console shall automatically alert the telecommunicator \vith an
audible tone and "hold" the channel for the telecommunicator
for 2 seconds to 4 seconds to allow the telecommunicator time
to activate a PTT for the a ppropriate talkgroup.
17.3.4.1.15.1 The system shall bt·oadcast a continuous update
of the talkgroup channe l assignments to all field units whose
radios are ntrned on and are \vithin the system's coverage area.
17.3.4.1.15.2 Units that become activated during an ongoing
talkgroup conversation, or units that leave the system coverage
and return, shall use the continuous update to immediate ly
affiliate with theit· assigned talkgroup .
17.3.4.1.16* Whenever a field unit leaves the coverage of the
signal ing channel and attempts to access the system using the
push-to-talk (PTT) button, a distinctive audible alert shall be
sounded so that the user knows that they are outside the
system's coverage area.
17.3.4.1.17* Individual Unit Disable.
17.3.4.1.17 .1 * Hardware and software that allow disablement
of any mobile or portable unit(s) currently operating on the
system shall be provided for the system security in case units
become lost or stolen .
17.3.4.1.24* Console Dispatch Preemption.
17.3.4.1.24.1 The system shall be configured so that no "busy"
indi cation is received b y a telecommunicator a ttempting to
access a talkgroup required for dispatch of a n event.
17.3.4.1.24.2 If necessary, the requirement of 17.3.4.1.24.1
shall be met by preemption of the lowest-priority communication on the system at tl1e time of attempted access to the talkgroup.
17.3.4. 1.25 The telecommunicator shall h ave the follmving
capabilities:
(1)
The telecommunicator sha ll be able to designate a higher
tactical priority fot· certain talkgroups that are controlled
at their workstati on.
2022 Edition
122548
(2)
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Designation of higher tactical priority shall be achieved
by means of a switch on that talkgwup appearance.
17.3.6.7 The channel change a nd radio selection functions
shall be tested with, at a min imum, a large-sized glove.
17.3.4.2* Digital Trunked System Requirements. Digital
u·unked systems shall comply with TIA-102.BAAA, Project 25
PDMA Common Air Intmface, 01· TIA-102.BBAB, Project 25 Phase 2
Two-5lot Time Division Multiple Access Physical Layer Protocol Specification, and with TIA-102.BBAC, Project 25 Two-5lot TDMA Media
Access Control Layer Specification, and shall meet the requirements in 17.3 .4.1.
17.3.6.8 Single-w1it battery charge rs for portable radios shall
be capable of fully charging the radio battery while the radio is
in the receiving mode.
17.3.5* Tw<rWay Mobile Equipment.
17.3.5.1 All emergency response units shall be equipped with
a two-way mobile radio that is capable of commun icating with
the communications center.
17.3.5.2 Mobile radios shall be equipped with a visual u·ansmit
indicator.
17.3.5.3 All mobile radios shall be equipped with a carrier
control timer d1at disables the transmitter and signals the operator wi th a distinctive tone after a time predetermined by the
AH].
17.3.5.4 Mobile radios and associated equipment shal l be
manufactured for the environment in wh ich t h ey are to be
used.
17.3.5.5 Mobile radios shall be capable of multiple-channel
operation to enable on-scene simplex radio comm uni cations
that are independent of dispatch channels to meet the requirements of 17.3 .1.3.
17.3.5.6 Spare mobile radio units shall be provided for emergency response unit~ as follovvs:
(1)
(2)
Minimum of one spare unit for each model not directly
interchangeable
Minimum of one spare unit for each 20 units, or fraction
thereof~ in setvice
17.3.6* Tw<rWay Portable Equipment.
17.3.6.1 All ERUs shall be equipped with a pot·table t·adio that
is capable of two-way communication with the communications
center.
17.3.6.2 Pmtable radios shall be manufactured for the environment in which they are to be used and shall be of a size and
consu·u ction that allow their operation with the u se of one
hand.
17.3.6.3 Portable radios that are equipped with key pads that
control radio functions shall have a means for the user to disable the keypad to prevent inadvertent use.
17.3.6.4 All portable radios shall be equipped with a carrier
control timer that disables the transmitter and signals the operator with a distinctive tone after a time predetermined by the
AH].
17.3.6.5 Portable radios shall be capable of mul tiple-channel
operation to enable on-scene simplex radio communications
that are independent of dispatch channels to meet the requirement~ of 17.3 .1. 3.
17.3.6.6 Portable radios shall be designed to allow channels to
be changed and other radio functions conu·olled while emergency response personnel are wearing gloves of the type used
in emergency response functions.
2022 Edition
17.3.6.9 Battery chargers for portable radios shall automatically revert to maintenance charge when the battery is fully
charged.
17.3.6.10 Battery chargers shall be capable of charging batteries in a manner that is independent of and external to the portable radio.
17.3.6.11 Spare batteries shall be maintained in quantities that
allow continuous operation as determined by the AHJ.
17.3.6. 12 A rninimum of one spare portable radio sh all be
provided for each 10 units, or fraction thereof, in service.
17.3.6.13* Portable radios used by first responders who m ight
encounter hazardous locations because of the pt·esence of
explosive gas or explosive dust atmospheres shall be rated as
intrinsically safe for operation in such aunospheres b y a nationally recognized testing laboratory, if determined necessat·y by
the AHJ.
17.3.7* Mobile Command Vehicles. Vehicles that are used in
com mand or communications functions shall meet the requirements ofNFPA 1901.
17.3.8 Backhaul Microwave Systems.
17.3.8.1 General Requirements. M icrowave radio systems
used for backhaul shall meet me following minimum requirements:
(1)
The microwave radio shall be suitable for two-frequency,
full-duplex operation.
(2)* The microwave radio shall be suitable for operating in
network configurations offering ring or star protection.
(3) The microwave radio s hall include a transmitter, a
t·eceiver, a modem , a power supply, a n automatic sw-itching device, a multiplexer, service channels/ o rderwire,
and all associated interconnections.
(4) The microwave radio shall a llow full access to a ll modules
for normal system maintenance.
(5) All replaceable / plug-in modules shall be accessible.
(6) Each microwave hop shall be designed to meet or exceed
a one-way end-to-end annual quality performance of
99.995 percent at the required capacity.
(7) Each microwave hop shall be designed to meet or exceed
a one-way end-to-end annual reliability performance of
99.999 percent at me required capacity.
17.3.8.2 Recovery and Protection.
17.3.8.2.1 Receivers shall provide both manua l and fade in itiated automatic errorless switching .
17.3.8.2.2 Recovety of a system fi·om RF signal loss shall take
place within 250 milliseconds after a valid sig n al is restored.
17.3.8.2.3 The system shall be designed so that protection
circuits and units not in service or operation can be tested and
repaired wimout affecting on-li ne system operation.
17.3.8.2.4 Partial or complete failure of protection control or
switching equipment shall not t·ender the m icrowave link inoperable.
DISPATCHING
~YSTEMS
17.3.8.3 Electromagnetic Interference.
17.3.8.3.1 The microwave eq uipm ent shall b e operationally
compati ble with public safety commw1 ications equipment colocated in the same equipment location.
17.3.8.3.2* The microwave equipment shall be capable of
meeting full specifications when operating in the vicin ity of
commercial AM and FM radio and TV transm itters.
17.3.8.4 Environmental Considerations. Microwave systems
equipment shall function properly in the environmental conditions and at altitudes in which it is installed.
(NFPA 1221)
1225-49
17.4.2.3 Page-encoding equipment, where used as a method
of pt·imary emergency dispatch , shall be located in t he communications center or an associated public safety radio system site .
17.4.2.4 A primary paging system shall comply vvith the
general requirements for radio systems as outlined in this document.
17.4.2.5 Pagers shall audibly in d icate a low-battery conditio n.
17.4.2.6 Alphanwneric pagers shall support the maximum
text message that can be sent from the communications center.
17.3.8.5 Microwave System Network Management.
17.4.2.7* Coded receivers sha ll audibly indicate the presence
of an unacknowledged message.
17.3.8.5.1* General. The microwave system shall have sufficient a larm, cono·ol, and metering capabilities to detect defective or fai ling components.
17.4.2.8 Alphanumeric devices and two-way alphanumeric
devices shall audibly ind icate the presence of an unread
message.
17.3.8.5.2 Fault and Failure History Log.
17.4.2.9 Two-way alphanumeric devices sha ll auto matically
transmit an acknowledgment when the device has received and
stored a message .
17.3.8.5.2.1 The microwave radio shall maintain an e lectronic
file that recot·ds the date, time, and type of fault/ action of all
fault and failure conditions and switching actions.
17.3.8.5.2.2 The file shall be downloadable for on-site review
and for e lectronic conununication to others at t·emote locations.
17.3.8.5.3 Fault and Failure Indications. Fault and failure
conditions shall be displayed at the site and at a remotely monitored location.
17.3.8.5.4* External Alarms. Each microwave radio assembly
shall accommodate at least four external site/ housekeeping
a larm inputs.
17.4.2.10 Two-way a lphanum eric devices shall automatically
transmit an acknowledgment whe n the responding user has
read the message.
17.4.2.11 * Two-way al p ha nume ric devices shall b e capable of
providing and transmitting multiple-choice replies, manua lly
selected by the user.
17.4.2.12* Status of d1e two-way a lphanumeric devices, including messages sent and acknowledged, shall be monitored in the
operations room.
17.4 Radio Alerting Systems.
17.4.3* Alerting Receivers. W he re radio alerting receivers are
used to receive emerge ncy d ispatc h messages, they sha ll be
pmvided with two som-ces of power.
17.4.1 General.
17.5 Outside Audible Ale rting Devices.
17.4.1.1 Primary radio alerting systems shall include one o r
more of the following:
17.5.1 Outside a ud ible a lerting devi ces used to indicate an
emergency shall be located to alert all emergency respon se
personnel expected to respond.
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Voice receivers
Coded receivers
Noncoded receivers
Numeric receivers
Alphanumeric devices
Two-way a lphanwneric devices
17.4.1.2 Vlfhere radio home ale rting receivers, portable radios,
pagers, and similar radio devices are used to receive events or
are used on-scene, they shall conform to the requirements of
this standard.
17.4.1.3 Vlfhere portable two-way radio equipment is used to
receive events, such uni ts shall be equipped to receive a cod ed
alert.
17.5.2 Coded alerting devices shall operate at speeds of at
least one actuation per second, 'vith tht·ee or four rounds of
coded signals required wh ere outside alerting devices are operated for summoning emergency personnel.
17.5.3 Compressed Air Alerting Devices.
17.5.3.1 Compressed a ir alerting devices sha ll have a d istinctive tone.
17.5.3.2 If coded, the duration of the blast sha ll be neither
less than 0.5 second nor longer than 1.5 seconds, wid1 silent
intervals of 1 to 1.5 times the blast duration .
17.5.3.3 Storage tanks shall meet the following crite ria:
17.4.2 Radio Paging Systems and Pagers.
17.4.2.1* A pt·imat·y paging system shall b e under the direct
control of the AHJ where used as a method of emergency
dispatch .
17.4.2.2 No part of a primary paging syste m sh a ll utilize the
public Internet for any portion of i t~ operation when used as a
method of emergency d ispatch .
(1)
(2)
(3)
Storage tanks shall comply with ASME specifications fo r
unfired pressm·e vessels.
Storage tanks shall be equipped with safety relief valves.
Storage tank size shall be su ch that, at 85 percent of working pt·essure, e ig ht ti mes the largest number of blasts
assigned to any signal but not fewer than 50 blasts is capable of being sounded.
2022 Edition
1225-50
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
17.5.4 Compressors shall have the capacity to fill storage tanks
to working pressure within 30 minutes.
17.5.4.1 Piping of ferrous materials shall be provided with
scale traps that are accessible for cleaning.
17.5.4.2 All piping shall be ananged to allow inspection and
repair.
17.5.5 IP Devices. Where adopted by the AHJ, IP-enabled
devices (e.g., smartphones, tablets, laptops) shall comply with
the rules and regulations governing wire less communications
in the country of operation .
17.5.5.1 The communications center shall be equipped for IPenabled two-way commw1 ications with the ERUs using IPenabled devices as determined by the AHJ.
17.5.5.2 IP-enabled devices shall b e capable of fully charging
the battery while in use.
18.3* System Design.
18.3.1 Enclosures.
18.3.1.1 Battery systems used for the emergency power source
shall b e contained in a NEMA 3R or hig her-rated cabinet.
18.3. 1.2 All t·epeater, transmittet~ receiver, signal booster
components, optical-to-RF a nd RF-to-optical converters, and
external filters shall be contained in a NEMA 4- or NEMA 4Xtype enclosure(s) .
18.3. 1.3 Batteries that require venting shall be stored in
NEMA 3R-type enclosures.
18.3.2* Oscillation Detection and Control. Signal boosters
used in emergency responder commLmications e nhancement
systems shall have built-in oscillation detection and contro l
circuiU)' to reduce gain and maintain opet·ation.
17.6 Non-AHJ-Owned Alerting Devices and Infrastructure.
18.3.2.1 vVhen a signal booster detects oscillation, a supervisory signal shall b e transmitted.
17.6.1 Secondary alerting devices shall be permitted to utilize
commercial networks or components.
18.3.2.2 ln the event of ru1correctable oscillation , the syste m
shall be permitted to shut down.
17.6.2 Non-AHJ-owned devices shall be permitted to be used
as secondary alerting devices only if they can meet the requir·ements in 17.6.2.1 through 17.6.2.4.
18.3.3 Mounting of the Donor Antenna(s).
17.6.2. 1 Commercial network providers shall certifY, to the
that component5 utilized in secondary alerting circuits
have redundant power suppl ies.
AHJ,
17.6.2.2 Commercia l network providers shall certifY, to the
that utilized infrastructure components are hardened to
APCO ANS 2.106.1 , Public Safety Grade Site Hardening Requi?-ements.
AHJ,
17.6.2.3 Secondary alerting systems, utilizing commercial
network elements, shall provide the AHJ acknowledgement
that such messaging was received by the destination device.
17.6.2.4 Commercia l nenvm-ks used fN secondary aler·ting
systems shall have the ability to prioritize alerting messaging
above nonemergency traffic.
Chapter 18 In-Building Emergency Responder
Communications Enhancement Systems (NFPA 1221)
18.1 General.
18.1.1 All system components shall be designed, installed,
tested, inspected, and maintained in accordance with the
manufacturers' published instructions and the requirements of
Chapter 18.
18.1.2 The requirements of other chapters shall not apply to
in-building emergency responder communications enhancement systems except where specifically referenced.
18.2 Approval.
18.2.1* Where an in-building emergency responder communications enhancement system is used, the design of the system
shall be appmved b y the AHJ and the frequency license
holder(s) .
18.2.2 The design of the system shall be performed by a RF
system designer.
2022 Edition
18.3.3.1 To maintain proper alignment with the system
designed donor site, donor antennas shall meet one of the
following:
(1)
(2)
Antennas shal l be permanently affixed on the building.
Where approved, antennas shall be mounted on a movable sled with a visibl e sign stating "Movement m- t·epositioning of this antenna is prohibited without approval
from the AHJ."
18.3.3.2 If a donor antenna exists, isolation shall be maintained benveen the donor antenna and all inside an tennas to a
minimum of20 dB above system gain.
18.3.3.3 Th e antenna installation shall also be in accordance
with the applicable requirements of the building code for
weather protection of the building envelope.
18.3.4 Communication Antenna Density.
18.3.4.1* In-building emergency responder commLmication
enhancement systems shall be designed to min imize the nearfar effect.
18.3.4.2 in-building emergency responder commLmication
enhancement system designs shall include a sufficient number
of distribution antennas(density) to address reduced gain
conditions.
18.3.4.3 '"There an in-building emergency responder communication enhancement system is required and such system,
components, or equipment has a negative impact on tl1e
normal operations of the htci lity at wh ich it is instal led, th e AHJ
shall have the authority to accept an automatically activated
responder system.
18.4* LightrLing Protection. Systems shall have
pmtection that complies with 18.4.1 through 18.4.4.
lighming
18.4.1 The donor antenna coaxial cable(s) shall be protected
by antenna discharge units in accordance with Article 820 of
NFPA 70.
IN-BUILDI NG EMERGENCY RESPONDER COMMUN ICATIONS ENHANCEMENT SYSTEMS (NFPA 1221)
18.4.2 The antenna discharge units shall be listed to UL 497C,
Standm·d joT Protecton fw Coaxial Communications CiTcuits.
18.4.3 Each d onor antenna coaxial cable(s) shall be provided
\vith a listed antenna discharge unit in accordance \vith Article
820 of NFPA 70.
18.4.4 The antenna, antenna mast, and antenna d ischarg e
unit(s) shall be grounded in accordance with Article 820 of
NFPA 70.
18.5 Testing Requirements. Systems that are used to comply
\vith the requirements of Chapter 18 shall be tested in accordance \vith 20.3.10 and 20.3.1 0.1.
18.6 Non-Interference and Non-Public Safety System Degradation.
18.6.1* No in-building emergency responder communications
enhancement system capable of operating on frequencies or
causing interference to frequencies assigned to the jurisdiction
b y the licensing authNity of the country ofjurisdiction shall be
installed \vithout prior coordination and approval of the AHJ
and the frequency license holder(s) .
18.6.2 The building ownet· or authorized agent shall suspend
and correct equipment installations that degrade the performance of the public safety communications system or e mergency
responder conununicati ons enhancement system.
18.6.3* Systems that share infrastructure with no n-public
safety services shall ensure that the coverage and performance
of the public safety communications channeL~ are not degraded
below the level of performance identified in Sections 18.8 and
18.9, regardless of the amount of traffic carried b y the nonpublic safety senrices.
18.7 Approval and Permit.
18.7.1 Plans, including, but not limited to, specificatio ns, link
budget, and other information required by the AHJ and
frequency license ho lder(s), shall be submi tted for a pprova l
prior to instal lation.
18. 7.2* vVritten authorization by the frequency license holder
shall be required upon initial installation and prior to activation of the emergency responder communications enhancement system .
18.7.3 \\There required by the AHJ, a renewable permit shall
be issued for the operation of an emergency responder
communications e nhancement system.
18.8* Radio Coverage.
18.8.1 Radi o coverage shal l be provided throughout the building as a percentage of floor area as specified in 18 .8.3 and
18.8.4.
18.8.2 The system shall adhere to the maximum acceptable
propagation delay standard provided by th e AHJ.
18.8.3 Critical areas, including fire command centers, fire
pump rooms, exit stairs, exit passageways, elevators, elevator
lobbies, standpipe cabin et5, sprinklet· sectional valve locations,
and other areas deemed critical by the AHJ, shall be provided
\vith 99 percent floor area radio coverage .
18.8.4 General building areas sha ll
95 percent fl oor area radio coverage.
be
provided
with
1225-51
18.8.5 Buildings a nd structures that cannot support the
requit·ed leve l of radio coverage shall be equipped with a
system that includes RF-emitting devices that are certified by
the radio licensing authority to achieve the required adequate
radio coverage .
18.8.6 Radio enha ncement systems sha ll be d esigned to
support two portable radios simultaneously transmitting on
different talk paths o r channels, wh ere the AHJ has required
the radio enhance me nt system to support more tha n one c hannel o r talk path.
18.9* Signal Strength and Quality.
18.9.1 * Downlink. A minimum downlink signal shall be sufficient to provide a minimum of DAQ 3.0 for voice communications using either narrowband, analog, or d ig ital P25 sig na ls o t·
wideband LTE digital sig na ls throughout the coverage area. (See
A. 20.3. 10.)
18.9.2* Uplink. The uplink sig nal shall be sufficient to
provide a minimum of DAQ 3.0 for voice communicati ons
using either narrowband, analog, or digital P25 signa ls or widespread LTE digital sig na ls. (See A.20.3.10.)
18.9.3* Noise Floor. If th e design of the in-building emergency responder communication.~ enhancement syste m
(ERCES) requires the use of a sig nal booster, then the maximum uplink RF noise (noise crown ) created by any sig nal booster or signal booster booster-based ERC;ES shall not raise the
noise floor at the public safety communications site closest to
the ERCES or any receiving site within the public safety
communicati ons network that the ERCES is intended to operate with .
18.10 Donor Antenna. If a donor antenna exists, isolation
shall be maintained benveen the donor antenna and a ll inside
antennas to a minimum of20 dB ab ove system gain .
18.11 * Frequencies. The in-building emerge ncy responder
com municati ons enhancement system shall be capable of u·ansmitting on all t·adio freque ncies, as required by the AHJ, and
be capable of using any modulation technology in cu rren t use
by the public safety agen cies in the jurisdiction.
18.11.1 List of Assigned Frequencies. The AHJ a nd the
frequency license h older (s) shall each maintain a list of a ll
downlink/ uplink frequency pairs for d istributio n to syste m
designet·s.
18.11.2* Frequency Changes.
18. 11.2. 1 Systems sha ll be upgradeable to allow for instances
where the j urisdiction changes or adds system frequencies to
maintain communication system coverage as it was originally
designed.
18.11.2.2 \\There fi·equency cha nges occur a nd systems are
upgraded, they shall comply with 18 .6.1.
18.12 System Components.
18.12.1* Component Approval, Certification, and Listing.
18.12.1.1 RF-emitt ing devices and cabling used in the installac
tion of in-building e mergency responder communicati ons
enhance ment systems sha ll be approved by the AHJ and the
frequency license ho lder.
2022 Edition
1225-52
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
18. 12.1.2 All RF-emitting devices shall have the certification of
the radio licensing authority of that cow1try and be suitable for
public safety use prior to installation .
(b)
18.12.1.3 All repeaters, transmitters, receivers, signal-booster
components, remote annw1ciators and operational consoles,
power supplies, and battery charging system components shall
be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2524, Standani fm·
In-Building 2-Way i'.me1gency Radio Communication Enhancement
S)•stems.
18.12.2 Active RF-Emitting Devices. Active RF-emitting devices shall meet the following requi1·ements in addition to any
other requirements determined by the AHJ or the frequency
license holder(s):
( 1)
(2)
(3)
Active RF-emi tting devices that have a transmitted power
output sufficient to require certification of the frequency
licensing authority shall have the certification of the
frequency licensing authority prior to installation.
All active RF-emitting devices shall be compatible for
thei1· intended use, as required by the fi·equency licensing
authority, the frequency license holder(s), and the AHJ,
simultaneously at the time of installation.
Written autho1·ization shall be obtained from the
frequency license holder(s) prior to the initial activation
of any RF-emitting devices required to be certified by the
frequency licensing authority.
18.12.3 Component Requirements.
18.12.3.1 All cables shall be installed tn accordance with
Chapters 7 and 8 of NFPA 70.
18.12.3.2 Mechanical protection of work and raceways for
coaxial cables shall comply with Article 820 of NFPA 70.
18.1 2.3.3 Backbone cables and backbone cable component~
installed in buildings that are fi.t..lly protected by an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13 shall not be
1·equired to have a fire resistance rating.
18.12.3.4* Backbone cables and backbone cable components
installed in nonsprinklered buildings, in buildings that are
partially protected by a sprinkler system, or in high-rise buildings shall be protected from attack by fire in accordance with
one of the following:
(1)
Use a cable with a Listed fire-resistance rating in accordance with the following:
(c)
18.12.3.5 vVhere backbone cables and d isu·ibution antenna
cables are 1·un in a fi1·e-resistant enclosw·e 01· protected area,
both of the following shall apply, except as permitted in
18 .1 2.3.6:
(1)
(2)
(2)
(a)
2022 Edition
\\There the primary su·u ctural frame of a building is
required to have a fire-resistance rating of 2 hours
01· more or is cla~sified as heavy timber construe-
The connection b etween the backbone cable and d1e
distribution antenna cables shall be made within an
enclosure or pmtected area identified in 18 .1 2.3.4.
Passage of the distribution antenna cable in and out of
the enclosure or protected area sha ll be fire-stopped to
an equivalent 1·ating of the enclosure or protected area.
18.12.3.6 lf both the backbone cables and the backbone cable
components are fire rated in accordance with 18 .1 2.3.4, the
connection of the distribution antenna cable shall not be
required to be made wid1in an e nclosure or protected area.
18. 13 Power Sources. At least two independent and reliable
power sow·ces shall be provided for all RF-emitting devices and
any other active electronic components of the system: one
primary and one secondary.
18.13.1 Primary Power Source. The primary powe1· source
shall be all of the following.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Supplied from a dedicated branch circuit
Permanently connected
Compliant with NFPA 72
Protected from overvoltage
18.13.2 Secondary Power Source. The secondary
source shall consist of one of the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
( 1)
vVhere the primary structural frame of a building is
required to have a fire-resistance rating of 2 hours
01· more or is cla~sified as heavy timber construction, the minimum fire-resistance rating shal l be
2 hours.
(2) ·w here the primary su·uctural frame of a building is
required to have a fire-resistance rating of less than
2 hours, the minimum fire resistance rating shall be
1 hour.
(3) \\There the primary su·uctmal frame of a building
does not require a fire-resistance rating, a fire resistance rating shall not be required.
A protected enclosure or area shall have a fire-resistance
rating in accordance with the following:
tion, the 1mmmum fire-resistance rating shall be
2 hours.
Where the primary su·uctural frame of a building is
required to have a fire-resistance rating of less than
2 hours, the minimum fi1·e resistance rating sha ll be
1 hom.
\\There the primary structural frame of a building
does not require a fi1·e-resistance rating, a fire resistance rating shall not be required.
power
A storage battery dedicated to the system with 12 hours of
100 percent system o peration capacity
An alternative power source of 12 hours at 100 percent
system operation capacity as approved by the AHJ
A 2-hour standb y battery and connection to th e facility
generator power system, providing the facility generato1·
power system can support the complete system load for
12 hours
18.13.3 Monitoring Integrity of Power Sources. Monitoring
the integrity of power sources shall be in accordance with
17.1.2.2.
18.14 System Monitoring.
18.14.1 Fire Alarm System.
18.14.1.1 The system shall include au tomatic supervisory
signals for malfunctions of the in-build ing emerge ncy
responder communications enhancemen t system that are
annunciated by the fire alarm system in accordance with
NFPA 72.
18.14.1.2 The system shall comply with all of the fo llowing:
(1)
Monitoring for integrity of th e system shall comply with
Chapter 10 of NFPJ1 72.
COMPUTER-AIDED DISPATCHING (CAD) SYSTEMS (NFPA 1221)
(2)
(3)
System supervisory signals shall include the following:
(a)* Signal source malfunction
(b) Active RF-emitting device failure
(c) Low-battery capacity indication when 70 percent of
the 12-hour operating capacity has been depleted
(d) Active system component fai lure
Power supply supervisory signals shall include the following for each RF-emitting device and active system component~:
(4)
(5)
(a) Loss of normal ac power
(b) Failure of battery charger
The communications link between the fit-e alann system
and the in-building emergency responder communications enhancement system shall be monitored for integrity.
vVhere approved by the AHJ, a single supervisory input to
the fire alarm system to monitor all system supervisory
signals shall be permitted.
18.14.2 Dedicated Annunciation.
18.14.2.1 A dedicated annunciator shall be provided within
the fire command center to annunciate the status of all RFemitting devices and active system component locations.
18.14.2.2 The annunciator shall provide visual and labeled
indications of the following for each system component and
RF-emitting device:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Normal ac power
Loss of normal ac power
Battet)' charger failure
Low-battery capacity (i.e., to 70 percent depletion)
Signal source malfunction [See A.l8.14.1.2(2)(a).]
Active RF-emitting device malfunction
Active system component malfunction
1225-53
18. 15.5 Where required, system design and installation documents, specifications, test t-esults, and other t-ecords necessary
to document the operation of the emergency responder
communications enhancement system shall be provided .
18.15.6 The documents shall be in a format and location
approved by the AHJ.
Chapter 19 Computer-Aided Dispatching (CAD) Systems
(NFPA 1221)
19. 1 General.
19. 1.1 * Computer-aided dispatching (CAD) systems, when
required by the AHJ, shall conform to the items outlin ed in this
chapter.
19.1.2* VVhere a CAD system is used for emergency dispatch
service operations, and an enhanced 9-1-1 emergency number
telephone system is in use, the CAD system shall contain all
hardware and software components necessary for in terface with
the 9-1-1 system.
19. 1.2. 1* The CAD interface shall accept a transfer of 9-1-1
emergency call data fro m the customer premise equipment
(CPE) to the CAD system .
19. 1.2.2 The CAD system shall be capable of populating a callfor-service data enU)' form with the 9-l -1 data provided by the
CPE.
19.2* Secondary Dispatch Method. Where a CAD system is
used for emergency services dispatch operations, a secondat)'
dispatch method shall be provided and shall be available for
use in the event of a failure of the CAD system.
19.3 Security.
18.14.2.3 The communications link bet·ween this device and
the in-building emergency responder communications
enhancement system shall be monitored for integrity.
19.3.1 CAD systems shall utilize different levels of security to
restrict unauthorized access to sensitive and critical infomlation, programs, and operating syste m functions.
18.15 Technical Criteria.
19.3.2 The AHJ shall have the ability to control user and
supervisor access to the various security levels.
18.15.1 The AHJ and the frequency license holder(s) shall
maintain a document containing technical information specific
to its requirements for the installation of emergency responder
communications enhancement systems.
18.15.2 The document shall include relevant information
from the frequency license holder(s) .
18.15.3 The AHJ technical information documents shall be
accessible to emergency responder communications enhancement system design personnel.
18.15.4 The AHJ technical information documents shall
contain, but not be limited to, the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Frequencies and other modulation technologies required
for the in-building emergency responder communications enhancement system and the point of contact for
the fi·equency license holder(s)
Location and effective mdiated powet· (ERP) of public
safety radio sites used by the emergency responder
communications enhancement system
Maximum pmpagation delay- in microseconds
Other supporting technical information necessat)' to
direct system design
19.3.3 Physical access to the CAD system hardware shall be
limited to authorized personnel as determined by the AHJ.
19.3.4 Operation of the CAD system software shall be limited
to authorized personnel by log-on / password conu-ol, workstation limitations, or other means and audited as required by the
AHJ.
19.3.5* CAD systems shall provide network isolation necessat)'
to preserve bandwidth for the efficient operation of the syste m
and processing of events.
19.3.5. 1 The CAD system shall provide measures to prevent
denial-of:.Service attacks and any other undesired access to the
CAD portion of the network.
19.3.5.2 CAD systems shall employ antivirus software where
necessary to protect the syste m from infection .
19.4 Event Data Exchange.
19.4.1 Th e CAD system shall have the capability to a llow event
data exchange bet\veen the CAD system and other CAD
systems.
2022 Edition
1225-54
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
19.4.1.1 The method for data exchange shall be the NENA/
APCO ANS 2.105.1, NG9-1-1 Emergency Incident D ata Document
(EIDD).
19.4.1.2* It shall be up to the AHJ to decide whether or not to
use N display this information.
19.4.1.3 The sending dispatchers shal l be able to send and
receive administrative (not tied to an incident) messages to the
t·eceiving dispatchers.
19.4.2 The CAD syste m shall have the capabi.lity to allow event
data exchange between the CAD system and supervising
stations.
19.4.3 The CAD syste m shall have the capability to allow event
data exchange between the CAD system and 9-1-1 databases.
19.4.4<-' The CAD system shall have the capability to allow
event data exchange between the CAD system and other
systems as required and approved by the AHJ.
19.4.5 CAD systems that are connected to third-party systems
to receive events directly shall have agreements in place with
the third-party providers to monitor the system for integrity.
19.5 CAD Capabilities.
19.5.1 The installation of a CAD system in emergency service
dispatching shall not negate the requirements for a secondary
dispatch circuit.
19.5.2 Computer hardware provided as a part of the CAD
system shall be of a quality and reliability sufficient to meet the
requirements of the AHJ.
19.5.3 All components that are required for the operation of
the CAD system ("critical loads") shall be supplied vvith electrical power tht·ough an approved SEPSS (see Section 12.8).
19.5.3.1 The SEPSS shall be capable of supporting the critical
loads for no less than 60 minutes.
19.5.3.2* The SEPSS shall t·eceive its power from cit·cuit(s)
that are automatically connected to the emergency generator,
as specified in 12.8.3, in the event of a power failure or insufficiency.
19.5.6.1* The AHJ shall put in place safeguards to preserve
the operation, sustainability, and maintainability of all elements
of the CAD system in the event of me demise or default of me
CAD supplier.
19.5.6.2 The system applications shall function under the
overall control of a standard operating system mat includes
support functions and features as required by the AHJ.
19.5.7 \<\'here the CAD system is a pt·imary or secondary
dispatch circuit for ERFs and ERUs, it shall provide an audible
notification of events and shall be permitted to provide a visual
notification of events and other calls for service.
19.5.7.1 If voice announcement is used, it shall be preceded
by an audible warning or alerting signal that differentiates the
event or emergency from any other voice messages carried by
me system.
19.5.7.2* If text messages are used, they shal l be accompanied
by audible warning ot· alerting signal (s) that notify ERF or ERU
personnel that an event or emerge ncy message has been u·ansmitted.
19.6 Performance.
19.6.1 * The system shall accommodate the call volume, call
types, and other sizing parameters required by the AHJ.
19.6.2 The system shall reconunend units fot· assignment to
calls.
19.6.2.1 The system shall ensure that the optimum response
units at·e se lected.
19.6.2.2 The CAD syste m shall allow me teleCOilliTIW1icator to
override the CAD recommendation for unit assignment.
19.6.2.2.1 The CAD syste m shall automatically log that the
recommendation was overridden manually by the telecommunicator.
19.6.2.3 The CAD system shall have the ability to prioritize a ll
system processes so tl1at emergency operations take precedence.
19.6.3 The system shall detect faults and failures.
19.5.4 All characters shall be visible in a lighted room without
being affected by the glare of ambient lighting.
19.6.3.1 The system shall automatically perform a ll required
reconfiguration as a result of the faults or failures.
19.5.5 Printers .
19.6.3.2 The syste m shall queue a n otification message to the
supervisor and any designated telecommunicator positions.
19.5.5. 1 The system shall support as many printers as the
deems necessary for its operation .
AHJ
19.5.5.2 Logging or utility functions shall be assignable to any
printer w1der system control.
19.5.5.3 A spare printer shall be available.
19.5.5.4 Printers located in an ERF as a part of the dispatch
system shall be capable of printing a completed emergency
message in less than 30 seconds.
19.5.6* Software mat is a part of the CAD system shall provide
data entry; provide resource recommendations, notification,
and tracking; stot·e recot·ds relating to all events and a ll other
calls for service and stams changes; and track those resources
before, during, and after events, preservi ng records of those
events and stams changes for later analysis.
2022 Edition
19.6.4* Under all conditions, the system response time shall
not exceed 2 seconds, measured from the time a telecommunicator completes a keyboard entry to the time of full display of
me system response at any position where a response is
required.
19.6.5 The system shall be available and fu lly functional
99.95 percent of the time, excluding planned maintenance.
19.6.6* The system shall include automatic power-fail recove ry
capability .
19.7* Backup. The system shall include a data backup system,
utilizing e ither removable media or inde pendent disk storage
arrays dedicated to the backup task.
COMPUTER-AIDED DISPATCHI NG (CAD) SYSTEMS (NFPA 1221)
19.8 Redundancy.
19.8.1 The failure of any single component shall not disable
the entire system .
19.8.1.1 The CAD system shall provide automatic switchover
in case of failure of the required system component(s) .
19.8.1.2 Manual interventio n by telecommun icators or others
shall not be required.
19.8.1.3 Notwithstanding the requirement5 of 19.8.1.1, the
system shall provide the capability to manually ini tiate switchover.
19.8.1.4* Systems that utilize redundant server and workstation configuratio ns shall continue from the point where the
primary server stopped without requiring a restart of the CAD
system or re-enu-y of the calls in the system at the time of the
switchover.
19.8.1.5 Systems that utilize distributed processing, with workstations in the operations room a lso providing the call processing functions, shall b e considered to meet 19.8 .1.4, as long as
all su ch workstations are continually sharing data and all data
necessary to pick up at the point whet·e the failed workstation
stopped are available to a ll other designated dispatch workstations.
19.8.1.6* CAD syste ms that are connected to third-party
systems to receive alarms directly into tl1e CAD shall have an
a lternate method of receiving these alarms.
19.8.2 Monitoring for Integrity.
19.8.2.1 The system shall continuously monitor the CAD interface s for equipment failures, device exceptions, and time-out~.
19.8.2.2 The system shall, upon detection of faults ot· fa ilures,
send an appropriate message to the supervisor and designated
telecommunicator positions, accompanied by visual and audible indications.
19.8.3* The system shall log system messages and transacti ons.
19.8.4 Logs of system messages shall not be modified or
erased during the period required b y the records retention
policy set by the AHJ as defined in Section 21 .7.
19.8.5* A spare disp lay screen, pointing device, and keyboard
shall be available in the communications center for immediate
change-out for evet-y three workstations, or fraction thereof, up
to a maximum of three spare display screen s, pointing devices,
a nd keyboards.
19.9 Storage Network.
19.9.1* The system shall provide on-Line storage that meets all
of the functional and performance requirements of this standard for programs and data.
19.10 Information Transmittal.
19.10.1 vVired data communi cations syste ms that connect
ERFs and administrative sites with tl1e system shall communicate at a minimum rate of 56,000 bits per second.
19.10.2 W ireless data commun ications systems that connect
ERFs and administrative sites with the system shall communicate at a minimum rate of 56,000 bits per second.
1225-55
19. 10.3 Mobile units sha ll commu nicate with the CAD syste m
at a minimum rate of9600 bits per second.
19.10.4 The transmission of computer information to mobile
units or fixed locations that are associated with emergency
operations shall be in accordance wid1 the applicable government rules and regulations for the type of service be ing used .
19.ll Mobile Data Computers (MDCs).
19.11.1* MDCs and associated equipment shall be manufactured for the environment in which they are to be used.
19. 11.2 System Availability.
19. 11.2. 1 Data cotmmmications betv;een CAD and MDCs shal l
provide the fo llowing indications:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Indicate to the telecommunicatot· that the MDC system is
operational
Indicate to the te lecommunicator the fai lure of any
message to an MDC
Indicate to the ERU the fai lure of any message to CAD
19.11.2.2* If communication between MDCs and CAD has
failed, messages in transit shall not be lost.
19.11.3 Emergency messages to MDCs sha ll take priority over
other messages.
19.11.3.1 T he MDC shall immediately d isplay an indication of
an emergency message.
19. 11.3.2 The emergency message shall be accompanied by an
audible indication from the MDC of sufficient volume to overcome ambient noise.
19.ll.3.3 Vehicles equipped with printers shall have the capability to print e m ergency messages.
19. 11.3.4 Displayed emergency messages shal l not be automatically replaced by other messages.
19.11.3.5 The MDC shall display e me rgency information with
a minimum use of mul ti page d isplay.
19. 11.4 Nonemergency Messaging.
19. ll.4.1 A manual acknowledg me n t feature shall be p rovided to ind icate that a message sent from the operations room
has been viewed .
19.11.4.2 An MDC shall display vehicle status as curre ntly
registered within the CAD syste m.
19. 11.5 Equipment and Operation.
19. ll.5.1 The MDC shall not require external powe r to maintain programmed functions.
19.11.5.2 Required connections between the MDC a nd other
essential system component~ shall be fastened so as to not
come loose w1de r normal operating conditions.
19.11.5.3 The MD C shall al low a single act ion by the operator
to initiate an emergency response status change.
19.11.5.4* The MDCs shall provide the following functionality:
(1)
(2)
(3)
The a bility to power on and off
A visua l indication that the unit is energized
The a bility to adjust display inten sity
2022 Edition
1225-56
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
An emergency alert button that transmits a distress signal
to the operations room
20.1.4 Procedures that are required by other parties and that
exceed the t·equirements of this standard shall be permitted.
19.11.5.5 The MDCs shall have a last-in-first-out (LIFO)
feature that allows the user to recall the last 10 messages
t·eceived.
20.1.5 The requirements of this chapter shall apply to both
new and existing systems.
(4)
19.11.5.6 Each MDC shall be capable of receiving single,
group, or all-call messages.
19.11.5. 7 Keyboard.
20.2 Acceptance Testing.
20.2.1 New equipment shall be provided with operation
manuals that cover all operations and testing procedures.
19.11.5. 7 .I The bottoms of detachable keyboards shall have
nonskid surfaces.
20.2.2 All functions of new equipment shall be tested in
accordance with this chapter and the manufacturers' spec ifications before being placed in service .
19.11.5.7.2 The illumination of the keyboard shall be adjustable by the user.
20.2.3 All cables shall be tested in accordance with this chapter where installed with all taps and splices made.
19.11.5.7.3 The keyboard design shall prevent malfunction
caused by foreign materials.
20.2.3.1 Before connection to term inals, cables shall be tested
for insulation resistance.
19.11.5.7.4 Keyboard malfunctions shall not adversely affect
the MDC, the MDC system, the MDC interface, or the CAD
system.
20.2.3.2 Resistance tests shall demonsu·ate an insulation resistance of at least 200 megohms per mile between any one
conductor and all other conductors, the sheath, and the
ground.
19.11.5.8 Display Screens.
19.11.5.8.1 All information shall be visible in direct sunlight
conditions.
20.2.4 The frequency, modulation, power output, and receiver
sensitivity and selectivity shall be tested and t·ecorded when any
radio is installed or repaired.
19.11.5.8.2 The display screen shall be stable and free of unintentional motion.
20.2.5 Microwave acceptance testing shall be performed.
19.11.5.8.3 Charactet·s shall have a uniform appearance on all
parts of the screen .
19.11.5.9 Mobile printers shall provide the following functionality:
(1)
(2)
The ability to power on and off
A visual indication that the unit is enet·gized
19.12 Integrated Mapping Interface.
19.12.1* The CAD system shall have the ability to interface
with a map display system.
19.12.2 The map display system interface shall have the ability
to accept spatial positioning data for calls for service and units
from CAD.
20.3 Operational Testing.
20.3.1 Wired Dispatch Circuits. Manual test of wired dispatch
circuits shall be as follows:
(1)
(2)
A test shall be performed and recorded at least once
every 24 hours.
Circuit~ fot· transmission of graphic signals shall be tested
by a message transmission.
20.3.2 Power Supply for Wired Dispatch Circuits. Manual
tests of the power supply for wired dispatch circuits shall be
made and recorded at least once during every 24 hours and
shall include the following:
(1)
19.12.3 The map display system interface shal l have the ability
to position an indicator on the map based on the provided
spatial infot·mation.
(2)
Chapter 20 Testing (NFPA 1221)
(3)
20.1 General.
The current strength of each circuit shall be tested, and
changes in the current of any circuit that amount to
10 percent of normal cun-ent shall be investigated immediately.
The voltage across terminals of each circuit inside terminals of protective devices shall be tested, and changes in
the voltage of any circuit that amount to 10 percent of
normal voltage shall be investigated immediately.
The voltage betw·ee n gmw1d and c ircuits shall be tested
as follows:
V\'here the test indicates a reading in excess of
50 percent of that shown in the test specified in
20.3.2, the trouble shall be located immediately and
cleared.
(b) Readings in excess of 25 percent shall be given early
attention.
(c) Systems in which each circuit is supplied by an independent current source shall require tests between
ground and each side of each circuit that are
performed with a voltmeter of not m01·e than
100 ohms resistance per volt.
A ground current reading shall be permitted in lieu of
the test specified in 20.3.2, and a ll grounds that indicate a
(a)
20.1.1 Tests and inspections shall be made at the intervals
specified in this standard.
20.1.2 All equipment shall be restored to operating condition
after each test or alarm for which the equipment fi.mctioned.
20.1.3 vVhere test5 indi cate that trouble has occurred
anywhere on the system, one of the following shall be required:
(1)
(2)
The telecommunicator shall take steps to repair the fault.
If repair is not possible, action shall be take n to isolate
the fault and to notifY the official responsible for maintenance.
2022 Edition
(4)
1225-57
TESTI NG (NFl'A 1221)
(5)
(6)
(7)
current reading in excess of 5 percent of the normal li ne
cw-rent shall be given im mediate attention .
T he voltage across common battery terminals on the
switchboard side of fuses or c ircuit b reakers shall be
tested.
T he voltage between common battel)' term inals and
grou nd shall be tested and abnormal ground readings
investigated immediately.
If more than one common battery is used, each comm on
battery shall be tested.
20.3.3 Alerting Means. O utside audible alerting devices,
radio, te lephone, or other means for a lerting emergency
response personnel shal l be tested as required by the AHJ.
20.3.4 Radio and Voice Amplification Circuits. All primary
and secondary radio and voice amplification c ircuits shall be
subj ected to a voice test twice daily.
20.3.5 Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) Telephone Testing. All emergency phone circuits of a PSAP shall be tested
daily in accordance with the requirements of the AHJ.
20.3.6 Emergency Lighting. Emergency ligh ting shall
tested in accordance with NFPA 101.
be
20.3. 7 Stored Emergency Power Supply Syste m/ Uninterruptible Power Supply (SEPSS/UPS). An SEPSS/UPS shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA 111.
20.3.8 TDD/ TTY. T he T DD/TIY system shall b e tested daily.
20.3.9 Emergency Equipment and Supplies. Emergency
eq uipment and supplies, including self-contained breath ing
apparatus, flashlights, and medical equipment, shall be tested
at least annually ot- in accordance with the applicable NFPA
code or standards.
20.3.10* Tes t and Inspection of In-Building Emergency
R esponder Communications Enhancement Systems. vVhere
in-build ing emergency responder communications enhancement system are installed, a system test shall be conducted,
documented, and signed by a person appmved by the AHJ
upon system acceptance and once every 12 months.
20.3.10.1 Initial Acceptance Test Requirements.
20.3.10.1.1 All new systems shall be initially acceptance tested
to verifY that the system as installed meets the performance
requirements of Section 18.9.
20.3.10.1.2 Qualifications of testing personnel shall b e su bm itted to the AHJ for approval and acceptance.
20.3.10.1.3 All systems initial acceptance testing documentation shall include a listing of the fo llowing:
(1) All system equipment u tilized
(2) Manufactmer's data sheets
(3) Installation, testing, and maintenance docu mentation
(4) As-built drawings showing all equi pment locations
(5) Wt-itten documentation acceptable to the AHJ of the
in itial system testing, including system performance
measurements at a ll locations covered by the installed
system
(6) Secondary power calculations
(7) List of assigned frequencies
(8) vVhet-e signal boosters at-e used, system isolation test
resul ts
(9) Measured signal source levels
(10) Identification of the type of sig na l sou rce
(11) T he settings of a ll freq ue ncy cha rmels or bands
subbands, chan nel/band gains, and filter bandwidths,
and all con figurable pa ra meters of automatic gain
control (AGC) modes used during the installation and
testi ng
20.3.10.2 Periodic Visual Inspection of Systems.
20.3.10.2.1 All systems that at-e con nected to fi re alarm
systems that are not mon itored for a larm, supervisory, and trouble conditions off site as defined by NFPA 72 sha ll be visually
inspected weekly for th e followi ng conditions:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Normal ac power
Loss of normal ac power
Battery charger failure
Low battery capacity
Signal sow-ce malfu nction
Active RF-emitting device malfu nction
Active system compone n t malfunction
Loss of commtmication with the fire a larm conu-ol pane l
20.3.10.2.2 All systems that are connected to fire a larm
systems that are monitored for alarm, supervisory, and trouble
conditions off site as defined by NFPA 72 shall be visually
inspected semiannually for the following cond itions:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Normal ac power
Loss of normal ac power
Battery charger failure
Low battery capacity
Signal source malfu nction
Active RF-em itting device malfunction.
Active system compone n t malfunction
Loss of commun ication with the fire alarm conu-ol pane l
Signs of physical damage to components that could affect
proper system operation
20.3. 10.2.3 Periodic Testing of Systems.
20.3. 10.2.3.1 All systems shall be operatio nally tested at least
annually to confirm system operation during normal opet-ations.
20.3.10.2.3.2 Annual opera tiona l tests sha ll in clude th e fo llowing:
At least one q uantitative DAQ test shall be in accordance
with 18.9.1 and 18.9.2 on each floor. Where the fl oor area
exceeds 128,000 ft2 (11,900 m 2 ), additio na l q ua nti tative
tests shall be performed.
(2)* Signal boosters sha ll be tested to verify that the gain is the
same as it was during th e in itial installation and acceptance or set to optimize the performance of the system.
(3) Backup batteries a nd power supplies sha ll be tested tmder
load for a period of 1 hour.
(4) O ther active componen ts shall be c hecked to verifY operation within the manufacturer's published specifications.
(5) All requi red su pervisory monitoring signals shall be
tested.
(6) A specu-um analyzer or other suitable test equipmen t
shall be utilized to ensure spurious oscilla tions are not
be ing generated by t he subject sig na l booster.
(7) VVhere a donor a n tenna is used, isolation in accordance
with Section 18 .10 shall be verified.
(8) An inspection shal l be made to evaluate i.f the build ing
su-uctural changes or alte t-nations that have been made
(1)
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-58
impact the communications coverage of the system as
required in Section 18.8.
21.2.3 Changes and Additions. Changes or additions shall be
recot·ded in accordance with 21.2.1 and 21.2.2.
20.3.10.2.3.3 At least every five years systems shall be quantitatively tested to ensure that the system still provides the required
DAQ values in accordance with Section 18.9.
21.3 Acceptance Test Records/ As-Built Drawings. Mter
completion of acceptance tests that have been approved b y the
AHJ, the following shall be provided:
20.3.10.2.3.4 The five-year test shall also confirm that there
has been no deviation of coverage more than 5 percent from
the initial installation documentation.
(l)
(2)
20.3.10.2.4 D eviation of more than 5 percent shall result in
additional evaluations to determine if any system modifications
are required to bdng the system into conformance with the
coverage required in Section 18.9.
20.3.10.2.5 The five-year test shall confirm that there have
been no changes in the frequencies utilized for the proper
operation of the system.
20.3.10.2.6 The AHJ can require additional testing if the
system fails to operate during normal operations at frequencies
shorter than fi ve years or if radio system conditions change.
20.3.10.2.7 Inspection and Testing Docwnentation.
20.3.10.2.7.1 All visual inspection and testing reports shall be
documented in a format acceptable to the AHJ in writing.
20.3.10.2. 7.2 All reports shall be retained for the li fe of the
system in e ither paper or electronic form and be made available to the AHJ upon request.
20.3.11 Periodic microwave systems testing shall include
throughput and reliability.
(3)
(4)
(5)
A set of reproducible, as-built installation drawings
Operation and maintenance manuals
vVritten sequence of operation
Results of all operationa l tests a nd values at the time of
installation
A record of software licenses, software versions, and
patches utilized with the equipment.
21.3.1 For software-based systems, access to site-specific software shall be provided to the AHJ.
21.3.2 Th e AHJ shall be responsible for maintaining the
records for the life of the system.
21.3.3 Paper or e lecn·onic media sha ll be permitted.
21.4 Training Records. Training records shall be maintained
for each employee as required by the AHJ.
21.5 Operational R ecords.
21.5.1 * Call and dispatch performance stansncs shall be
compiled and maintained in accot·dance with Section 15.4.
21.5.2 Statistical analysis for call and dispatch performance
measurement shall be done month ly and compiled ove r a 1yeat· period.
20.4 Power.
21.5.2.1 A management informat io n syste m (MIS) program
shall n·ack incoming calls and dispatched events and provide
real-time information and strategic management repot·ts.
20.4.1 Emergency and standby power systems serving the
commtmications centet· shall be tested in accordance with
NFPA 110.
21.5.3 Records of the fo ll owing, including the correspo nding
dates and times, shall be kept by the jurisdiction:
20.4.2 Weekly discharge test~ of the emergency battery power
systems shall be pel"formed for 30 minutes to ensure that the
batteries are capable of supplying the system with power.
20.4.3 The battery voltage during operation, includ ing
charge, discharge, and float, shall be maintained with in the
limits recommended by the battery manufac turer.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Test, alarm, and dispatch signals
Circu it interruptions and observations or reports of
equipment failures
Abnormal or defective circuit conditions indicated by test
or inspection
21.6 Maintenance Records.
Chapter 21 Records (NFPA 1221)
21.6.1 Records of maintenance, both routin e and e mergency,
shall be kept for aU a larm-receivin g equipme nt and a larmdispatching equipment.
21.1 General. Complete records to ensure operational capability of all d ispatching system functions shall be maintained.
21.6.2 All ma intenance records shall include the elate, time,
nature of maintenance, a nd repairer's name and affiliation.
21.2 Installation.
21.7 Retention of Records.
21.2.1 Wired Circuits. Records of wired dispatch
in clude d1e following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
circuit~
shall
21.7.1 Records required by Sectio ns 21.2, 2 1.3, 2 1.5, and 2 1.6
shall b e maintained for the life of the affected equipment.
Outline plans that show all terminals in sequence
Diagrams of office wiring
Materials used, including trade name, manufacturer, and
year of purchase or installation
21.7.2 Records that are required by Sections 15.4, 15.6, 20.3,
and 21.5 shall b e maintained for 2 years or as required by law
or by the AHJ.
21.2.2 Radio Channel. Records of radio d ispatch channe ls
and any associated wired circuits s hall include the fo llowing:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Outline plans that show transmittet·s and receivers
Diagrams of in terconnecting office wiring
Materials used, including trade name, mamtfacturer, and
year of purchase or installation
2022 Ed ition
21.7.3 Where call detail t·ecorcling (CDR) is provided, recot·ds
shall be maintained for 2 years or as required by law or b y the
AHJ.
21.7.4 Capacity shall be provided for the storage of a minimum of 100 days of history log data.
ICf SECUR11Y (NF'PA 1221)
21.7.4.1* History log data shall be deleted or overwritten
based on a policy established by the AHJ.
Chapter 22 ICT Security (NFPA 1221)
22.1 * Information Communication Technology (ICT) Security
Plan.
22.1.1 Communications centers shall develop, implement,
and utilize a comprehensive defense-in-depth process and plan
to ensure data security.
22.1.2 The defense-in-depth appmach shall comply with both
of the following:
(1)
(2)
Encompass people, technology, and operations
Provide a framework for safeguarding the vital mission of
public safety communications centers, including the CAD
systems and IP-based NG9-1-1 systems, and the public
safety wireless networks used by first responders, including any IP-enabled wireless devices, whether used on
public safety ot· public wireless carrier networks
22.1.3 The plan shall include a policy state ment from the AHJ
detailing the requirements and goals of the plan.
22.1.4* The plan shall require the assignment of t·esponsibilities for the performance of secw-ity functions.
22.1.4.1 The AHJ shall appoint a person to be the security officer to oversee the security aspects of the public safety communications center and public safety radio network as herein
covered by this standard.
22.1.4.2 The security officer outlined in 22 .1.4.1 shall ensme
that the provisions of this chapter and other such security
provisions for these systems as adopted by the AHJ will be maintained.
22.1.5* The plan shall specifY both of the following:
(1)
(2)
Tt·aining and education requirements for employees
A continuing education plan component
22.1.5.1 The education requiremen ts shall include at least
annual training for all staff who access computer-based systems
to include all of the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Infonnation on t·esisting phishing attacks
Virus prevention
Dangers of the use of thumb drives
Security issues with browsing the Internet from network
computers
Construction of strong passwords or use of other access
control mechanisms
Confidentiality of medical and personal information
22.1.5.2 The plan shall include procedures for personnel to
notify the AHJ-appointed security officer within 24 hours of
discovery of suspected or actual cyber breaches so that remedial measures can be taken .
22.1.6* The communications center shall implement control
provisions for access to physical premises, access of subscribers
into the radio system, and personnel access to authorized
portions of the communications center networks and computers.
22.1.7* The communications center shall implement network
security provisions to prevent unauthorized persons from gain-
1225-59
ing access to the public safety TP network, the public safety
phone netwot·k, the land mobile radio network, and any other
networks that operate within or under the control of the
communications center that are required for the receipt o r
processing of events and to prevent unauthorized use of public
safety handheld IP-enabled devices used on e itl1er a public
safety network or a public wireless carrier netw·ork.
22.1.8* The communications centet· shall implement
computer and network security p rovisions to prevent attacks or
unauthorized access to the center's computers, servers, and
netwot·ks.
22.1.8.1 The AHJ shall have specific guidelines outlining
employee use of AHJ computers, Web access from AHJ computers, and use of thumb drives with AHJ systems.
22.1.8.2 These guidelines shall be all of the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Explained to all n ew employees
Reviewed annually as part of employee refresher training
in compliance with 22.1. 5
Explained to any outside third-party contractot·s who
could work upon or use the AHJ computers and networks
22.1.8.3 Communications center equipment and networks
tl1at are connected to the Internet shall requit-e the use of a
firewall to prevent malicious access from unauthorized entities.
22.1.8.4 Communications center networks or computers shall
have virus protection software instal led and updated in accordance with a frequency determined by the AHJ.
22.1.8.4.1 * The AHJ shall have a procedure to securely receive
videos, pictures, text messages, and emails that come into the
communications center electronically from the public.
22. 1.8.5* The AHJ shall create a plan for password management that, at a minimum, defines acceptable password
complexity, frequency of password changes, and rules regarding safeguarding of passwords.
22.1.8.6* The AHJ shall have a plan to deal with DoS attacks
against the public safety communications center.
22.1.8.7 The AHJ shall have a procedure to ensure that
HIPAA infom1ation ha ndled in the communications center or
by public safety agencies on their radio networks is protected
according to federal HIPAA requirements.
22.1.9* The AHJ shall have a software patch manage ment
policy that details, at minimum, the frequency of patch updating and the major software to be updated.
22.1.9. 1 The com mtmications centet· shall implement the
AHJ's software patch management policy provisions to ensure
that all software is maintained with all updates released and
recommended by the system manufacturer to facilitate
improved security.
22.1.9.2 The radio systems used by the AHJ shall implement
the AHJs software patch management policy provisions to
ensure that all software is maintained with all updates released
and recommended b y the system manufacturer to facilitate
improved secw·ity.
22.1.9.3 The AHJ shall consider whether finm...-are updates a re
necessary.
22.1.10* The AHJ shall impleme nt data disa~ter recoveq•
procedures to ensure rapid recovery of databases, servers, and
2022 Edition
1225-60
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
similar equipment used in the communications center, in the
public safety wireless nenvork, and for local stot-age of important information, in the event of theft, alteration, or denial of
access to mission-critical data.
22.1.10.1 At rninimum all servet-s necessary for the opet-ation
of the communications center, or the public safety radio
communications nenvorks, shall be backed up periodically on a
schedule to be determined by the AHJ.
22.1.10.2* The backups of 22.1.8.1 shall be on separate media
not connected to any net\'lork and stored in a location to be
determined by the AHJ.
22.1. 10.3 AHJs shall determine appropriate disaster recove ry
procedures for cloud storage of mission-critical information for
communications centers and public safety radio net\'lorks in
the event that the cloud storage security is compromised or the
information stored in the cloud is unavailable for a period of
time.
22.1.10.4* AH]s shall create a plan to deal with a ransom-ware
attack on it~ systems and mission-critical information.
23.1.3 A PAS that utilizes a communications network(s) developed and used fot- the purpose s of a let-ting the public shall be
engineered to work within the capacity of the nenvork(s) .
23.1.4* A PAS utilizing a public alerting system alerting appliance (PASAA) d1at is part of a communications nenvork used
to deliver messages of a nonemergency nature shall be engineered to give priority to the PAS.
23.1.5 An upgrade installed to a PAS shall be backward
compatible with existing systems.
23.1.6 All PASs shaH provide for the ability to operate in d1e
event of a localized or widespread power outage for a period of
time as determined by d1e AHJ.
23.2 Se curi ty.
23.2.1 The AHJ shall develop and enforce security procedures
that are consistent with any national, state, provincial, u-ibal, or
local rules and regulations to prevent unauthorized use of the
PAS .
23.2.2 The AH] shall enforce security procedures to prevent
the misuse of sensitive information .
22.1.11 * The AHJ shall implement comm unications center
and wireless communications syste m logging and auditing
provisions to allow for the investigation of security or operational problems.
23.2.3 PASs shall be d esigned, installed, and maintained to
prevent unintended or unaud10rized activation in accordance
with Chapter 22.
22.1.12* The AHJ shall implement a vulnerability management process to assess the ability of the public safety communications systems, including communications centers, wireless
nenvorks, and wired IT nenvorks to operate while under stress
or cyber attack.
23.3* Per mitted Uses. Systems shall be used fot- alerting d1e
public to natural and man-made events, including tornadoes,
hurricanes, floods, fire , and chemical releases, that can be
expected to result in loss of life, endanger public health, o tdesu-oy property.
22.1.13* The communications center shall implement environmenta l and physical security provisions to ensure that it can
monitor various physical aspects of the public safety communications system at all locations, such as physical entry, fire or
smoke, power supply performance, base radio performance ,
and other parameters as judged necessary by the AHJ.
23.4 Permitted Systems.
22.2* Testing Security. The plan shall include methods and
procedures, including schedules, for testing of the system for
security breaches or failures, with the frequency of testing to be
determined by the AHJ.
22.3 Testing Records. Testing records of the plan shall be
maintained in accordance with Se ction 21.7.
22.4* Cyber Security Measures. New public safety computer
systems or communications networks or upgrades to existing
systems or net\vorks shall be designed and implemented using
a security-by-design process to incorporate cyber security m easures as part of the system.
Chapter 23 Public Aler ting Systems (NFPA 1221)
23.1* General. Public alerting systems (PASs) initiated by
communications centers sha ll mee t the requirements specified
in this chapter.
23.1.1 All PASs and related components shall comply with
national, state, pt-ovincial, and local rules and regulations
governing PASs and related system components.
23.4.1 The following types of systems shall be pe rmitted:
Automated telecommunications dial-out systems delivering recorded voice messages
(2) Automated telecommunications d ial-out systems with
signals transmitted to a PASAA
(3)* Radio broadcast systems and tone alert systems using a
PASAA
(4) Wireless systems with a PASAA
(5) Paging systems with a PASAA
(6) Siren systems with loudspeakers
(7) Integrated public alert and warning system (!PAWS)
(8) Integrated private fire a larm/ m ass notification systems
(as covered by NFPA 72) with interface connections to a
PAS
(9) Private/ public exterior billboards 01- e lectronic message
boards
(1 )
23.4.2 The AHJ shall be permitted to use alternate communications systems that meet the immediate need for commtmicating with the public.
23.5* P ublic Alerting System Alerting Appliances (PASAAs) .
PASAAs shall be capable of the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
23.1.2 The AHJ shall develop and maintain standard operating procedures fot- when and how the system s are to be used.
2022 Ed ition
Receiving an alert data message (ADM) from a PAS
Process, convert, and t-etransmit the alert data message
(ADM) to a system or system of devices for audible, visual,
or textual messaging
Providing an audible alert in res ponse to an ADM d1at
meets the audible characteristics of an alarm as defined
in NFPA 72
1225-61
ANNEX A
(4)
Providing a visual alert signal in response to an ADM that
meets the following requirements, if equipped:
(a)
(5)
The signal shall be a flashing light that is red, clear,
amber, or blue in color.
(b) The signa l shall provide a textual alert message in
response to an ADM.
Providing a local trouble signal in response to a lowbattery condition that meets the following conditions:
(a)
(6)
The trouble signal shall not use lights of the same
color used for other purposes.
(b) The o·ouble signal shall have a batte ry source of
power that can serve as either the pt·irnary or secondary power supply.
Providing a local visual or audible trouble alert that is
distinctly different from that used with an ADM, if the
PASAA is capable of detecting loss of service or functions
Annex A Explanatory Material
Annex A is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is
included for infonnational pmposes only. This annex contains explanatory material, numbered to wrrespond with the applicable text pamgraph~.
A.I.3 Any AHJs incmporating NFPA 1061, NFPA 1221, ot· any
combination of the two, can replace those references with
chapters and still reference similar content. For example, if an
AicD incorporated the 2018 edition of NFPA 1061 (i.e., in
accordance with 2018 edition ofNFPA 1061), and they wish to
update to the latest information, they can do so by incorporating Chaptet·s 1 through 11 , and Annexes A, B, C, D, E, and G
of the 2022 edition of NFPA 1225 (i.e., in accordance with
Chapters 1 through 11 , and Annexes A, B, C, D, E, and G of
the 2022 edition ofNFPA 1225).
A.3.2.1 Approved. The National Fire Protection Association
does not approve, inspect, or certify any installations, procedures, equipment, or materials; not· does it approve or evaluate
testing lab oratories. In determining the acceptability of installations, procedures, equipment, or materials, the authority
having jurisdiction may base acceptance on compliance with
NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such
standards, said authority may require evidence of proper installation, procedure, ot· use. The authority having jurisdiction
may also refer to the listings or labe ling practices of an organization that is concerned vvith product evaluations and is thus in
a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards
for tl1e current production of listed items.
A.3.2.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The phrase
"authority having jurisdiction," or its acronym AlcD, is used in
NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and
approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. V\There
public safety is primary, the authority having jmisdiction may
be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or individual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health deparonent; building
official; e lectrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection department, rating btu·eau, or other insurance company
representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In
many c ircumstances, the property owner or his or her designated agent assumes me role of me authority having jurisdiction;
at government installations, the commanding officer or departmental official may be the authority havingjurisdiction.
A.3.2.4 Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment
may vary fix each organization concerned with product evaluation; some organizations do not recognize equipment as listed
unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction
sh ould utilize me system employed by the listi ng organization
to identifY a listed product.
A.3.3.1 Alarm. Events received by electronic signal - that is,
fire alarm boxes, central station alarms, and automatic crash
notifications.
A.3.3. 1.1 Alarm Data. Other explanatoty information can
include, but is not limited to, sensor types, alarm types, and
access information.
A.3.3.8 Automatic Location Identification (ALI). Automatic
location identification is typically associated wim an enhanced
9-1-1 telephone call. ALI can include the c ivic street address,
building, floot~ and room numbers a nd the latitude and long itude.
A.3.3.9 Automatic Number Identification (ANI). Automatic
number iden tification is typically used in two disparate systems
in emergency communications. First, ANI is a telephone
number associated with the access line from which a call originates. Second, in two-way radio communications, ANI can be
associated with the mdio device that is active on the voice
commun icati on channel.
A.3.3. 10 Backbone. Da mage to a backbone cable or backbone
cable component5 will disable the in-building emergency
responder communications enhancement system through
much or all of the building and, as a result, it should be identified and protected when installed in a building in accordance
with 18 .12. 3. The backbone could be fiber-optic, copper, or
coaxial cable, but it does not radiate RF energy along its path .
A.3.3.21 Call Server. Call semer is a generic term for a ceno·alized, computer-application-based telephone system. Call servers
are the next generation of private branch exchange (PBX)
systems. There are many advantages to using a call server over a
legacy PBX, including the ability to add features via modification to the application code and the abili ty to add extensions
using e ither physical telephones or computer-based clients.
A.3.3.24 Circuit. Specific types of circuits include dispatch,
local, and tie circuits.
A.3.3.27 Communications Center. Examples of the functions
of a communications center are as fo llows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Communications between the public and the communications center
Commun ications between the communications centers,
the emergency t·esponse age ncy (ERA), and emerge ncy
response facilities
Commun ications within the ERA and between different
ERA~
A.3.3.28 Communications Officer. The position is a function
that falls under the logistics section of the Incident Command
System.
A.3.3.29 Communications System. Devices can include telephones, radios, sensors, cameras, and any other inso·uments
capable of capturing and communicating data. Networks can
include both hard-wired and wireless infrastructure. Applications can include computer programs that collect, aggregate,
and disseminate infonnation. Computers can be in any form
2022 Edition
1225-62
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
factor, including personal devices, tablets, laptops, desktops,
servers, clustet·s, and main frame servers.
Services can include private and commercially available
voice and data u·ansmission capabilities and applications as
commercially available services. A communications system can
include multiple interconnected and integrated communication systems.
A3.3.30 Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
(CEMP). Jn some jurisdictions, a CEMP could also be known
as a disaster management plan.
A3.3.31 Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD). CAD systems have
become the preferred method of providing dispatching services. These requirements are intended to ensure that these critical resources are secure, reliable, and t·edundant.
A.3.3.39 Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ). DAQ levels are as
follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
DAQ 1 Unusable: Speech present but not undet·standable
DAQ 2 Speech understandable with considerable effort:
Requires frequent repetition due to noise/ distortion
DAQ 3 Speech understandable with slight effort: Requires
occasional repetition due to noise/ distortion
DAQ 3 .4 Speech understandable without repetition:
Some noise/ distot·tion present
DAQ 4 Speech easily understood: Occasional noise/
distortion present
A3.3.43 Directory. Because dit·ectories can cover multiple
jurisdictions, the name of the jurisdiction or community served
by the directory should be indicated.
A3.3.44 Dispatch Circuit. A dispatch circuit was formerly
called an alarm circuit.
A.3.3.48 Distribution Antenna. A disu·ibution antenna is typically nondescript in appearance so as not to disturb the decor
of the area. I t is also outside the pathway survivability requirements.
A3.3.49 Distribution Antenna Cable. It is typically a coax
cable or radiating cable that connects to distribution antennas
and is outside of the heat and fire protection provided by any
firewalls or other means. Distribution antenna cables typically
feed one or more distribution antennas in a building to
provide specific coverage. V\lhen designing the layout of the
distribution anterma cables, the RF system design.et· should
consider the impact that the loss of a specific disu·ibution
antenna cable could have on the overall operation of the inbuilding emergency responder communications enhancement
system and its coverage area.
A.3.3.52 Emergency. The AHJ of the responding agency can
determine which types of events qualifY as emergencies.
A.3.3.54 Emergency Event Processing/Dispatching. This term
includes caller interrogation and resource selection (the determination of which emergency response unit will respond) up
to the start of the emergency response facility notification process.
A.3.3.56 Emergency Response Agency (ERA). An ERA
includes any public, governmental, private, industrial, or military organization that engages in the operations specified in
the definition.
2022 Edition
A3.3.57 Emergency Response Facility (ERF). Examples of
ERFs include a fire station, a police station, an ambulance
station, a rescue station, a ranger station, and similar facilities.
A3.3.59 Public Safety Emergency Communications System. A
public safety emergency communications system consists of any
technology or system utilized for the reporting, detection , coordination, d ispatching, monitoring, or tracking of emergency
incidents or emergency response resom·ces, and the support of
related activities.
A3.3.61 Event. All incoming calls on designated emergency
telephone lines should be considered emergency events until
answered b y a telecommtmicator. u· a telecommun.icator determines that the reason for the call is not an emergency as
defined in 3 .3.52, the call will not count against the performance requirements of Section 15.4. A trouble or supervisory
signal is not an indication of an event. (See aLw 3.3.132, Tmuhle
Signal.)
A3.3.62 Event Data. Other explanatory information can
include, but is not limited to, sensor types, alarm types, and
access information .
A.3.3.63 Frequencies. Emergency service agen cies u tilize
many different fi·equencies and modulation technologies to
communicate . Frequencies and modulation technologies
might include, but not be limited to wavebands, such as very
high frequency (VHF), ultra high frequency (UHF), 700/ 800
MHz, broadband, long-tet·m evolution, etc. vVhen evaluating inbuilding emergency responder communications enhancement
system coverage capabil ities, it is important to identify all
frequencies and modulation technologies being utilized by and
assigned to the public safety agencies of the jurisdiction as
detailed in Section 18.11. For example, in the US, the public
safety agencies in a jmisdiction might have an 800 MHz
u·unked land mobile radio system and might also utilize broadband services as a method of their on-scene commun ications.
This could include the nationwide public safety broadband
network supported by the FirstNet Authority and other broadband commercial carrier networks.
A.3.3.72 IP-Enabled Device. An IP-enabled device is not a
land mobile radio narrowband device. Examples include smart
phones, tablets, and laptop computers.
A.3.3.75 Logging Recorder. Event and dispatch information
could include voice, ANI, ALI, dispatch records, date, time,
and other incident-specific details. A logging recorder is
normally a multichannel device that keeps a semipermanent
record of all data and media associated with an event.
A.3.3.81 Multi-Line Telephone System (MLTS). The term
multi-line telephone system refers to any solution, independent of
the technology used, that allows an entity to use a group of
voice communication channels from an exchange carrier to
connect a multiplicity of e nd users for inbound, outbound, and
intersystem telephone calls. An MLTS includes both PBX-based
and call-server-based solutions, including network-based and
pt·emises-based systems (e.g., Centrex and Voice ovet· Internet
Protocol, as well as PBX, hybrid, and key telephone systems, as
classified by the FCC under Part 68 requirements) .
A.3.3.83 Notification. Notification can be made by e ither
elecu·onic or mechan ical means.
A.3.3.93 Private Branch Exchange (PBX). The PBX syste m
was first developed to allow a pt·ivate entity to connect the tele-
ANNEX A
phone company to many users, breaking the one-phone-to-onephone-line ratio. Originally, this process was a manual one, in
which a switchboard operator would answer an in coming call
and, using a physical patch cord, connect the incoming caller
to the desired extension. When users wanted to make either an
outbound or intersystem call, they first had to notifY the switchboard operator and verbally explain their request. As technology pmgressed, switchboard operators were replaced first b y
mechanical devices that could interpret a rotary dial and later
by dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF).
A PBX also allows extension-to-extension telephone calls
\vithout connecting to the public switched telephone network.
A.3.3.99 Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). A PSAP is a
facility at wh ich emet-gency calls are fit-st answered, assessed,
u-iaged, classified, and prioritized. The FCC furd1er defines a
primary PSAP as a facility to which 9-1-1 calls are routed
direcdy from the 9-1-1 control office. A secondary PSAP is
defined as a facility to which 9-1-1 calls are transferred from a
primary PSAP.
A.3.3.101.2 Public Safety Communications Manager/ Director.
The public safety communications manager/ director supervises the coordination and prioritization of all the activities of
the public safety telecommunications center. The management
of commtmications center operations includes, but is not limited to, preparation of documentation for contractual requirements, budgets, legislative actions, policies and pt-ocedures,
and guidelines affecting public safety communications personnel.
A.3.3.101.3 Public Safety Communications Supervisor. A
supervisor promotes individual and organizational performance to achieve the agency's mission, standards, and goals
through leadersh ip and training to provide the highest possible
level of public safety commun ications services. First-level supervision indicates the person who provides direct oversight of the
telecommunicatot-s on the shift.
1225-63
A.3.3.113 Response Unit. Some examples of response units
include patrol cars, ambulances, t-escue vehicles, pwnpers,
ladder trucks, elevating platforms, service vehicles, marine
units, supervisor ve hicles, tow ULicks, motor assistance vehicles,
consu-uction equipment, mass transit vehicles, and person ne l
assigned a unique identification number or name u sed for
dispatches.
A.3.3.115 RF System Designer. The frequency license
holder(s) and the AHJ should evaluate the com petency level of
the RF system designer's skills and experience. This can be
achieved by requiring certification of in-building emergency
responder communications enhancement system u-aining
issued by an approved organization or approved school and
documented training by the manufacturer of the equipment
being installed.
Additionally, some jurisdictions could require d1e RF syste m
designer to have a valid FCC general radio operator's li cense or
d1e equivalent from d1e licensing authority. The technology
and tools used by designers has moved well past where a radio
telephone operator's license provides sufficient training, in and
of itself Several organizations, including the National Institute
for Certification in Engineering Te chnologies (NICET ), are
developing training pt-ograms for designers.
The certifying e ntities should have an established formal
complaint and appeals process to address situations in which
the RF system designer's work creates serious safety issues for
ERUs or the citizens they serve.
Several factors to consider when evaluating a RF syste m
designer include, but are not limited to, the following:
(1)
(2)
A.3.3.105 Radio Channel. The width of the channel depends
on the type of u·ansmissions and the tolerance for the
frequency of emission. Channels normally are allocated for
radio transmission in a specified type for service by a specified
u-ansmitter. [72, 2022]
A.3.3.106 Radio Control Station. A radio control station is
often used in a 9-1-l center to provide a backup means to
access the public safety communications system .
A.3.3.107 Radio Frequency. The present practicable limits of
radio frequency (RF) are roughly 10 kH to 100,000 MHz.
V.lithin this frequency range, elecu-omagnetic waves can be
detected and amplified as an electric current at the wave
frequency. Radio frequency us ually refers to the RF of the
assigned channel.
A.3.3.108 Remote Communications Facility. Remote communications facilities might be housed in buildings under the
control of the AHJ, in buildings not under the control of the
AHJ, on high land forms such as mountaintops, and at other
locations as necessary to ensure operation of a communications
system over a geographic area designated by the AHJ. Remote
transmitters, t-eceivers, t-epeaters, and their associated antennas
are frequently found at such facilities. Vl'hen it is not housed in
a building, equipment is usually located in prefabricated enclosures to provide weathet· pt-otection.
(3)
Predictive modeli ng software is often utilized in the
design of an in-building ERCES. The designer should be
trained and certified by the predictive modeling software
manufacturer beyond a ba.~i c competency level and
should retain that competency via continuing education.
The designer should provide evidence that they have
detailed knowledge of RF design . This can include knowledge of link budget.~ in both directions; the impact of
excessive amplification on area RF noise levels and the
possibility of system self~oscillation; the near-far problem
within d1e strucntre; the ability to pt-ecisely define installation and adjustment parameters to instal lers; the ability to
verify via testing that an installation meets the original
design critet-ia; and th e abili ty to assist in troubleshooting
syste m or interference problems.
The designer should conform to ethical practices, quality
assurance practices, certification or licensing by recognized outside authorities, and the presence of ongoing
continuing education in RF design.
A.3.3.119 Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). In some
jurisdictions, SOPs are also known as standard operating g uidelines (SOGs).
A.3.3.128 Telematics. Vehicle systems can
GPRS, SMS, GPS, and vehicle telemetty.
include
GSM,
A.3.3.134 Two-Way Alphanumeric Devices. Two-way alphanumeric devices do not have the capability to provide voice
messages.
A.3.3.135 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). A UPS is a
solid-state system relying sole ly on battery power as an emergency source . A static UPS consists of a rectifier (a device for
2022 Edition
1225-64
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
converting ac to de) , an inverter (a device for converting de to
ac), and an energy storage medium, (e.g., batteries) . The inverter in the static UPS also includes components for power conditioning.
A.3.3. 136 Voice Communication Channel. The voice communications channel can be physically switched, as with wired
circuits; wirelessly switched, as with radio channels; or virtually
switched, as with circuits created for Voice over Internet Protocol (VoiP) network-based circuits.
A.3.3.137 Voice Connection. Examples of voice connections
include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
Centralized automatic message accounting (CAMA)
trunks
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoiP)
Dig ital subscriber line (DSL)
H otline
Landi ine
Line
Party line
Phone lin e
Private line
Subset·iber line
Te lephone line
Tollline
Trunk line
WATS line
A.4.1.2.3 Organization and management responsibilities
should be addressed by the agency that personnel represent.
The authority having jurisdiction should define the agency
requirements for progression to positions of management
t·esponsibility. The agency can delegate additional duties or
other responsibilities without being considered management.
A.4.1.2.6 The committee recognizes the importance of formal
and continuing education and u·aining programs to ensure
that personnel at the various response leve ls maintain current
knowledge, skills, and abilities. Continuing education and
u·aining programs can be developed or administet·ed b y local,
state, provincial, or federal agencies, as well as by professional
associations and accredited institutions of higher education .
The methods of learning could include areas of technology,
refresher u·aining, skills practices, and knowledge application
to standards. The subject matter should d irectly relate to the
requirements of this standard.
A.4.1.3.4 It is recommended, where practical, that evaluators
be individuals who are not directly involved as instructors for
the requirement being evaluated.
A.4.1.3.5 The acceptance of nationally recognized governance, although it is not law, should be considered when practices and procedures are applied.
A.4.1.3.9(1) Training requirements and certifications of individuals working in tl1e public safety communications center
should be defined by this standard or any other industry standard that is applicable. All individuals filling tl1e positions
defined by this standard, even on a part-time or temporary
basis, should meet all minimum qualifications, training requit·ements, and standards applicable to the position and should
meet all local, state, and federal certifi cation requirements.
The committee recognizes the need for formal u·aining
programs to pmvide the necessary skills a nd knowledge to
perform the job of the telecommunicator.
These programs can be developed or adm inistered by local,
state, provincial, or federa l agencies, as well as by pr·ofessional
associations.
In many jurisdictions, part of this formal train ing includes
some form of on-thejob u·aining. (See Annex E fm· a discussion of
the considerations of the tmining of enhanced telecomrnunicator skills. )
A.4.1.3.9(4) Medical and physical requirements that are j obrelated and in compliance wim me Equal Employment Oppot·tunity Act, the Americans witl1 Disabilities Act, and other
applicable legal requiremen ts should be developed by the AHJ.
The AHJ is required under the Americans with Disabilities Act
to identity the functiona l requirements for tl1e performance of
the j ob. The AHJ should consider me physical a rra ngement of
the workspace and tl1e various pieces of equipment requit·ed
for operation by the employee. Specific medical and physical
abilities are required to perform essential functions of the j ob.
They include, but are not limited to, me following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The public safety telecommunicatot· is the initial con tact fot·
managing requests for services provided by public safety agencies. Decisions are made based on incoming and updated information. The ability to receive informati on audibly is essen tial to
me job. Additionally, much emphasis is placed on visual ability
and manual dexterity. Identification of audio and visual cues,
incoming telephone lines, 9-1-1 screens, incide nt cards/
screens, messages, requests, memorandums, and so forth, is
imperative for performing me required job duties.
The committee has identified me followi ng behaviNal characteristics or u·aits that the hiring or certifYing authority might
want a candidate to be able to exhibit:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Adjusting to various levels of activity
Displaying appropriate personal behavior
Accepting constructive feedback
Remembering and recal ling information
Displaying tolerance
Functioning under su·ess
Maintaining confidentiality
A.4.1.3.9(5) An individual should meet me cogm ttve and
psychomotor skill requirements for readi ng, spelling, speech,
mathematics, basic language, writte n communication, listening,
and basic computer skills in addi tion to omer requirements
deve loped by the AHJ.
The committee recommends that me fo llowing skills be
considered by me AHJ for the telecommunicator candidate:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
2022 Edition
H eaTing Distinguish, differentiate, and respond to multiple audible stimuli from personnel or equipment, such as
a telephone, radio, or alarm
Sight. Distinguish, differentiate, and respond to multiple
visual stimuli such as printed documents, CRT displays,
and indicator lights
Manual dexterity. Operate radios, computers, and other
equipment used in a telecommunications center
Speech. Clearly convey verba l messages utilizing telecommunication devices
Abilitytospell
Basic reading skills
Basic math calculation
1225-65
ANNEX A
( 4) Ability to s peak clearly
(5) Basic writing skills
(6) lVIanual dexterity
(7) Ability to follow written and verbal instru ctions
(8) Ability to alphabetize and catalog
(9) Keyboarding and mousing skills as required
(10) Multi-tasking
(11) Quick decision-making
(12) Teamwork
(13) Critical thinking
(14) Customer service skills
(15) Problem solving
(16) Interpersonal communication skills
A.4.1.3. 12 Remaining professionally competent L5 Important
for any practitioner. In the rapidly changing and developing
field of the fire service, this is particularly important. The AHJ
might consider establishing a path by which members can
demonstrate continued JPR compliance and competency
through continuing education or prac tice within the field
consistent with current duties. It is recommended that any such
program con sider the follmving factors:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
D e monstrated and documented knowledge of and
comp e tence with additions and/ or revisions to the latest
editions of the standards
Documented training and education (including online)
related to the changes to the standards since the last
certification
Documented experience in the field (i.e ., emergency
operational experience for firefighters, fire officers,
instructors, etc.)
Demonstrated and documented performance of duties,
which might include a skills assessment
Annual p erformance appraisals
Documented teaching and instruction related to the fi e ld
Comm endations, awards, or recognition for the performance of related duties
Other items for consideration can include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Memberships in professional organizations, including any
positions h eld or special activities involved in the
membership
Published articles in u-ade journals, web-based publications, a nd other information distribution avenues
Researc h and development activities related to the field
Doc umented attendance at relevant conferences and
training events
The above list is not all-inclusive, and other factors specific
to the field should be considered.
A.4.3.2(A) For additional information on the verbal communication process, see Annex D.
A.4.3.2(B) The Public Safety Telecommunicator T should be
capable o f operating, testing, troubleshooting, and ma intaining
the continui ty of the communication system . The Public Safety
Telecommunicator I might a lso be required to switc h to and
operate b ackup compon ents or alternative systems.
A.4.3.3(B ) This could also include manag ing situations su ch
as excited or h ysterical callers, callers speaking foreign
languages, suicidal calle rs, and other calls requiring special
handling, including m ass casualty and weapons of mass destruction inciden ts.
A.4.3.4(A) Nonverbal communication protocols include
American Sign Languag e (ASL ) syntax . The telecommw1icato lsh o uld a lso kn ow common abbreviations u sed in nonverbal
communication . Individuals who are hearing or speech
impaired often u se ASL syntax while communicating via a telecommunications device for the deaf/ teletype (TDD/ TIY) o r
text phone . ASL is a separate language that uses English words
but has i ts own rules for syntax and sentence construction.
A.4.3.4(B) The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requires
equal ac cess to emergency services by individuals with speech
and hearing impair ments. T h is most often takes the fonn of a
TDD/ TIY or text phone using Baudot tone or ASCII code.
Oth er n onverbal devices include computers, digital term inals,
analog d evices, alarm syst em s, fax machines, and other
mechanical or electronic media.
A.4.4. 1 This should be done according to 16.4.2 .1. The PSAP
sh ould remain on the line until it is certain that the transfer
h as been completed.
A.4.4.3(A) The Publi c Safety Telecommun icator I is expected
to question callers regarding p otential du-eats, risks, and
hazards that responders can encounter. Examples include
details pertaining to the involvement of weapon s, hazardous
materials, violent subjects at d1e scene, unsafe conditions en
route to or at the scene, and so forth .
A.4.4.4 Special or unusual circumstances are most often typified by hang-up calls or silent calls. These circumstances should
be handled by following t he procedures, policies, or guidelines
of the AHJ.
A.4.5.l (A) PI-e-arriva l insu-u c tion protocols will be provided
based on d1e p o licies, procedures, or gu ideli nes of the AHJ.
The functions of the Public Safety Telecommuni cator m ight
include the u se of p1-edetennined questions, pre-arrival telephone instructions, and pre-assigned actions that are in tegral
parts of the responsibility to prioritize calls a nd assist in the
stabilization of a situation.
A pre-arrival reference syste m should be in a uniform format
that is an accessible and reproducible document b ased on
current guidelines and administrative protocols.
A.4.5.l (B) Voice control includes the ability to maintain a
balanced tone, modulation, volume, and inflec tion while
communicating .
A.4.5.2 I n some jurisdiction s the on-duty telecommunicator
could b e responsible for both call ta king and d ispatching .
Oth er entities can include social senrice agencies, utilities,
other emergen cy servi ce providers, or od1er g overnmental
units. Resolution might be accomplished by referral to, or
response b y, one of these agencies.
A.5.2.1 These sources can include other telecommunicators,
field units, or electronic devices.
A.5.2.2 See Ch apter 17 for information on a lert tones.
A.5.2.2(A) The Public Safety Teleco mmunicator II s hould be
capable of o perating, testing, u-oubleshooting, and ma intaini ng
the continuity of the communication systems, including radio
codes, w1it identifiers, emergen cy alert tones, a nd the phon etic
alphabet. The Public Safety Telecommunicator II mig ht also be
requil-ed to switch to a n d operate backup compone n ts 01- a lternative systems.
2022 Edition
1225-66
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
A.5.2.3 These systems might include computer-aided dispatch
systems, recording systems, automatic vehicle tracking systems,
mobile data systems, and computer systems linking the telecommunicator with other agencies.
A.5.4.2 In the case of unfounded service requests, hang-up
calls, or inval id locations, the telecommunicator should make
every effort to reverify the accuracy of a location or the validity
of a service request within the polic ies established by the AHJ.
A.5.2.3(A) This can include familiat-ity wid1 computer operations and technology.
A.5.4.4(B) Supplemental infNmation could include relevant
databases and documentation that might be internal or external to the agency available to provide ongoing support to
response units.
A.5.2.3(B) This can also include data system messages .
A.5.3.3 Deployabl e resources include those individuals, equipment, and specialized units that are dispatched by the agency.
Emergency plans should be developed in accordance with
NFPA 1600.
A.5.3.3(A) See Ch apter 15 on operations.
A.5.4.5 Situations beyond the normal scope of o peration
could include a major crime occurrence, major fire , mass casualty incidents, weapons of mass destruction, and ma n-made or
natural disasters.
A.5.3.6 This action is not a static decision but rather a
dynamic process that changes and evolves during the handling
of an event. The Public Safety Telecommunicator II is required
to make many decisions that might not change the action originally initiated. Factors that cause changes to decisions or
actions are the rece ipt and processing of additional information or updates. The Public Safety Te lecommunicator II makes
necessary decisions and takes actions that will result in the
appropriate assignment of resources, emphasizing the safety of
the public and the response units. (See Figure A.5.3.6. )
A.5.4.1 The public safety telecommunicator should operate
within the incident management system prescribed by the AHJ
as is defined in NFPA 1561. The telecommunications equipment used by public safety agencies is widely varied. The term
telecommunications equipment includes all equipment in use by an
agency for alerting or notifying response units and the continued exchange of information between those units and the
communications center. Examples include computer-aided
dispatch (CAD) systems, mobile data terminals, two-way radios,
paging systems, alerting devices, telegraph systems, telephone
systems, voice alerting and PA systems, and data terminals.
Acquire information from citizens
and other entities requesting public
safety services or assistance
A.7.1 It is important to consider APCO ANS 3.1 01.3, Cm"l!
Competencies and Minimum Training Standards fm· Public Safety
Communications Training Officer (CTO), when establishing the
job performance requireme n ts for this position.
A.8.1 It is important to consider APCO ANS 3.102.2, Cm-e
Competencies and Minimum Training Standards fm· Public Safety
Communications Supervisor, when establishing the job performance requirements for this position . It is recomme nded that
the supervism also meet the requirements of the Public Safety
Communications Tra ining Officer.
A.9.1 It is important to consider APCO ANS 3.106.2, Cm"l!
Competencies and Minimum Tmining Standm-ds fm· Public Safety
Communications Quality Assumnce Evaluators (QAE), when establish ing the job performance requirements for this position .
A.IO.l It is important to consider APCO ANS 3.104.2, Core
Competencies and Minimum Training Standanls fm· Public Safety
Communications Training Coordinatm; when establishing the job
performance requ ireme nts for d1is position.
A.ll.l It is important to consider APCO ANS 3.1 09.1, Cm"li
Competencies and Minimum Training Standards for Public Safety
Communications Manage1/Di1·ectm; when establishing the job
performance requirements for this position .
A.I2.1.3 Telematics provide emergency communications from
either a person requesting emergency assistan ce o r a n auton<r
mous request such as an automatic crash notification (ACN) .
The communication request is routed to a PSAP from a thirdparty telematics service provider. The T SP can contact the
PSAP through dedicated 9-1-1 trunk or ALI-supported telephone system. Communications types to the PSAP could
include automatically generated inc ide nt location, automatically generated incident location with data, or voice communications \vith automatically generated inc ident location with
data.
Relay information and
...._____......
data as required for the service
request to the citizen, other
telecommunicators, or agency
that results in resolution,
referral , or response
FIGURE A.5.3.6
2022 Edition
Prepare data for
dispatch or referral by
evaluating, categorizing ,
formatting, and
documenting incident
or service-related
information
Model of Processing a Request for Service.
A.I2.2.1 Uninterrupted operation of emergency communications systems is critical to the safety and secmity of the
community at large. In the event of a major natural or ma nmade disaster, the contin ued operation of the communications
center wi ll be an essential element in maintaining the continuity of government, thereby lessening loss of life and preventi ng
the breakdown of law and order.
Most NFPA documents are written to furnish minimum
requirements for the safety to life and property i n a n y given
individual building. However, survival and continued functioning of emergency services commun ications systems are n eces-
ANNEX A
sary for the health and safety of the entire community. The
emergency services communications systems infrastructure
needs to be able to withstand the effects of hurricanes, earthquakes, terrorism, wildfires, blizzards, tsunamis, and other
disasters of similar scale. Because of that need, this document
contains requirements that in some cases are more su·ingent
than those for an othenvise similar business occupancy.
A.l2.2.2 The CEMP should be exercised on a regular basis to
ensure that the plan is workable and that employees are familiar with the procedures. The local emergency planning
committee (LEPC) comprises emergency response agency
representatives, local government, schools, emergency management personnel, other governmental agencies, and the private
sector. The CEMP is developed by this committee and used as
part of the planning process in emergency management.
NFPA 1600 also outlines the requirements for emergency planning. The communications center is a critical component of
any emergency plan and serves as a link between the emergency operations center (EOC) and ERAs. Where there is no
local CEMP, or are no CEMPs applicable to the PSAP, the PSAP
would need to develop its own.
A.l2.2.2.3 A written emergency fire plan should be prepared
and posted that assigns specific responsibilities. This plan
should be coordinated with all responding emergency agencies. Personnel should receive continuing insu·uctions in at
least the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
Evacuation of personnel and designated assembly area
The operations of all fire-extinguishing and automatic
fire detection systems
The use of portable fire extinguishers
A.l2.2.2.4 A damage control plan should pmvide guidance
for the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Preventing ot· minimizing damage to electronic equipment.
Preventing or mmtmtzmg damage to other operations
and equipment. For example, whenever elecu·onic equipment or any type of record is wet, smoke damaged, or
otherwise affected by the results of a fire or other emergency, it is vital that immediate action be taken to clean
and dry the elecu·onic equipment. If the water, smoke, or
other contaminations are permitted to remain in the
equipment longer than absolutely necessary, the damage
can be grossly increased. In addition, a means should be
provided for preventing water damage to electronic
equipment. The proper method of doing this will vary
according to tl1e individua l equipment design.
Identifying procedures for a return to normal operations.
A.l2.2.2.5 Tactical interoperable communication plan (TICP)
templates are available at dhs.gov/safecom .
A.l2.2.6 One means of meeting this requirement could be a
mutual-aid agreement with another jurisdiction to use its
communications center as the alternate center. This is dependent on whether the other communications center has enough
capacity to handle the added call volume and enough work
stations to accommodate personnel re located from the evacuated center. It also is heavily dependent on the ability of
another jurisdiction's center to transmit and receive on the
dispatch frequencies in use at the primary center. Such an
agreement should be made in writing.
1225-67
A.l2.2.6.2 The alternate communications center should not
be located in close proximity to the primary center. In determining the mtmmum geographical separation required
between the primary communications center a nd the alternate
communications center, the AHJ should evaluate the potential
for a sing le disaster (terrorist attack, flood, tornado, etc.) to
render both the primary and alternate centers inoperable.
When preparing evacuation and continuity of operations plans,
the AHJ should also consider the length of time it will take
center personnel to travel under adverse conditions to an
unstaffed alternate centet· and place it in operation .
A.l2.2.6.3.2 The CEMP should be exercised on a regular basis
to ensure that the plan is workable a nd that employees are
familiar with the procedures. The local emerge ncy planning
committee (LEPC) comprises emergency response agency
representatives, local governme nt, schools, emergency management personnel, other goverrunental agencies, and the private
sector. The CEMP is developed by this committee and used as
part of the planning process in emergency management.
NFPA 1600 also outlines the t·equirements fot· emergency planning. The communications center is a critical component of
any emergency plan and serves as a link between the emergency operations center (EOC) and ERAs.
A. l2.2.6.4 This requirement is intended to ensure that emergency communications systems will continue to operate, even if
the primary communications center is completely destroyed.
A.l2.2.7 The decision to evacuate or to not evacuate the
communications cen ter in the event of a fire or threat of fire is
not simple. It involves moving the telecommtmicators to a
backup dispatch center or to a cooperating agency in a nearby
jurisdiction. The communications center should be assigned
dedicated fire suppression resources in the event of a fire in
the communications center or a fire i n tl1e building housing
the communications center. Decisions that involve continued
operation or evacuation of the cen ter should be made by me
fire suppression officer and tl1e telecommunicator supervisor.
A.I2.2.9 During the planning and design phases, it is essential
that sufficient space be allotted for both personne l and equipment, to enable telecommunicators and supervisors to work
efficiently. It is very important to include the users of the
facility(ies) in the planning pmcess from its inception . These
users include telecommunicators, supetv isors, and representatives of each emergency response age ncy to be dispatched fi·om
the center. Fact-finding visits to centers in other jurisdictions
should be undertaken . The number of person ne l that must be
accommodated within the center will be determined by the
AHJ in accordance with the t·equirements of this standard and
other factors. Prior to design, a detailed a na lysis of the tasks to
be performed in the operations room is essential. Since electronic equipment will be replaced p eriodically mmughout the
life of the centet~ "swing space" needs to be provided to enable
new equipment to be installed and commissioned before older
equipment is decommissioned a nd removed.
A.l2.3.2 Consideration should also be given to hazards associated with falling u·ees, antennas, or other similar strucntres.
A.l2.3.3 When siting communications centers, AHJs should
consider increasing th is requirement, to above the 500-year
floodplain . Over time, 100-year floodpla ins have tended to
expand, and "freak" storms that exceed the 100-year intensity
have become more frequent. Therefore, depending on the
2022 Edition
1225-68
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
flood danger in the area, it would be wise to choose a site
significantly a bove the 100-year floodplain elevation .
A.l2.4.5 Design consideration for belowgrade centers should
include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Special requirements for means of egress
Depth of the local water table relative to the floor elevation
Humidity control
Sumps and pumps having the capacity to prevent flooding under the heaviest possible rainfall
Smoke removal or control systems
Additi onal backup power need~
Employee morale
Other pertinent issues
A.l2.4.9.1 Such facilities can include an on-site drilled water
we ll with pumping facilities provided with both pt·imary and
secondary power, and a septic system or adequately sized effluent holding tank. For small centers with few employees, the
AHJ might determine that a chemical toilet and adequate
stocks of bottled water are sufficient. '"Then relying on bottled
water, consideration should be given to the fact tl1at bottled
water has an expiration date; therefore, stocks must be
renewed accordingly.
A.l2.5.1.1.1 The cooling and heating loads of a commun ications center typically vary significantly, depending on the functions performed in each individual space . Computers, radio
equipment, uninterruptible power supplies, and sim ilar equipment typically found in modet·n communications centers
generate a significant a mount of heat that needs to be removed
to prevent the equipment from overheating and sh utting down .
On the other hand, that same amount of cooling provided to
the operations room, break room, conference rooms, and
general office areas will make employees in those normally
occupied rooms uncomf01·table.
'"Then humans are uncomfortable due to room temperature,
their first reaction is to adjust the thermostat. If the same thermostat also controls the amount of cooling pwvided to sensitive e lectron ic equipment, equipment will overheat and systems
failure may result. Therefore, for the reliable operation of the
communication systems (as well as comfort and morale of
employees), it is essential that individual space temperature
controls be provided.
A.l2.5.1.2 For communications centers located in multi-use
buildings, it is important to avoid drawing contaminants
(including smoke from a fire) from other parts of the building
into the centet-. For these and othet- reasons, it is necessary to
provide the communications center with independent HVAC
systems.
A.l2.5.1.3 US Army Techn ical Manual TM 5-602-1, Utility
Systems 1errmism Countermeasm·es fm· Command, Contml, Communications, Compute1; Intelligence, SuTveiUance, and Reconnaissance
(C4ISR) Facilities, furnishes additional guidance, which the AHJ
might want to consider wh en planning a new comm uni cations
center.
A.l2.5.1.5 A backup heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
(HVAC) system is needed for use during routine maintenance
of the primary system and in the event of a primary system failure.
2022 Edition
When HVAC systems fai l a nd no backup is provided, the fi rst
casualty is usually security. Doors or windows that are requit-ed
to be closed are opened, often without the knowl edge or
consent of the AHJ.
A.l2.5.1.7 Examples of equipment include packaged cooling
systems and components such as ch illers, compressors,
condensers, supply air fans, and return a ir fans.
A.l2.5.1.8 HVAC systems that cool essential electronic
ment are equally essential, a~ loss of cooling will cause
ment to shut down or fail o utrig ht. Therefore, backup
needs to be provided for both primary and bac kup
systems that cool this equipment.
equipequippower
HVAC
A.l2.5.1.9 Air intakes should be installed a nd ma in tained in
accordance with DHHS (NIOSH )Publication Number
2002-139, Guidance fm· Protecting Building Envimnment5 from
A iTborne Chemical, Biological, OT Radiological Attacks.
A.l2.7.3 This requirement previously read "Entryways to the
communicati ons center that lead d irectly from the exterior
shall be protected by a security vestibule." However, when t11e
center occupies just a portion of a mixed-use building, and the
building as a whole provides a lower level of security than
required by this standard, it will be necessary to establish a
security boundat·y within the building around the communications center. Therefore the requirement for securi ty vestibules
applies to all entrances into the center regardless of whether
they are indoor or outdoor entrances. Note that doors that are
provided for emergency egress only and cannot be opened
from outside the center sh ould not be considered entrances
and therefore need not be provided with security vestibules.
Also, when the whole building en velope provides the level of
secu rity re quired by this standard, the AHJ might determine
that internal secw-ity vestibules are not required.
A.l2.7.4.5 For instance, a window facing a break area within
the secure area assigned solely for the use of the communications center does not t·equire bullet-resistant glass as long as a
block wall surrounds the break area.
A.l2.7.5 This applies whether the wall in question is provided
with windows or not.
A.l2.7.7 Refer to the Department of Defense Unifi ed Facilities
Crite ria UFC 4-010-01, Minimum Antitenm·ism Standanls for Building5; UFC 4-022-02, Selection and Application of Vehicle Banie1-s;
UFC 4-023-03, Design of Buildings to Resist Progressive Collapse;
UFC 4-023-07, Design to Resist Di-rect fh-e Weapons l'.Jfects, and UFC
4-024-01, Sectnity Enginee1ing: ProceduTes for Designing Airborne
Chemical, Biological, and Radiological Protection fm· Buildings, for
additional guidance.
A.l2.8.1.5 This connection pmvides a quick a nd safe way to
provide power to the communications center during a worstcase scenario power fai lure. The socket should be physically
located to allow easy access fot- a trailer-mounted genera tot- that
would be pulled to the site. The disconnect switch should be of
the make-break-make (ce nter-off) type a nd lockable. Conn ecting the wiring from the socket between the automati c transfer
switch and the electrical distribution panel for the communications center provides a means to get power to the center in case
of failure of the transfer switch. "'Then the COPS is supplied by
a single generatot~ all wiring and equipment should be of suffic ient ampacity to handle the entire critical load of the center,
a~ detet·mined by the AHJ in accot·dance with the t·equire ments
of Chapter 12.
1225-69
ANNEX A
A.l2.8.1.6 An example of control wmng that would be
t-equired to receive COPS treatment would be the t-emote
generator annunciation wiring.
A.I2.8.4 Engine-driven generators should be sized to supply
power for the operation of all criti cal operating functions of
the remote communications facility and for any additional
loads determined by the AHJ.
A.l2.8.4.3 For large communications centers, a spare generator should be provided so that the center can operate with the
largest single generator out of service. This will a llow one
generatot- to be taken off line for maintenance and testing
without degrading the reliability of the overall system, as well as
prevent degradation of communications center function in the
event a generator fails during an extended commercial power
outage . For smaller centers where this is not practicable as
determined by the AHJ, an exterior weatherproof connection
for connection of a mobile (trailer or truck mounted) genet-ator should be provided.
A.l2.8.4.12 This is a minimum requirement. The AHJ should
consider common local power failure scenarios and historical
data on the length of power outages in the jurisdiction to
determine if additional fuel storage is required. The possibility
of extended power outages due to hurricanes, tornadoes, bli zzards, earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters should
be considered. As part of the CEMP, the AHJ should evaluate
the effect of natural disasters on the ability to resupply fuel
tanks during such disasters to determine if additional fuel for
operation for more than 72 hours needs to be stored on site.
Recent disastet-s such as Hunicane Katrina have shown that in
some cases it could be necessary for communications facilities
to operate for a week or more before primary power is
restored. In the aftermath of such disasters, roads may be
impassable and fuel delivery trucks may have been damaged
beyond immediate repair. Under su ch conditions, it could take
many clays to t-esupply fuel.
A.l2.8.4.12.1 Commercial distillate fue l oils used in modern
diesel engines are subject to various detrimental effects. The
origin of the cmde oil, refinement processing techniques, time
of yeat~ and geographical consumption location all aid in the
determination of fuel blend formulas. Sulfi.tr, nantrally occurring gums, waxes, soluble metallic soaps, water, dirt, and
temperature a ll begin to degrade fuel as it is handled and
stored. These effects begin at the time of fuel refinement and
continue until conswnption. Proper fuel storage is critical to
engine start-up, efficiency, and longevity. Storage tanks should
be kept water free and have provisions for drainage on a scheduled basis. 'l\later can cono·ibute to steel tank corrosion and the
potential development of microbiological growth where fuel
and water interface. Copper and its alloys, along with zinc or
zinc coatings, should be avoided in fuel-handling systems.
T hese elements can react with fuel to form certain ge ls or
organic acids, resulting in clogging of filters or further system
corrosion. Stable storage temperatures are conducive to fuel
health . Tanks that are aboveground and subject to extreme
daily temperature variations cause fuel to degrade more
1·apidly. This is further exacerbated with large aboveground
tanks that are less than full. Airspace allows for condensation
that can add to the contam inant levels. Reflective exterior tank
coatings reduce but do not eliminate the solar heating effect.
Scheduled fuel maintenance and testing help to reduce or
nearly e liminate fuel contamination. Fuel maintenan ce filo-ation can remove contaminants and water and return fuel to the
condition in which it will provide reliability and efficiency for
standb y generators when in e mergency conditions. Fuel maintenance and testing should begin the day of installation and
first fill to establish a benchmark guideline for further comparison. Fuel monitoring and testi ng services are available nationwide from many companies.
A.l2.8.6.1 In addition to normal surge p rotection from electt-ical and lightning surges that can dismpt the operations of a
communications center, other e lectromagnetic dismptions can
also occur. Communications centers that protect very large
uriJan or t-egional population centers could become a tat-get of
enemy military or terrorist attack and might want to consider
taking additional measures to protect against an eleco-omagnetic pulse (EMP) eve nt, whic h could occur as a result of detonation of a nuclear device in the atmosphere. An EMP will
create transient high induced surge currents in wires and
cables leading into a communications center and could even
induce damaging curre nts inside e leco-onic equipment that is
not suitably shielded, such that the equipment will fail. Additional infonnation can be found in a US Army Technical
Manual TM 5-690, Grounding and Bonding in Command, Control,
Communications, Compute1; Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Facilities, The Commissio n to Assess the
Threat to the United States from Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP)
Attack, Executive Report, or at other sources.
A.l2.8.7 Additional guidance can be obtained from US Army
Technical Manual TM 5-690, Grounding and Bonding in
Command, Contml, Cormnunications, Compute~; Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C41SR) Facilities.
A.l2.8.8.1 Storage batteries preferably should be located on
the same floor as the operating equipment.
A.l2.8.8.3 When sizing an ESS, considet·ation should be given
to the potential for increased electrical loads as the center
grows over time.
A.l2.10 US Army Technical Manual TM 5-811-3, ElectTical
Design: Lightning and Static Hectricity Protection, provides additional guidance.
A.l2.1 1.2.2 Conside ratio n should also be g iven to hazards
associated with falling trees, antennas, an d other similar so-ucn tres.
A.l2.11.2.4 When siting remote communications facilities,
AHJs should consider increasing this requirement to above the
500-year floodplain. Over time, 100-year floodplains have
tended to expand, and "ft-eak" storms that exceed the 100-year
intensity have become more frequent. Therefore, depending
on the flood danger in the area served by the communications
center, it might be wise to choose a site above the 500-year
floodplain elevation.
A.l2.1 1.3.6 Design consideration for belowgrade facil ities
should include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Special requirements for means of egress
Depth of the local water table relative to the fl oor e levation
Humidity cono-ol
Sumps and pumps having the capacity to prevent flooding under the heaviest possible rainfall
Other pertinent issues
A. l 2.1 1.3. 7 A common example of such material is gypsum
wallboard .
2022 Edition
1225-70
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
A.l2.1 1.3.8 Examples of noncombustible floor materials are
concrete, aluminum, and steel.
A.13.8.1 Sensitive elecu·onic equipment includes computers,
telecommunications equipment, and avcrway radio systems.
A.l2.11.5.4 An example of such a facility is a free-standing,
prefabricated or site-built enclosure that houses communications system equipment to protect it from pr·ecipitation,
extremes in temperature, and vandalism.
A.l4.2.1 The ability to have access to a telephone system not
maintained and operated by the AHJ allows for continuity of
communication with ERFs. An AHJs internal telephone system,
using a system such as private branch exchange (PBX), is not
considered a commercial telephone syste m.
A.l2.1 1.5.6 FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet
9-19, Wildland Fin!, pmvides additional engineedng guidance .
A.l2.1 1.6.5 Such locations could include interior courtyards,
light wells, and the like.
A.l2.11.6.6 Department of Defense UFC 4-023-07, Design to
Resist Direct Fin! Weapons l!-]Jects, provides useful guidance.
A.l2.1 1.6.7 Department of Defense UFC 4022-02, Selection and
Application of Vehicle Baniers, pr·ovides additional guidance.
A.l2.1 1.6.8 Department of Defense UFC 4-023-03, Design of
Buildings to Resist Progressive Collapse, provides additional guidance.
A.l2.1 1.6.9 For the more information on central stations,
refer to NFPA 72. For guidance on intrusion detection systems
(IDS) see Department of Defense UFC 4-021-02, Electronic Security Systems.
A.I2.11.7.5 If the public water supply is used for engine cooling, interruption of the supply will cause overheating of the
engine and failme of the generator.
A.l2.1 I. 7.6 Examples are motor·ized intake air louvers, fans
supplying cooling or combustion air, fuel u·ansfer pumps, and
coolant pumps.
A.l2.11.7.7.2 Refer to A.l2.11.5.4.
A.l2.11.7.8 Additional guidance is contained in US Army
Technical Manual TM 5-{)93, Uninterruptible Power Supply System
Selection, Installation, and Maintenance for Command, Contml,
Communications, Compute1; Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Facilities.
A.l4.2.2 Such an arrangement is not meant to apply to the
office of the chief and other executive officers or to d1e
communications center, wh ich can be housed in an ERF.
A.l4.6 Local area network (LAN) computer and telephone
cable are exam pies of communications conductors.
A.I5. 1.2 In the case of equipment such as repeaters, transmitters, towers, and generators, access needs to be available at a ll
times.
A.l5.2.2 The AHJ can develop a certification program or use
the cer-tification pr·ograms of others. Examples of other certification programs are Associated Publ ic Safety Commun ications
Officials International, International Municipa l Signal A~socia­
tion, and National Academies of Emergency Dispatch and
Power Phone.
A.l5.3.1.1 In jurisdictions receiving fewer than 730 alarms per
year (an average of 1.\Vo alarms per· 24hour period) , provision
of a dedicated telecommunicator might not be necessary where
alternate means approved by the AHJ can affect the prompt
receipt and processing of alarms in accor·dance with
Section 15.4. Telecommunicator staffing is an important issue
in achieving prompt receipt and processing of events. Consider
the following avo concepts of communications center· operations:
(1)
(2)
Vertical Cente1: A single telecommunicator performs both
the call-taking and dispatching functions.
Hmizontal Cente1·. Different telecommunicators perform
the call-taking and dispatching functions.
A.l2.11.8.1.2 During the design of a lighting system for a
normally non-staffed facility, consideration should be given to
the fact that it is customary for maintenance personnel to bring
portable lights with them.
Telecommunicators working in a vertical center are known
to engage in multitasking that can inhibi t their ability to
perform assigned job functions. Routine evaluation of telecommunicator staffing, number of inbound emergency and nonemergency calls, and other operational statistics are necessary to
allow a pr-ompt receipt and processing of event~.
A.l2.11.9 US Army Technical Manual TM 5-811-3, Electrical
Design: Lightning and Static Electricity Protection, provides additional guidance that the AHJ might want to consider.
A.l5.3.1.2 The processing of N-1-1 calls or other nonemergency 7- or 10-digit calls should not degrade or delay the
processing of any emergency calls.
A.l3.1.1 Refer to NFPA 70 for examples of installations that
are and are not covered by NFPA 70.
A.l5.3.2 The issue of communication capabilities and/ or failures is cited by the National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health (NIOSH) as one of the top five reasons for firefighter fatalities. The importance of an assigned telecommunicator for specific incidents is a critical factor in incident scene
safety. The assignment process should be outlined in specifi c
SOPs within each agency represented in the commun ications
center. This assignment process is further assisted when a
command/ communications vehicle is being staffed at the incident scene.
A.l3.5.2 Environmental conditi ons could exist that necessitate
the use of rigid nonmetaUic conduit.
A.I3.6.1.3 Examples of SPD criteria for power lines can be
found in the Telcordia Technologies publication TRNWT-00 1011 , Gene~·ic Requimnents fm· Swge Protective Devices
(SPDs) on AC Power Cinuits. Examples of SPD criteria for telephone lines can be found in the Telcordia Technologies publication TR-NWT-001361, Genmic Requirements jt;r Gas Tube
Pmtector Units (GTPUs).
A.l3.6. 7 The term watertight is typically used in cor~w1etion
wi th Enclosures Types 4, 4X, 6, and 6P. [70:Table 110.28 Informational Note No.1 ]
2022 Edition
A.l5.3.4 The supervisor position(s) in the commun ications
center are provided in addition to the telecommunicator·s positions. Although supervisory personnel are intended to be available for problem solving, the supervisor position is permitted
to be a working position.
1225-71
ANNEX A
A.l5.4.1 Statistical analysis for performance measurement
should be completed over a period of 1 month as shown in
Figure A.l5.4.l (a) and Figure A.l5.4.1 (b) .
consistent with 15.4.2 for all primary PSAPs who routinely
transfet- calls to the communications center. See Figure
A.l5.4. 1 (b) .
A.l5.4.3 PSAPs, 9-1-1 authorities, and responder agencies
should look at the processing times in a comprehensive
manner. Transfers, especially multiple transfers, have the
impact of making compliance with the overall processing time
standard nearly impossible. Given the life safety impli cations
for critical incidents, PSAPs should make evety effort to
reduce/ eliminate transfers, thereby reducing the amount of
time t-equired to answer, process, transfet~ and dispatch alarms .
Potential strategies to reduce transfers include consolidation,
either physical or virtual, CAD to CAD integrations, improved
wit-eless call routing, and improved compliance with call
answering standards. See Figure A.l5.4.1 (a) .
A.I5.4.4 Events should be retransmitted to emergency
response personnel as soon as the location and general nature
of the emergency have been ascertained by the telecommunicator. H owever, for some events involving criminal activity, the
safety of emergency response persormel could require the tetecommunicator to ascertain additional information from the
caller, such as a description(s) of the suspect(s), a description(s) of the vehicle(s), the direction of travel, and the
weapon(s) involved, which could make compliance with the 50second time limit impractical. Therefore, the AHJ for each law
enforcement agency served by the communications center
should establish time frames for the dispatch of law enforcement personnel in accordance with the corresponding agency's
SOPs.
V\There the communications center is a secondary PSAP,
every effort should be made to assess o-a.nsfer performance
Detect1on
Vanes
<1 second
FIGURE A.l5.4.l(a)
Event Timeline Where Primary PSAP Is Communications Center.
FIGURE A.I5.4.I(b)
Event Timeline Where Primary PSAP Is Other Than Communications Center.
2022 Edition
1225-72
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
A-15.4.4.5(3) Each agency has access to different technology
and location tools and t·eferences. In many cases, additional
location interrogation or questioning is required by the call
taker. Scenarios to consider when determining whether in complete location information is a mitigating circumstance can
include the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
The caller does not know or cannot pmvide the full
address.
The caller does not know or cannot provide the full
address, but the call taket· received the call with a Phase 2
location.
The call comes in a~ Phase 1 (cell tower address), and the
call taker has to rebid to get a Phase 2 location.
The call taker must use technology tools to find a location
(e.g., search engines, third-party location services, CAD
his tot)', motor vehicle database) .
The caller says "hold on" while looking for an address.
The caller can provide a common business name but
does not have the physical addt·ess.
The caller needs guidance or direction in finding an
address.
The location interrogation takes longer than a specified
time frame (e.g., automatic exemption after specific time
frame) .
A.l5.4.5 The following types of calls where there is an imminent threat to public safety should be included in the highest
prioritization level:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Active shooter/ hostile event
Domestic violence with weapons
Officer-involved shooting
Rob bet)' in progress
Other calls as determined by the AHJ
A.l5.4.10 The fixst unit to arrive at an emergency incident is
responsible for notifYing the communications center by radio
of its arrival and for providing a brief description of the conditions obset·ved and the precise location of the incident. The
responding officer should report arrival and should establish
the initial command post at the emergency. As soon as conditions a llow, the incident commander should report supplementary information to the communications center and should
make additional progress reports if operations keep the units at
the emergency longer than a few minutes. An extended or
complex emergency incident can necessitate the use of a
communications unit for effective coordination, command,
and contml.
A.l5.4.11 The audible warn ing or signal is typically a distinctive tone .
A.l5.4.13 The assignment of a communications officer/ unit
leader to incidents that are more complex e nsures that
adequate commun ication is achieved using available telephone
and radio systems. Such an assignment also ensures that the
availability of existing fre quencies or networks is maximized
and that system overloading is minimized . An assigned communications officer can be particularly important and useful
during multi-agency fires and other inc idents. It can be necessary to establish specific nets a nd monitoring systems to g uarantee communications in some situations. In complex in cident~.
commtmications discipline is critical in avoiding system overload.
2022 Edition
A.15.4.14 The common emergency organization, that is, the
inc ident management system (IMS), includes two impmtan t
communicati ons concepts as follows:
(1)
(2)
Common Terminology. All participating departments and
agencies use clear text and established standard terms
and phrases. In multi-agency emergencies, it is extre mely
difficult to guarantee that all agency and department
codes represent identical meanings. To avoid potential
misunderstandings between telecommunicators, the IMS
requires clear text or plain language for all t·adio
messages. Although this is a significa nt departure from
public safety agency tradition, it has been found to be
efficient in actual practice.
Integrated Incident Communications. Partici pating departments and agencies pla n in advance for the use of integrated radio frequencies to tie together all tactical and
support unit~ assigned to an incident. To ensure the best
possible use of all parti cipati ng department and agency
radios at major incidents, an Incident Radio Communications Plan mau·ix is developed. The mau·ix lists a ll available radio systems on an incident a nd a ids in assigning
them to provide command, tactical, and logistical covet·age for a complete operation .
Preparation of the matrix necessitates traini ng and a knowledge of cooperating deparunent and agency frequencies and
radio component~ . Use of the matrix is greatly enhanced by the
existence of a fi·equency-sharing agreeme nt. (See Annex F.)
The Federal Communications Commissio n (FCC) ha~ no
prohibition against public agencies sharing frequencies during
emergencies, provided that the responsible agen cy has granted
permission to assisting agencies to do so. The agreement specifies the mutual permission of participating agencies to use
other agency frequencies whe n providing assistance. The agreement lists the terms and conditions of use by others and
includes a ll frequencies that can be made available under critical conditions. Such agreements facilitate better multiagency
dispatching and incident communications and can be
prepared by groups or agencies who work together frequen tly.
A.15.4.14.2 These commun icati ons Links can include but are
not restt·icted to a number of methodologies, including radio,
data commw1 ication , face-to-face, satellite communication, or
telephone. Such communication Links permit units from multiple agencies to interact with one a nothe t· and to exchange
information according to a prescribed method in order to
achieve predictable results. These links permit communications
between agencies when needed but not necessarily wi th evet)'
unit involved at an incident at all times.
A.15.4.14.2(3) Extended operations can include long-term
disaster recovery, secUt·ity at major events, or criminal ju~tice
surveillance .
A.15.4.18 Effective
communication
among
emergency
response pet·sorulel during the initial response to any majot·
incident and throughout i t~ exte nded operati ons has a significant impact on the rapid mitigation to the affected population.
A plan should lend itself to rapid activation in case of an
incident. These inciden ts include major storms, conflagrations,
hazardous materials inciden ts, wildland fires, mass transit accidents, domestic terrorism, and other incidents that can overwhelm the agencies servi ng the community and d1e ir norma l
resources.
ANNEX A
The plan should include all agencies that normally would be
utilized to mitigate any major incident. The plan should also
include the communication integration of all agencies into a
command strucntre. Additionally, the plan should include the
communications path for transition to the next level of
support.
The plan should include SOPs that outline the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Activation of such plan
Radio systems to be utilized
Assigned ,-adio ft-equencies and bandwidth for conventional or trunked systems
Talkgroups
Unit/agency designations
Talk paths to be utilized (e.g., gateway, cross band repeaters, and telecommunicator assisted)
The plan should define applicable continuous tone-coded
squelch system (CTCSS) codes, in compliance with TIA-603,
Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement
and Pmfonnance Standards, for analog channels designated for
in teroperabiJity.
The plan should define interoperability channels designated
for digital operation . These channels should be compliant with
TIA-102.BAAA, Project 25 FDMA Common Ai1·lnte1jace.
A.l5.4.18.1 The key to the successful operation of the various
resources into a region depends heaviJy upon the ability of all
public safety agencies to communicate effectively with each
other in real time. At a minimum, interoperability should be
supponed at the command level. It is not requit-ed that every
responder have total interoperability with every other
responder.
1225-73
( 4)
(5)
Static Images to 9-1-1. Incoming requests for assistance
from devices capable of sending static images
Machine to 9-1-1. Incoming requests for assistance from
devices capable of machine-to-machi ne communications
A.l6.2.2.5 A separate telephone number listed in the d irectory and used for nonemergency purposes should terminate at
a location where personnel are o n duty at least 40 hours per
week, Monday through Friday. That location can be the same
communications center as 9-1-1 operations.
A.l6.2.3.5 A voice connection terminating at an unstaffed
ERF and provided with a recorded message should not be u sed
to meet the intent of the telephone number listed in the d irectory and assigned for business (i.e ., nonemergency) use as
specified in 16.2.3.2.
A.l6.4(2) In no case is it ever recommended that the telephone system be designed at less than P.Ol COS. An industry
standard u-affic study should be conducted that meets the
public safety requirements of the Afij.
A.l6.4.2 There are existing means to determine d1e locationappropriate communications center such as the NENA
Enhanced PSAP Registry and Census.
A.l6.4.4 The monitoring service is to be provided by the 9-1-1
vendor. Monitoring at the communications center itself is not
sufficient, since a failure at the communications center can also
involve a failure of the monitoring and also does not cover
sintations whet-e 9-1-1 calls are not completed due to cable fa iJure or intermediate central office fai lw-e.
A.l5.4.21 Procedures for handling telecommunication relay
services (TRS) calls should be included in the SOPs.
A.l6.4.5 Automated voice a larms, by their design, repeat their
message many times and, therefore, can monopolize an
inbound line for a considerable time. Therefore, they are not
permitted to connect with publish ed emergency numbers, and
their use is not encouraged. Many state a nd local stanttes
prohibit such connections to designated emergency lines or to
9-1-l.
A.l5.6.1 (3) Recording b y telecommuni cator position, rather
than by line, allows all telephone lines that are used in the
commtmications center to be taped using a minimum of
recorder resources.
A.l6.4.7 Standards include NENA i3; APCO/CSAA ANS
2.1 01.2, Alann Monit01ing Company to Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) Aut01nated Secun!
Alarm Protocol (ASAP); and others.
A.l5.4.18.2 Exercising this plan identifies areas that need
improvement.
A.l5.7 The purpose of the quality assurance program is to
follow up and review calls with communications center employees, improve procedures, and make the corrections needed to
improve service and response. Generally accepted statistical
methods should be used when selecting calls for review.
A.l6.1 Cellular or Internet personal communications services
(PCS) systems include such devices as personal digital devices,
advanced voice and data devices, and od1et- cellular-based wireless systems. Text messaging, Internet access, cable modems,
and other devices using wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) all use voice
over Internet protocol (VoiP) .
Receiving equipment should be able to answer the following
type of calls or events:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Voice to 9-1-1. In coming requests for assistance from devices capable of sending and receiving voice
Text to 9-1-1. Incoming requests for assistance from devices capable of sending and receiving SMS or real-time
text messages
Video to 9-1-1. In coming ,-equests for assistance from devices capable of sending and receiving video
A.l6.5.1 See NFPA 1600for additional guidance.
A.l6.5.4(2) The AHJ can approve a queuing system for calls
on emergency numbers. Such syste ms often need the additional approval of regional, county, or state authorities.
A.l6.6.1 The MLTS must be programmed to allow a user to
dial 9-1-1 without first having to dial 9 or any other numbet- to
reach the public switched telephone network. For example,
9-9-1-1 is not permissible.
A.l6.6.2 The dialable
Answering Point to call
information is needed
information is obtained
number is used by the Public Safety
the 9-1-1 caller back in the event more
or a call is dropped before sufficient
to initiate a d ispatch.
A.l6.6.3 There are multiple methods to meet d1is requ irement. Incumbent and competitive local exchange carriers offer
private switch ALI, conunonly known as PS/ ALI services.
PSI ALI allows the MLTS owner to manage the location associated with the extension's telephone number. In addition,
commercial services are available to both automate and act as
2022 Edition
1225-74
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
an MLTS agent in providing and maintaining ALI for extensions that have both static and dynamic locations.
A.I7. 1.1.5.1(2)(a) In 17.1.1.5.1 (2)(a)i i, a separate receiver ts
not requit·ed for each ERU.
A.l7.1.1 Communications centers that dispatch for volunteers
or paid-call personnel have the responsibility of summon ing
such pet·sonnel at any hotu· of the day or night. Personnel can
be summoned by the use of the telephone or radio, supplementing sirens or horns that provide an outside alarm. Events
can be reported to the communications centet· where the tetecommunicator can start a siren or operate an air horn to indicate that there is an event. In areas where a communications
centet· is not attended 24 hours a day, telephone companies
can provide a telephone line that connects to special telephones that are located in places of business or residences
selected by the jurisdiction . The jurisdiction then arranges to
activate the telephone Lines. In emergency response agencies
that have an emergency response facility desk attendant, the
telecommunicator can call the ERF, and the attendant can
sound the outside alarm to call volunteers. If there is a codesounding siren or a ir horn, coded signals can be sent. Usually, a
u·ansmitting appat·atus is used to send out the code.
A.l7.1.1.5.1(3)(a) In 17.l.l.5.1(2)(a)(i), the separate conu·olj
relay switching equipment connection ports in th e ERF are
permitted to connect common audio alerting devices and
auxiliaty equipment suc h as audio amplifiers and loudspeakers,
ERF response lights, and prin ter equipment.
If radio equipment is used, a receiver \'lith selective calling
equipment can be placed in the home of each volunteer or call
person. Selective signaling is accomplished on a group-call
principle, allowing the volunteer or call forces to be divided
into several groups that can be summoned as a whole or as
individual groups to handle a particular incident. Pagers are
commonly used for this purpose, since they can be carried
anywhere. Pagers can include e ither a tone alarm, a voice
t·eceivet·, or a digital display.
A.l7.1.1.3.2 In jurisdictions receiving fewer than 730 events
per year (average of two events per 24-hour period), a second
dedicated dispatch circuit might not be necessary.
A.l7.1.1.3.3 When an event is u·ansmitted to an ERF, it should
be audible throughout the ERF, \'lithout the time delay caused
by a responder going to a telephone instrument, picking up
the handset, and then relaying the information to other affected responders.
A.l7.1.1.4(2) System elements can include but are not limited
to u·ansmitters, transceivers, repeaters, receivers and receiver
comparators (where required), microphones, encoders,
control cit·cuitry, an tennas, and appt·opriate ancillary devices to
constitute a complete radio system. Audible monitoring for
integrity can be accomplished by a receiver in the operations
mom operating on the d ispatch channe l providing side tone
audio. Visual monitoring for integrity can be accomplished by
receiver module indication(s) of audio on the dispatch channel. It is not the intent of this requit·ement to require duplicate
equipment at each ERF for a voice radio primary dispatch
circuit.
A.l7.1.1.4(4)(a) It is not d1e intent of this requirement to
require a redundant digital data radio transceiver at each ERF,
unless the ERF is a location that retransmits the signal to other
ERF receivers, transceivers, or paget·s. Transceivers designed for
\'lide area coverage do not necessarily meet requirements for
redundant transceivers.
A.l7.1.1.5.1(2) Where the primaty dispatch circuit is provided
through a radio system, regardless of whether d1e syste m is a
conventional radio, a trunked radio, or a microwave radio, the
system cannot also be used to provide the secondary means of
dispatch.
2022 Edition
A.l7.1.1.6 The audible warning ot· signal is typically a d istinctive tone.
A.I7.1.2 Portions of any dispatch system circuit can need a
metal wire connection, such as a wired cable from a micrcr
phone to the u·ansmitter/ receiver equipment of a microwave/
radio dispatch circuit. Such wired circuit connections in a
portion of a t·adio ot· telephone dispatch circuit do not constitute a wired dispatch circuit where a ll transmitting facilit ies are
local to d1e communications center. \!\There such connections
are between the communications center and one or more
remote transmitting or repeater facility sites, a connection
between the communications center and the remote facility
site does constitute a \Wed dispatch c ircuit, requiring monitoring for integrity fault or failure u·ouble signal annunciation if
signal transmission failure occurs.
A.l7.1.2.1 Polling or se lf~inte rrogation is one of many methodologies that can monitor a d ispatch circuit to determine its
integrity. Polling allows for remote and au tomatic querying of
dispatch channel elements to verify d1eir functiona lity periodically when the elements have not otherwise reported a fau lt o r
failure. The self-interrogation feature of polling equipment
allows the overall system to determine and verify its own integrity.
A.l7.1.2.6 Audible and visual indications of fa ul ts or b.ilu res
annunciated to an off-site vendor support center and pager
signals of fault conditions to fie ld techn icians a re ancillary to
fault and failure indications being received at the communications center for the telecommunicator and an y other location
for d1e AHJ radio system ma nager, such as a county or regional
microwave and radio system o perations faci lity.
A.l7.2.1.1 This refers to a Type B Automatic Telegraph System
where several box/alarm circuits come into a remote location
and pass through concentrator/identifier-like equipment. The
s ignal is sent on to the communications center via a separate
tie circuit. It e liminates having to run a ll box/ alarm circuits
back to the communications center. (Refer to 27.5.2 of
NFPA 72) .
A.l7.3.1.1 Frequen cies, their assignment, a nd the widths of
channels are regulated throughout the world. In the United
States, the FCC provides this regulation through all ocation,
licensing, and rules for all except federa l government allocations. In Canada, the comparable regulating agency is Industry
Canada. The National Te lecommunications Information
Administration (NTlA), under the U .S. Department of
Commerce, performs functions similar to the FCC, but only for
federal agencies. Wire, line, and radio communications are
subject to FCC rules and regulations, which gove rn many areas
of radio usage known as service. Of primary concern to emergency communications systems users are the public safety radio
services, wh ich provide for the use of radio commtu1ica ti ons
systems by non:federal governmental entities.
A.l7.3.1.2.2 It is recommended that the system be designed
for DAQ of 3.4.
ANNEX A
A.I7.3.1.3 The communications center should have the ability
to monitot· all radio communications, including those communications on tactical radio communications channels, where
practical. The AHJ should carefully evaluate the various
communication solution alternatives available, providing the
in cident commanders with the appropriate mix of communications capabilities to address their specific scenarios, ranging
fi·om a small rural residence to a mammoth concrete and steel
structure in an urban downtown area. The AHJ should provide
a simplex radio communications channel for use in locations
outside the coverage area of any installed radio infrastructure .
If the simplex frequencies selected for tactical use are the
same as the output frequencies of any repeaters used by the
system, a method of positive lockout of automatic system use of
that frequency should be provided, controlled from the responsible telecommunicator workstation.
A.l7.3.1.4 The AHJ should pmvide at a minimum a simplex
radio communications channel for use in locations outside the
coverage area of any installed radio infrastructure or for offnetwork operations such as incident tactical commtmications
(e.g., "fireground") . Various commun ication solution alternatives are available for on-scene tactical communications. If a
solution other than simplex analog communications is determined by the AHJ to best address that agency's needs, requiring a simplex analog channel requirement provides a
secondary communications choice if for some reason the
preferred alternative becomes unusable . This requirement also
allows for inciden ts such as mutual aid scenarios, when
t·esponding agencies might utilize a different methodology in
their own day-to-day operations. Additionally, the commun ications center should have the ability to monitor all radio
communications, including those communications on tactical
radio commun ications channels, where practical.
A.l7.3.1.5 The intent of 17.3.1.5 is to provide flexibility to the
AHJ to use u·unking, if desired, on the tactical on-scene channel, but there must be the provision of using simplex direct
analog mode for any reason it might be required.
A.l7.3.1.6 This does not pwhibit the use of field-deployed
portable repeater systems.
A.l7.3.2.3(3) The public Internet is not acceptable because it
is not w1der the control of the AHJ. The use of a commercially
available network is acceptable if the network is dedicated to
public safety or government-only use.
A.l7.3.3.1 Coded squelch systems could utilize a specific tone
or digital code, transmitted continuously, simultaneous with
the desired message u-affic. Examples of such a tone or code
are a continuous tone-coded squelch system (CTCSS) and a
continuous digital-coded squelch system (CDCSS) . Analog
u·unked radio systems utilize a digital code for system access,
specific to d1at analog trunked system, which accomplishes the
same goal .
A.l7.3.4.1 In a digital access radio system, all units turned on
and unassigned within the radio system coverage area monitor
the signaling channel. Talkgroup assignments, emergency
assignments, individual signaling calls, and special signal calls
are broadcast to a ll monitoring units on the signaling channel.
Requests for service (e.g., talkgroup calls, emergency calls,
selective alerting) from unassigned units are u·ansmitted by the
t·equesting unit, as data bursts, to the system on the signaling
channel.
1225-75
A.l7.3.4.1.5 vVhile it is possible to find uni ts that will scan
both u·unked talkgroups a nd conventional channels simultaneously, there are operational issues that must be understood in
such operations. Anytime a mobile or portable unit scans off its
home u·unked talkgroup to other conventional channels or
other u·unking talkgroups, the radio runs the risk of m issing
some or all of new transmissions on the home talkgroup during
the time that the radio is off the home u·unked talkgroup. For
that reason, if user radios cannot afford to miss u·ansmissions
on the home trunked talkgroup, either scanning should not be
used, or a separate 1·adio should be provided to a llow one radio
to scan and the other radio to remain on the home u·un ked
talkgroup.
A.l7.3.4.1.8 A system manager terminal a llows the system
supervisor to assign individual or talkgroup priority levels, o r
both, to all field un its. The signaling la nguage is structured so
that access to the system is in accordance with the level of priority involved.
A.l7.3.4.1.9 The emergency level of priority is intended for
use only when immediate communications are necessat·y to
preserve safety or protect life.
A.l7.3.4.1.10 Trunked radio systems often are configured with
many more talkgroups than can be accommodated by available
voice channels. During a system controller failure, radios
devolve to particular repeater channels and operate conventionally, which could result in overcrowding or busy channels.
The AHJ should require emergency services units to devolve to
channels reserved specifically for emergency d ispatch .
A.l7.3.4.1.11 Handling requests by units that have been
involved in recent conversations before processing and assig ning channels to units not involved in a ny recent conversations
is intended to keep current conversations fi·om becoming fragmented by any delays that could be caused by a new user
request for a channel.
A.l7.3.4.1.16 The a le rt should have a different sound from
any other audible alert capable of being generated by the field
unit. This enables the end user to determine that the unit is
out of contact with d1e system.
A.l7.3.4.1.17 The disabling of a field u ni t should prevent the
unit from monitoring a ny voice communi cations on a ny c hannel or talkgmup in the system. A disabled unit should not be
able to transmit or othervvise j o in into any voice conversation
on the system . This disabling function occurs while the field
unit is on d1e system anywhere with in RF coverage. The system
should have d1e capability to automatically search for the unit
multiple times, if so requested by the telecommunicator, and
indicate when it succeeds in disabling the unit.
A.l7.3.4.1.17.1 Several reasons for disablement can be a stuck
microphone, the unit is out offi·equency, or the unit is lost.
A.l7.3.4.1.18 Remote talkgroup assignment is also known as
dynamic regrouping. The syste m should include the ability to
perform this function manual ly, as well as with a stored software plan, to a ll ow for the automatic programming of many
units into predetermined talkgroups. This preprogramming
allows the saved plan to be initiated by d1e telecommunicator
at any futtu·e time .
A.l7.3.4.1.19 Telephone interconne ct, while a popular selling
point for trunked radio systems, represents a sig nifi can t load
on the system because it monopolizes one RF channel of the
2022 Edition
1225-76
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
trunked system for the duration of the call. Multiple telephone
calls can cause two-way voice uset·s to receive busy indi cations
from the system.
A.l7.3.4.L24 In the design and operation of a trunked radio
system, dispatching of events has to have priority over all other
communications and is equal in priority to emergency
messages from the field. For this reason, when units are
dispatched over radio, the necessary priority is h igh enough to
require "ruthless preemption," wh ich is the seizure and re-use
of channels already in use by other conversations previously
defined as lower in priority.
A-17.3.4.2 Dig ital mmked system subscriber units operating in
the United States on the 700-MH z narrowband public safety
specmtm and complying with TIA-102.AABF-D, Project 25 Link
Control Wont Fonnats and Messages New Technolog)' Standm·ds Pmject
- Digital Radio Technical Standanls, and TIA- 102.BBAC, Project
25 Two-Slot 'JDMA MAC La)'er Specification, must also comply
with TIA-102.BAAA, P1'0ject 25 FDMA Common Ai1' lntelface, in
order to operate on the required designated nationwide 700MHz nat-rowband interoperability channels.
A.l7.3.5 The committee is monitoring the development of the
nationwide FirstNet project. FirstNet development was established by Congress when it enacted d1e Middle Class Tax Relief
and Job Creation Act of 2012. This act required the development of a nationwide interoperable broadband network to
enable a ll emergency service agencies to have impmved data
communications utilizing the new LTE broadband commercia l
technology. At the time this edition was b eing revised, the
development of the FirstNet system was in the preliminary
stages. The committee will monitor the development of FirstNet for future inclusion in this standard.
A.l7.3.6 The committee is monitoring the development of the
nationwide Fi.rstNet project. FirstNet development was established by Congress when it enacted the Middle Class Tax Relief
and Job Creation Act of 2012. This act .required the development of a nationwide interoperable broadband network to
enable all emergency service agencies to have improved data
comnnmications utilizing the new LTE broadband commercial
technology. FirstNet has a website: ntia.doc.gov/category/firstnet
A.l7.3.6.13 Intrinsic safety (IS) is a protection concept associated with the rating of equipment for operation in potentially
hazardous atmospheres. IS ratings take into account the nature
of the explosive aunosphe re encountered - C lass I be ing
explosive gas atmospheres a nd Class II being explosive dust
atmospheres - and the frequency or interval of the presence
of such explosive atmosphere - continuously, intermittently,
or abnormally. The frequency or interval of the presence of the
explosive atmosphere determines the proper division (Division
l or Division 2) or zone (Zone 0, Zone 1, or Zone 2) classifications that are applied to a particular IS rating. To determine
the appropriate IS rating for portable radios, the AHJ identifies
the expected explosive aunospheres likely to be encountered
and the expected frequency or interval of the presence of su ch
expected explosive atmospheres.
A.l7.3.7 Emergency situations that t·esult from large fires,
u·ansportation accidents, floods, severe storms, and other d isasters often create a need for a temporary communi cations
center to be located close to the scene of the disaster. Such a
need is filled by a communications vehicle, sometimes called a
mobile command post. The vehicle, which is a mobile
2022 Edition
command and control headquarters, setves as the hub from
which the activities necessary to conu·ol an emergency situa tion
can be directed and coordinated without dependence on the
department's fixed communications ce nter. Such activities for
the control of emergencies include the efforts of local and
outside departments and of other public safety organ izations,
such a~ police departments and emergency management agencies, in addition to public utilities. Proximity to the site of the
disaster provides communications vehicle personnel and those
in command with immediate access to the latest info rmation in
situations where changes occur rapidly. In addition, the t·eady
avaiJability of communications provides the means to call for
additional help or to inform other jurisdictions of the situation.
A communications veh icle should carry a variety of equipment
that a llows communication with other emergency response
agencies, public safety organizations, a nd utilities. Other equipment that can increase the flexibility of the system includes
cellular telephones. Some vehicles can be equipped fo r mobile
relay operation that allows them to pick up u·ansmissions of
mobile units and to retransm it them to the communications
center at higher power levels or on different frequencies. The
communications veh icle can pmvide the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Ability to exchange data messages between vehicles and
communications centers or ERFs
Improved command and control by television u·ansmission of emergency activity to communications centers or
ERFs
Facsimile transmission of maps, pt·eplans, and other written data
Vehicle tracking and geograph ical locations, which can
include global positioning system (CPS) receivers
A.I7.3.8.1 (2) A star microwave system is a system in which one
cenu·al site is common with all microwave paths to multiple
locations. See Figure A.1 7.3.8.l (2) (a) .
A ring microwave system is a system in which the individual
sites are connected in a linear or circular pattern . See Figure
A.l7.3.8 .1 (2) (b) .
A.I7.3.8.3.2 The intent of this requirement is to e nsure d1at
the design of the micwwave system takes into account the
possible presence of commercial bmadcast equipment in d1e
vicinity of the proposed microwave location. The microwave
equipment and d1e commercial broadcast equipment can be
co-located on the same physical site with shared or independent antenna support structures. The microwave equipment and
the commercial broadcast equipment also can be located in
FIGURE A.l7.3.8.1(2)(a)
Star Microwave System.
1225-77
ANNEX A
close physical proximity of each other, with independent
antenna suppon structures. In either case, the design of the
microwave system at the site has to account for possible interference to and from the commercial broadcast equipment.
A. l 7.3.8.5.1 Components, in this context, t·ef'ers to modular
elements such as transmitters, receivers, modems, power
supplies, switching devices, multiplexers, and service channels/
ordetwire equipment.
A.l7 .3.8.5.4 Examples of alarms are in put power failure, transmitter RF output, radio off frequency, and excessive bit error
rate.
A. l 7.4.2.1 Paging systems not under the direct conu·ol of the
AHJ are permitted to be used for adminisu·ative and secondary
alening purposes but are not considered acceptable for u se as
a required primary dispatch system . Third-party paging systems
not under the control of the AHJ often do not have the redundant design architecture to comply with 17.1 .1.4. Thit·d-party
paging systems often rely on satellite communications, which
have proved faulty in the past. Third-party paging systems
might also employ first-in-first-out (FIFO) hierarchy for
message delivery that can cause significant delays during periods of high usage, which is not considered suitable for emergency services com munication .
A.l7.4.2.7 This feature is implemented with an acknowledge/
silence button, so that a use r who is not present wh en the
initial alen is t·eceived by the device will be prompted regarding the call.
A.l7.4.2.11 These pre-programmed pager buttons can be
used to n otifY the operations room that the user is responding,
on-scene, or in service following the call.
A.l 7.4.2.1 2 The operations room, as the control point for the
pagers, should have the ability to monit01· the performance of
the paging syste m, as well as the a bility to display the messages
directed to the telecommunicators.
A.l7.4.3 Alerting receivers, sometimes also known as home
receivers, can occasionally also be found at emergency responders' places of business. They typically operate fi·om standard
wall plug 120 VAG The devices sh ould include an integral
backup battery with charging c ircuit to maintain operation
when normal ac power is interrupted.
A. l 8.2.1 In many counu·ies, the frequency license holder(s) is
legally responsible for reu·a nsmission on the frequencies to
which the licensee is licensed by the licensing authority of the
counu·y of jurisdiction. Therefore, the frequency license
holder(s) must be able to review and ap prove every ERCES
design prior to the commence ment of any ERCES insta llation.
The purpose of the initial review is to determ ine if the design,
equipment selection, and overall solution will properly operate
and not cause interference on d1e public safety land m obile
radio system . For example, in the United States, this is covered
in 47 CFR, Federal Communications Commission.
The design submitted for approval should consist of the
following, as appropriate for the design:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
( 11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
( 15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
DAQ signal source level measurements in a format
acceptable to the AHJ [e.g., DAQ, bit error rate (BER),
signal to interfere nce noise ratio (SINR) ]
Local code requirements and statement of compliance
Building site plan, building floor pla ns, and elevation
plans
Donor RF link path profi les, link budgets, azimuths, and
distances
Donor antenna mounting details and donor a ntenna
cable installation details
Grounding and surge suppression details
Backbone and disu·ibution a ntenna cable diagt·ams
Device locations on floor plans
Pathway survivability design as a pplicab le
Primary and backup power distribution design and
wmng
Backup power calculations
Monitoring system design including fire alarm conu·ol
unit (FACU) interfaces and annunciators
Donor/ DAS antenna isolation calculations
Pre-installation predictive DAQ ot· signal coverage maps
on floor plans
Designer qualifications
Installer qualifications
Test grids on floor pla ns, or walk pla n if approved by
AHJ
Manufacturers' specification sheets (i.e ., cut sh eets) for
all equipment a nd cable
A. l 8.3 There are mul tiple system solutions that might solve
the problem of in-building RF covemge for ERUs. The choice
depends on many factors, in cluding the proximity a nd n umber
of buildings with such systems, the RF noise floor in the area,
the costs to agencies and building owners, and the accessibility
to various agencies, such as fire, e mergency medical services
(EMS), and law enforcement. Ideally, the RF design p rofessional should provide frequency license holder(s) a nd AHJs with
an analysis of the pros and cons of the o ptio ns that are most
useful in the particular building, so that the Alfj' and frequency
license holder(s) can c hoose a solution. This review should be
made each time a new solution is proposed for another building in the vicinity, because multiple devices can have an
increasing impact o n noise floor and other system parameters.
Table A.18 .3 provides some information as to d1e pros, cons,
and details of the different options available . It should be
noted that not every solution shown in the table will mee t a ll
requirements of this standard.
FIGURE A.I7.3.8.1(2)(b)
Ring Microwave System.
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-78
Table A.l8.3 Possible In-Building Technical Solutions
Solution
Interface to Macro
Public Safety Radio
System
Distribution of InBuilding Signals
Pros
Cons
Notes
Passive system
Donor antenna
RF cables, antennas
Low cost; simple
installation; does
not add to area
RF noise floor or
create potential
interference; can
be later
expanded by
adding BDA
Lim ited applicability
to smaller
b uildings where
macro site signals
are strong and path
to donor antenna is
not obstructed
No amplifiers; just
donor antenna
connected to
in temal antennas or
radia ting cable.
Portable repeater
RF via portable
repeater's
antenna
RF via portable
repeater's
antenna
No costly
infrasu·ucture
required of
b uild ing owners;
no increase in
area RF noise
floor; Little or no
interference
poten tial; simple
solution for
smaller agencies
Can cause delay in
response while unit
is carTied in to
b uildi ng and
activated; not a
good solution for
EMS/ law
enforcem ent unless
they are equipped
with a portable
repeater; migh t not
comply witl1 the
performance
requirements of
th is standard
A suitcase/backpack
base or repeater is
brought in to the
build ing along ''~th
a small antenna to
communicate ''~th
ERUs inside and the
IC o utside.
Vehicular repeater
RF via vehicular
repeater's
antenna
RF via vehicular
repeater's
antenna
No costly
infrastructure
required of
b uild ing owners;
no increase in
area RF noise
floor; little or no
interference
poten tial; simple
solution for
smaller agencies;
vehicle-mounted
antenna m ight
provide some
improvement
Personnel must
remember to
activate tl1e un it
before leaving
vehicle; not a good
solution for EMS/
law enforcement
u n less they are
equipped witl1 a
ve h icular repeater;
m ight not comply
with the
performance
requirements of
th is standard
A repeater or base
radio moun ted on a
vehicle ou tside tl1e
build ing is used to
communicate \\~th
ERUs inside the
building and the IC
outside.
Macro system
repeater or base
station in b uilding
("fiber to the
b uild ing")
Optical fiber to tl1e
b uild ing
RF cables, antennas
Reduces ou tside
b uild ingRF
pollution;
eliminates donor
antenna; good
choice where
b uild ing is far
from macro site
or donor
antenna path is
obstmcted
Need fiber or oilier
connectivity from
public safety system
to building
repeater/ base;
frequency license
holder and Al-tJ
need build ing
access to maintain
equipment as part
of public safety
system
NA
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-79
ANNEX A
Table A.l8.3
Continued
Solution
Interface to Macro
Public Safety Radio
System
Distribution of In·
Building Signals
Pros
Cons
Notes
Macro system
repeater or base
station in b uilding
(" fiber to the
b uild ing'')
O ptical fiber to the
build ing
Optical fiber DAS
with RF to
optical converters
Reduces outside
build ing RF
pollution;
eliminates donor
antenna; good
choice where
build ing is far
from macro site
or donor
antenna p ath is
obstructed; can
be used with
multiple
build ings in a
complex
Need fiber or o ther
connectivity from
p ublic safety system
to build ing
repeater / base;
freq uency license
holder and AHJ
need build ing
access to main tain
eq uipment as part
of public safety
system
This type of
d istrib ution is a
good solution in a
large b uild ing
complex where an
o u tside public safety
base/ rep eater alone
cannot sufficien tly
penetrate the
buildings (e.g., large
shopping centers,
m ulti-use office
spaces, college
campuses) .
Normally off inb uild ing system
[called "auxiliary
radio
communications
system (ARCS)" in
New York City, NY]
Can be self~
contained (i.e.,
no connection
to p ub lic safety
system) . If
connected to
p ublic safety
system can be RF
via donor
antenna, or via
optical fiber to
b uild ing
RF cables,
Doesn't add to RF
noise floor un til
activated by the
emergency
response
personnel; can
have dose
spacing of
systems ''~ thout
interference
EMS/ law
enforcement will
need access devices
and usage train ing;
can delay in itial
response until
system is activated;
cannot receive or
transmit on the
p ub lic safety system
u nless connected
to public safety
system dispatch;
needs to be tested
often to be certain
system will op erate
when needed
This system provides a
complete self~
contained inb uilding
communications
system '~ th its own
base or repeater
station and
command console
on the m ain floor.
The system is
normally not on and
must be first
activated by a key,
token, or passcode.
It could be activated
by dispatch if the
metl10d is secure.
BDAsystem
Donor antenna
RF cables, antennas
Good signals in all
build ing areas if
system prope rly
designed and
main tained
The system must be
carefully set up to
e liminate sell~
oscillation and
excessive RF noise;
m ultiple closely
spaced system s
increase noise
floor; increased
possib ility of
in terference to
p ublic safety
system; m ust have
good path between
donor antenna and
p ub lic safety system
site
Many countries
require written
authorization from
the frequency
license holder(s)
and m ust compl)'
with the rules of the
radio licensing
authority. It can be
used in b uild ings
where RF losses in
RF d istr ib ution
cables are not
excessive.
antenna~;
can
also be via
optical fiber DAS
with RF to
optical converters
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-80
Table A.l8.3
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Continued
Solution
BOA system
Interface to Macro
Public Safety Radio
System
Donor antenna
Distribution of InBuilding Signals
Optical fiber DAS
with RF to
optical converters
Pros
Good signals in all
building areas if
the system is
properly
designed and
maintained; can
be used with
multiple
bui ld ings in a
complex
Cons
System must be
carefltlly set up to
eliminate self~
oscillation and
excessive RF noise;
multiple closely
spaced systems
increase noise
floor; increased
possibility of
interference to
public safety
system; must have
good pa th between
donor a ntenna and
public safety system
site
Notes
Many countries
require written
authorization from
the frequency
license holde r and
must comply \\~th
the r ules of the
radio licensing
authority. It can be
used in larger
build ings where RF
losses are too great
to use RF
distribution.
NA: Not applicable.
A.l8.3.2 Mandating oscillation detection and control does not
ensure the equipment will maintain operation to the best
extent possible during an emergency. lf a signal booster shuts
down during oscillation that could leave emergency personnel
su-anded without communications coverage during an emergency. Oscillation is caused by the reduction in isolation
between the inside and outdoor donor antennas. An event
such as fire or eat-th movement can cause damage to the building, thereby reducing the isolation between the inside antennas and the o utside donor antenna. If the signal booster were
to reduce gain until oscillation is no longer pt-esent, there
would be some level of communications coverage .
A.l8.3.4.1 Near-far problems arise when a distributed antenna
system (DAS) is not designed correctly. These pmblems are
caused b y a u-ansmission from a portable that is near a DAS
antenna, overpowering the uplink amplifier. When this occurs,
the su-ong signa l forces the amplifier into a reduced gain situation. Other portables transmitting simultaneously on a different channel(s), far away from the antenna system, will not be
provided the gain necessary to achieve adequate uplink
commtmications.
A.l8.4 US Army Technical Manual TM 5-811-3, Electrical
Design: Lightning and Static Electricity Protection, provides additional guidance.
A.l8.6.1 Frequencies and modulation technologies utilized by
emergency services are assigned by the licensing authority of
the counu-y of jurisdiction . In the US, for example, the FCC
assigns frequencies that may be utilized by emergen cy services.
Typically, these are thought of in the VHF, UHF, and 700/ 800
MHz bands. More recently, the US government created a
nationwide public safety bt-oadband network for use by emergency services. As more jurisdictions utilize non-traditional
broadband networks for emergency service operations the
need to have those capabilities as a part of the in-building
emergency responder communications enhancement system
will be important for incident operations. It is important to
understand that to enhance covet-age of any commercial
carrier broadband signal, prior coordination and approval
2022 Edition
must be obtained from the fi-equency license holder of those
ft-equencies.
A.l8.6.3 Use of shared commercial and public safety systems
on the same in-building communications enhancement syste m
infi-astructure sh ould be evaluated to ensure that systems and
technology provide optimized operational capabi lities. Multiple DAS systems, whether combined or not, need to be
designed and configured to avoid interfere nce with each other
and with other building RF systems.
A.l8.7.2 \.Vt-itten consent from the radio frequency licensing
authority could be required in some areas. An example of
where the radio frequency licensing authority could require
express written consent is through the FCC in the United
States. The FCC rule Title 47, CFR, Part 90.219(b) states, in
part, the following:
Authority to operate. Private land mobile radio semice (PLMRS)
licensees for stations operating on assigned channels higher than 150
MHz may operate signal boosters, limited to the semice band fm· which
they an: authorized, as needed anywhere within the PLMRS stations'
semice contow; but may not extend the stations' se1·vice contou:1:
(1) PLMRS licensees may also consent to operation of signal boosters
try non-licensees (such as a building owner ar a signal booster installation contract01) within their service contour and across their applicable
frequencies, but mU5t maintain a 1-easonable leuel of contml over these
operations in m·der to 1-e.mlve inte~je1-ence pmblems.
(a) Non-licensees seeking to operate signal boosters must obtain the
express consent of the licensee(s) of the f!-equencies fm· which the device
m· system is intended to amplifY. 17!e consent mU5t be maintained in a
mwrdable format that can be jn-esented to an FCC 1-e-p-resentative o-r
other 1·etevant licensee investigating inte1jenmce.
(b) Consent is not1-equi1·edjrom third party (unintended) licensees
whose signaLs are incidentally 1·etransmitted. However, signal booster
operation is on a non-interfe~rmce basis and operations may be 1-equired
to cease o1· alte1· the operating parameters due to a request fmm an FCC
repmsentative or a licensee's 1-equest to resolve intmference.
ANNEX A
A. l 8.8 The use of radio communication enhancement systems
has become prevalent throughout the United States. Safety
features and flexibilities of radio syste ms include the following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Full building coverage is allowed to facilitate communications from any point within the building, in case access to
the wired two-way communications system is compromised .
Communications can be conducted between emergency
responders in the field to allow quicker dissemination of
safety and emergency information.
Eme rgency responders typically carry individual radios,
allowing the responders to provide information or
request assistance individually, which can be important if
crew members become separated during an incident.
Radio systems permit "fi refighter or public safety officer
down" e mergency calls in case of injury - by the push of
a sing le button, a call is placed to a central location to
initiate a roll call to determine which e mergency
responder has been injured and requires assistance.
Radio syste ms can employ an emergency call where, b y
the push of a single button, an emergency responder call
can be given prioritized system access to allow wide-range
communication.
The AHJ can determine whether the in-building coverage
is for tactical on-site communications, f<x communications to an ofi~si te dispatch cen ter, or both.
A. l 8.9 Many radio systems are in use by public safety agencies
in the United States. A number of them have different o perational c haracteristics. A prescribed sig nal stre ngth measurement might not produce usable voice communications for all
systems f e .g ., VHF, UHF, 700/800 MH z, analog, P-25, 4 slot
time division tmtltiple access (TDMA), 2 slot TDMA, etc.l .
Requiring the AHJ to provide operational parameters required
for usable voice comm unications for the systems in use eliminates possible confusion regarding the specified value, as determined by the AHJ. A better indicator of proper system
perfom1ance and coverage is to use the DAQ audio quality
mea~urement system whether the signals are either analog or
digital.
A.l8.9.1 Doll!nlink refers to the signa l from the base station to
the portable. Although DAQ 3.0 is required as a minimum, it is
recommended that systems be designed for DAQ 3.4 to provide
a safety factor.
A. l8.9.2 Uplink refers to the signal from the portable to the
base station.
A.l8.9.3 Receiver noise floor testing can be accomplished b y
first noting the idle noise on a ll channels involved within the
public safety com munications system at the publi c safety
communications site closest to the ERCES with the signal b ooster syste m off. This can be done by using a specu·um analyzer
with the resolution bandwidth set to be equal or less than the
n oise bandwidth of the t·eceivet· used at the site . Note: Use 10
kHz for 12.5 kH z narrowband systems, and use 10 kHz for 25
kHz systems at 800 MHz in the US.
The speCUllm analyzer's input should be connected to the
public safety communications site receiver multi-coupler so
that it is exposed to the same noise environment as the site
receivers. Note that this setup would b e the same regardless if
the public safety communications system is a u·unked or
conventional system .
1225-81
The signal booster systems should then be powered on and
idle noise levels at the closest public safety communications site
to the ERCES should be noted. If the noise level (s) is raised by
1 dB o r more at the nearest public safety communications site
when the signal booster is active, then an attenuator or gain
change should be executed at the sig na l b ooster site until the
noise power drops back to the idle level noted when the signal
booster was in operative.
An additional 3 dB of attenuation or gain reduction should
be added to the sig nal booster installation once the noise level
has been reduced to the idle level meastu·ement made . This
sho uld be done to provide a safe ty factor. This step sho ttld be
performed prior to the sig na l booster activation authorized by
the AHJ and the frequency lice nse holder(s) .
The setting(s) of the ERCES gain should b e documented on
the as-built document5.
If an LTE network is the sou rce of the signal , the LTE service
provider should deliver the noise requirement5 and measuring
process to the integrator or installation compa ny. Measuri ng
sh ould be conducted during quieter times for the public safety
communications syste m as determined by the AHJ and the
frequency license holder(s) . The test should be conducted for
a period of 5 minutes, and the average noise over that period
should be used for the no ise level at the site.
A.IS.ll Newer transmission technologies, such as LTE and
5G, will dramatically change the capabil ity of public safety
communications systems.
A. l 8.11.2 There is an ongoing national effort to e li minate
current interference issues between cellular carriers and public
safety bands in the 800 MHz band. This effort could revise the
actual frequencies for public agencies within this band. The
public safety radio enhan cement system design should be capable of be ing c hanged to accommodate updated frequen cies to
allow maintenan ce of the minimum system-design criteria. Inbuilding emergency responder communication enhancement
syste ms that are used to comply with the requ irements of Chapter 18 should be tested in accordance with 20.3.10. Also n ote
that this is not easily done at VHF b ecause of filters and
nonstandard Tx and Rx spacings.
A. l 8.12.1 Radio licensing a uthorities in som e counu·ies have
distinctions betw•een consumer-grade and industrial-grade inbuilding emergency responder communications enhancement
syste m. The intent of th ese distinctions is to ensure that industt·ial grade devices a re used in public facilities, instead of
consumer devices, whic h are usually held to a lower technical
standard, and cannot be required to be certified by or registered with the radio licensing authori ty. Th e AHJ should
become cognizant of these differences operating in his or her
coun try and jurisdiction, and be certain that the devices used
in his or he t· syste m are suitable to the purpose of a system u sed
and depended upon by public safety use rs. For example, in the
United States, the F CC published Use and Design of Signal Boosters Repart and Order 13-21, which took effect in March 2014,
and established requireme n ts for consumer-grade and
industria l-grade signal boosters. Additionally, under FCC regulations, some indusu·ial signal boosters are Part 90 sig nal boosters used for public safety land mobile radio systems - as
opposed to those used for public cellular wireless carriers which include type A signal boosters (i.e., channe lized) and
type B sig nal boosters (i.e ., broadband) . Type B devices must
be registered with the FCC be fore being used because of the
2022 Edition
1225-82
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
potential for broadband devices to cause interference if
impmperly installed.
system falls below the specified operating range) or the loss of
one ot- more but not all of the phases of the power supply.
A.l8.12.3.4 The intent of the fire-resistance rating requirements in 18.1 2.3.4 is to provide for survival of the radio system
backbone components correlating to the design basis for structural integrity of the building in which the system is installed .
The fire-resistance rating for the primary structural frame
under NFPA 5000 is established by the required rating for structural columns. Other building codes established the fire resistance requirements for the primary structural frame using the
tenn prima?)' st·ructuml frame.
A.l9.5.6 Resources can include but are not limited to ERUs,
individuals, e quipment, or other assets.
A.l8.14.1.2(2)(a) The signal source for an in-building emergency responder communications enhancement system is critical to keep the system operational. Loss or redu ction of the RF
signal from the public safety radio communications system to
the in-building communications enhancement system can take
multiple forms, depending on the nature of the signal source .
In systems that use a RF link between the two sites, the disconnection of the antenna coax, a short in the coax, a damaged
coax, or a misdirected donOt- antenna can cause a degradation
of RF signals such that the in-building system will not work
correctly. If the source of the signal is a fiber optic cable
between the sites, then damage to that cable can cause loss of
signal as well.
A.l9.1.1 The AHJ should consider the performance requirements of this standat-d, particularly the time requirements of
Section 15.4, in their decision making regarding the use of
CAD. CAD systems can be deployed on premise, hosted, or in
the cloud.
A.l9.1.2 This will provide a seamless transition so that call
u-acking will b e complete from the call receipt phase through
the d ispatch phase, permitting the performance objectives in
Section 15.4 to be fully measured. The AHJ should work with
the telecommunications providers to ensure that all data
elements required by the CAD at-e pmvided by the 9-1-1 system .
A.l9.1.2.1 The CAD system should be capable of accepting
text-based emergency call data. vVhere su ch ability is provided,
the CAD system should incorporate the text-based emergency
call data into the CAD call-for-service record.
A.l9.2 A secondaty dispatch method can include a separate
isolated system, a manual system, printed backup books, visual
display boards, or other methods as approved by the AHJ.
A.l9.3.5 There is a danger that routine traffic and unintended
network faults can affect the ability of critical parts of the CAD
system to communicate with each otl1er, unless the CAD system
and any otl1er critical dispatch system components are segregated fi-om the general network and a strict screening program is
in place to protect the CAD.
A.l9.4.1.2 Other data elements that could be used, based on
the functionality needed by the AHJ, are the following:
(1)
(2)
Units responding from sending agency
Status changes from units (ongoing)
A.l9.4.4 Other systems could include intelligent transportation systems, SMART building management systems, pre-fire/
pre-incident software systems, and so forth.
A.l9.5.3.2 Insufficiency can be the result of a brown out
(defined as a condition where the voltage supplied to the
2022 Edition
A.l9.5.6.1 Examples of safeguards include placing source
code, documentation, and flow charts into escrow.
A.l9.5.7.2 The requirements for audible notification for al l
text message activations regarding events apply even if there
a re other methods of notification installed and used a t the ERF.
A.I9.6.1 Memory storage, random access memory (RAM),
netwOt-k throughput, etc., should accommodate the call
volume, call types, and other sizing parameters that are
required by the AHJ.
A.l9.6.4 The 2-second requirement envisions a wOt-st-case
scenario with a heavily loaded syste m during the busiest periods. Response time under average conditions should be much
less.
A.l9.6.6 A power-fail recovery capability is the a bility of the
system, upon restoration of powet~ to reboot and arrive at its
pt-evious state. This allows restoration of system function without req uiring telecommunicators to leave tl1eir positions.
A.I9.7 Backups can be accomplished on tape, DVD writer, or
disk storage arrays in a redundant at-ray of independent disks
(RAID) configuration. The AHJ should establish a schedule for
the routine backup of data as well as periodic testing of the
stored data system fot- effectiveness a nd completeness. I ncorp<r
rating multiple backup methods is preferred, augmented by
off-site storage of backup files.
Sufficient testing should occur on the backup systems to
verify the completeness a nd accuracy of the backup and recovery data and process, including switching back to the primary
system.
A.l9.8.1.4 T he AHJ should evaluate u-ends in the indusuy
towards virtual environments. There are pros and cons to this
appl'Oach that beat- investigation. T he CAD system can be
designed to allow for the deploymen t of virtual servers, workstations, and storage at the discretion of the AHJ.
A.l9.8.1.6 Examples are comm ercia l alarm moni tori ng
centers and telematics centers. An alternate method of receiving alarms is needed in the event the system fails. This can b e a
telephone, a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with
another PSAP, or even a dupl icate system within the PSAP.
A.I9.8.3 The AHJ should determine the data required to be
logged for use by the opet-ations room.
A.l9.8.5 For the purpose of this subsection, any administrative
display screens and keyboards beyond those required for telecommunicator workstations that are not considered essential to
the receipt and dispatch of emergencies could be considered as
spare display screens and keyboards.
A.l9.9.1 The capability should exist to m ove data to alternate,
long-term storage for reu·ieval. Access to the data should be
restricted through security mea~ure s enabled by the AHJ.
A.l9. 11.1 MDCs can include any IP-enabled device (e .g.,
smartphones, tablets, laptops) .
A.I9.11.2.2 Store and forward technology can provide this
functionality.
ANNEX A
A. I 9.1 1.5.4 Additional functionality could include the ability
to download updates for the MDC operating system and applications using a wireless data communication system that is
secure in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 22. The
MDC should have the ability to present appropriate displays of
daytime and nig httime for the protection of the user.
A. I 9.12.1 Integrated mapping can be a fi.mction available to
the MDC with similar functionality as a CAD workstation.
A.20.3.10 Test Pr ocedures. The test plan should ensure testing throughout the building. Test procedures should be as
directed by the A}ij or the frequency license holder(s) . The
following information is provided to guide the AHJ or the
frequency license holder(s) on several types of testing m ethods
that can be used when testing an in-building emergency
responder communications enhancement system.
Methods of Deter mining DAQ . One method of determining
DAQ is conducting voice tests according to the standard ITU-T
P.863 (POLQA) . It can be used on narrowband, wideband,
analog, digital, or LTE sig nals. It is graded qualitatively using a
DAQ scale. A second method of determining DAQ for narrowband, analog, or P25 digital systems is quantitatively measuring
a minimum signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) value
of 18dB and a maximum BER value of 2.5 percent, or to other
values provided by the licensee frequency license holder(s) and
the A}ij. A third method of determ ining DAQ is to manually
test the system using portable radios as specified by the A}ij.
Manually testing the system with portable radios is typically
more subjective than utilizing calibrated test equipment. The
important factor of any of these test methods is to determine if
there is signal strength and quality to provide a DAQ of 3 .0 so
that the emergency responders can commun icate fi·om within
the building.
Testing procedures typically a re performed on a grid syste m .
A grid is overlaid onto a fl oor area to provide 20 grid cells. Grid
cells are provided with definite minimum and maximum
dimensions. Fo r most buildings, using a minimum grid dimensio n of 20 ft (6.1 m) and a maximum g rid dimension of 80 ft
(24.4 m) will suffice to encompass the entire floor area. '<\There
a fl oor exceeds 128,000 ft2 (11,900 m 2), wh ich is the floor area
that can be covered by the maximum grid dimension of 80 ft
(24.4 m) , it is recommended that the floor be subdivided into
sectors each having a n area less than or equal to 128,000 ft2
(11,900 m 2 ) . It is also recommended that each sector be tested
individually with 20 grid cells in each sectoc
Signal strength measurements should be taken at the center
of each grid, where required.
T h e DAQ scale is often c ited in system designs and specifi cations, using the following meastu·es:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
DAQ 1: Unusable, speech present but unreadable.
DAQ 2: Understandable with considerable effort.
Frequent repetition due to noise/ distortion .
DAQ 3: Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise/distortion .
DAQ 3.4: Speech understandable with repetition only
rat·ely t·equired. Some noise/ distonion.
DAQ 4: Speech easily understood. Occasio nal noise/
distortion .
DAQ 4.5: Speech easily understood. Infreq ue nt noise/
distortion .
DAQ 5: Speech easily understood.
1225-83
The DAQ scale comes from TIA-T SB-88.1-E , Wireless Communications Systerns Pmformance in Noise and lnteljmrmci}-Limited Situations Pm·t 1: R ecommended Methods for Technology-Indt1pendent
Nanvwband Pe1jonnance Modeling. A DAQ test is preferred to
absolute RF signal levels because the DAQ test is useful regardless of the type of modulation or system technology used (e .g.,
analog, digital, P25, LTE, or broadba nd) . It mea~ures what
really matters- h ow the signa l sounds to the user- regardless of manufacturer specifi cations or interve ning transmission
technology.
Initially, DAQ testing was somewhat subjective , but now it
can be performed objectively, in a n auto mated fash ion, with
repeatable results. One option is to use the standard test
method ITU-T P.863. This international standard has been in
use for over 10 years by al l the major cellular carriers. IT U-T
P.863, called POLQA, is available fi·om three vendors and
comprises a suite of h ardware and software tools that allow fo r
the rapid, repeatable, objective, and automated testing in two
directio ns of both na rrow and wide band radio communications systems.
Testing can be performed for POLQA First, an "X" is drawn
across the grid square and 13 equally spaced locations are identified along the "X." (See Figure A.20.3.10). Then, the DAQ is
measured at all 13 locations for both uplin k a nd downlink
communications, and the results fi-om each location are averaged. The average t·esttlt for uplink and the average result fo r
downlink become the DAQ values for that grid square.
The minimum allowable DAQ for each grid square is 3.0.
Not more than two nonadjacent grid squares should be allowed
to fail the test. In the event that th ree of the areas fail the test,
or if two adjacent a reas fai l the test, then consideration should
be given to redesigning and rein stall ing the public safety radio
enhancement system to m eet the minimum syste m design
requirements.
In the event that nine or more nonadjacent and/ or six o r
more adjacent g rid cells fail the test, consideration should be
given to redesig ning and reinstalling the publ ic safety radio
enhancement system to m eet the minimum syste m design
requirements. Failures should not be a llowed in critical areas.
Measurements should be made with the a n tenna held vertically
at 3ft to 4ft (0 .9 m to 1.2 m ) a bove the floor. The DAQ readings should be recorded with an identification of the location
on the flo or. In addition, the gain values of all RF-emitting devices and syste m compone nts should be m easured and the test
measurement results sho uld be kept on file with the buildi ng
owner and with the AHJ a nd licensee so that the measuremen ts
can be verified each year dm·ing annual tests.
SINR and BER Testing. AHJs and frequency license
holder(s) can also measure signal strength and bit error rates
(BER), but this might only be useful on analog and P25 d igi tal
systems. The necessary BER rates for other types of digita l
systems, such as DMR, could be diffe rent. Measuring BER for a
LTE system has less m eaning because LTE has many tools.
These tools include changing data ra tes, advanced error detection and correction techniques, a nd multiple antenna techniques (MIMO), that can compensate fot· a changing channe l
environment.
Table A.1
mobile radio
and BER to
narrowband,
of the TSB-88 standard provides several land
(LMR) technologies a nd variants that map SINR
expected DAQ values. Dete rmining DAQ fo r
analog, or P25 digital systems is conducted by
2022 Edition
1225-84
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
quantitatively measuring a minimum SINR value of 18 dB and a
maximum BER value of 2.5 percent ot- by measuring to other
values, as provided by the frequency license holder(s) and the
AHJ.
It has been found that, in many nanowband (12.5 kHz)
analog systems, a measured signal strength of -95 dBm or
greater will provide a DAQ of 3.0.
It has been found that, in many nat-rowband (12.5 k Hz) digital P25 systems, a measured signal strength of -100 dBm or
greater will provide a DAQ of 3.0.
The downlink sign a l can be measured with a calibrated
radio, spectrum analyzer, or site monitor.
·w hen uplink measurements are performed, they can be
taken at the donor output of the BDA to the don01- antenna to
estimate the level arriving at the donor radio equipment or at
the donor radio site equipment.
Testing procedures for BER and SINR are
performed on a grid system.
typically
For each floor plan, design a grid, or multiple grids, on the
floor plan of each flo01-. The areas in each gt-id should be
betw'een 1000 ft2 (93m 2 ) and 4000 ft 2 (372m 2 ); they should be
as close to square as possible. Ideally, no side should be more
than 25 percent longer than anod1er side. Each entire floor
should be complete ly covered. The areas across all the floors of
the whole building will be approximately the same size
(±10 percent) .
One test should be performed in each grid area using the
parameters specified in Section 18 .9. The test should be long
enough and should include enough samples to provide a stable
average and to account for variations of the signa l, in accordance with the testing device manufacturer's instructions. The
received signal su-ength indicator (RSSI) values should be
measured with equipment that specifies 2 dB of accuracy. If
SINR is used, it should be with equipment that specifies 2 dB of
accUI·acy. If BER is used, it should include e nough samp les to
have a high confidence (typically over 4 frames) . If DAQ is
used, the DAQ scale, above, sho uld be used. Each grid area
should pass or fail based on the measurements taken and the
criteria for each metric.
"'/hen conducting the measurements, move a round the grid
area, to the extent possible, so the final value reflects as much
of the area as possible. Ideally, walk an "X" pattern toward the
four corners. The measurement device should use a test
antenna height of 3ft: (0.9 m) to 4ft (1.2 m), unless otherw-ise
specified by the AHJ.
One test should be performed for each critical area, using a
similar approach as the grid area tests, except for the walking
pattern, wh ich should be dependent on the area.
The percent of passing radio coverage on a floor, as required
in Section 18.8, should be the pet-cent of passing g rid areas.
Each floor should be graded independently of other floors and
should pass or fail on its own. A floor should also fail if two
adjacent grid areas fail. Mter a failure, floors can b e retested
using smaller grid areas meeting the minimum size criteria. All
floors should pass for a building to pass.
In the event the building fa ils the test, consideration should
be given to redesigning and reinstalling d1e e mergency
responder communications enhancement system to meet the
2022 Edition
minimum system design requirements. Failures should not be
permitted in critical areas. All measurement t-esults, including
the DAQ readings, should be recorded on small-scale drawings
that are used for testing with the AHJ, as well as the grading
and the pass/ fail status. In additio n, the gain values of all RFemitting devices and system compon en ts should be measured.
The test measurement result~ should be kept on file with d1e
building owner so that the measurements can be verified each
year during annual tests.
Two Portable Testing. The purpose of iliis test is to ensure
that the near-far performance of the system is such that a portable that is closer to one antenna on one freq uency will not
prevent another portable farther from its antenna from being
able to use some of the energy remaining in the system to
communicate .
To test the emergency responder communica tions enhancement system with two portable radios, the following procedure
can be used: One portable radio shou ld be positioned no
greater than 10ft (3 m) from an indoor distribution antenna
or leaky coaxial cable. The second portable radio sh ould be
positioned at a distance that represents the farthest distance
possible in that location of the bui lding from an indoor d istribution antenna or radiating cable. Both portables should be
simultaneously keyed up on different frequencies or talkgroups
within the same radio band, and listeners or POLQA test equipment on the avo different frequencies or talkgroups shou ld
verify that the voice messages received were inte llig ible to DAQ
3.0. Testing should b e performed on each floor; once per
band, if multiple bands are supported; a nd once per each
powered unit, if multiple units are used. These tests should use
tw'o frequencies specified by the Afij . If the technology uses
TDMA, the test should u se avo time slots on the same
frequency.
Antenna Measurements. To ensure that the performance has
not changed over time, measm-ing the downlink power level
(RSSI) as close as possible to each antetma is recommended.
Then, annual checks can begin with a comparison of these
measurements to the initial tests, as an ead y indicat01- of syste m
degradation over time. However, all DAQ c hecks should still be
made.
In-building Signal Leakage to Outside. Sig nal leaking from
an in-building ERCES can create potential interference in the
public safety communications system, depending on the type of
solution that is installed within the building. To ensure that the
amplified signals of an in-building ERCES are not leaking
outside of the building and causing interference with the
outdoor public safety communicatio ns neavork or any other RF
system, signal leakage should be measured.
Regardless of what type of solution is used for the ERCES, it
is impot-tant that outside leakage of a n ERCES be verified to be
at or below the level determ ined by the AHJ and the frequency
license holder(s) . Signal leakage parameters are especially
important for an ERCES that is in the always-on position.
For example, if a signal booster has been desig ned to
enhance the communications signal wiiliin the building, one
appmach is to set up a test signa l on a n unused frequency
through the in-building ERCES via keying a portable inside the
building on the test frequency. Then, a walk test should be
performed around the outside perimeter of the building at
grotmd level, not less than 3ft (1 m) away from the building
walls, to measure the test signal's power level. The test process
ANNEX A
should verify that the leaked signal at 3ft (1 m) from the building walls is at least 15 dB below the average signal level from
the public safety communications network on one or more
channels of the public safety communications network, or not
greater than a level determined by the frequency license
holder(s) .
V\There the AHJ requires that the ERCES be left in the off
position until activated by first responders, the signal leakage to
the outside should still be measured and understood.
In some cases, the AHJ might require a certain amount of
signal leakage into the area around the building to enhance
the ability of first responder incident commanders on the
street to talk to ERUs inside the building. It should be clearly
understood that such designs could cause considerable interference to both the public safety and non-public safety communications systems in the vicinity of the location of the ERCES.
Therefore, such a design decision should be thomughly evaluated for unintended consequences.
Acceptance Test. An acceptance test of the two-way inbuilding wireless communication systems should be scheduled
with the AHJ. Acceptance test procedures and requirements
should be as directed by the AHJ.
Typ ically, acceptance test5 are required by the AHJ and
frequency license holder(s) prior to building occupancy. Asbuilt drawings should be pmvided including all system design
parameters, other infonnation required from the DAQ level
and commissioning tests, including a full report with grid locations, DAQ measurements, and RF-emitting device or system
component gain values. The acceptance test typically entails a
random test by the AHJ of radio communication in various
portions of the building, especially including the critical areas.
The AHJ and frequency license holder(s) can review any test
documentation and ensure that the findings of the commissioning test with respect to DAQ levels and gain values are
supported by the acceptance test.
If RF-emitting devices are used in in-building emergency
responder communications enhancement system a spectnun
analyzer should be used to ensure spurious oscillations are not
generated nor are unauthorized signals repeatedly in violation
of radio licensing authority regulations. This testing should be
conducted at time of installation and during subsequent
inspections. Downlink and uplink spectrum should be recorded with a maximum-hold screen capture at the active system
a ir interfaces with the system under not·mal load and at least
one uplink carrier active on the indoor portion of the system .
Measurements should be analyzed for correct gains on both
uplink and downlink paths, noise floor e levation fi·om active
components, intermodulation, and other parameters determined necessary by the AHJ and frequency license holder(s) .
Gain values of all RF-emitting devices and system components
should be measured and the results kept on file with the building owner and the AHJ. In the event that the measurement
results are lost, the building owner will need to t·epeat the
acceptance test to re-establish d1e gain values.
V\There the two-way radio communications enhancement
system is shat·ed with othet· non-public safety services, the testing of the public safety system should be made under sim ulated
heavy traffic load conditions of the non-public safety services to
ensure that the DAQ values, noise floors, intermodulation, and
od1er parameters, as described by the AHJ and frequency
1225-85
license holder(s) for both uplink and downlink, are met for the
public safety portion of the system .
Annual Tests. The AHJ and frequency license holder(s)
should be notified in advance and should direct the annual test
pmcedures and t·equirements.
Typical ly, annual tests require several items to be checked.
RF-emitting devices and system components should be tested to
ensure d1at the gain is the same as it was at initial installation
and acceptance . Backup batteries and power supplies shou ld
be tested under load for 1 hour to verify that they will operate
properly during a power outage .
License or Certification of Personnel. All system designs,
installation, testing, and maintenance should b e conducted,
documented, and signed by an RF system designer in possession of a current general radio o perator's lice nse or an equivalent license issued b y the fi·equency li censing authority of the
counu-y of jtu-isdiction and other certifications, as required by
the AHJ.
Local adopting jurisdictions could require the installing
conu·actors to have an in-building emergency response
communications enhancement system u·aining certificate
issued by a nationally recognized organization or school and a
certificate issued b y the mamtfacmrer of the equipment being
installed.
A.20.3.10.2.3.2(2) If, during testing, it is found that the link
budget, system design parameters, internal construction conditions, or nearby development have changed, the system should
be modified to maintain the optimum performance of the
system.
20ft
(6.1 m)
20ft
{6.1 m)
X
~Testing
point
FIGURE A20.3.10
POLQA Testing ''X."
2022 Edition
1225-86
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
A.21.5.1 The CAD system should record a history (audit trail)
of the following actions taken with the items:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Creation
Change, including modification, deletion, or suppleme ntation
Disposition, including close-out, archiving, and u·ansfer
Inqui ry to external data sources
Each entry in d1e history should include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Coordinated univet·sal time (UTC) of action
Identification of the individual performing the action
Identification of the device on which d1e action was
performed
Effe cts of action on the characteristics of the items
A.21.7.4.1 The AHJ needs to look at federal and state guidelines for records retention and be cognizant of the balance
between the cost of long-term records retention and the need
for records to be available for possible future legal purposes.
A.22.1 With the increa~ing numbers of people w01·king from
home, and the increase in ransomware attacks, the need for a
comprehensive ICT security plan has never been greater.
Security issues for public safety commtmications systems and
communications centers include d1e following:
( 1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Security of data from outsiders
Security of data from inappropriate access and use
Modification of data b y those not authorized to do so
Denial-of-service (DoS) attacks
Equipment and infrastructure failures that impede or
prevent access to data
Many jw·isdictions at·e providing public access to departmental records, some including CAD records, duough web browser
access. Such unprecedented live access to files presents security
issues not previously considered, including but not limited to
the following:
(1)
Accidental release of privileged data, su ch as data protected by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) of 1996
(2)
Deliberate or inadvertent impacts on the system that
affect data availability to any of the users
Data systems g ive employees access to a wide variety of
departmental data that were not easily available before. Agency
rules andt·egulations should be modified to specifically address
me misuse of data as a breach of the confidentia lity agreement
used by the agency. With the move to I nternet protocol (IP)based networks for both the core network for land mobile
radio systems as well as IP-based telephony and IP-based Next
Generation 9-1-1, it is important that a new holistic approach to
data security be taken. "Defense in depth" is an approach in
which security is not resolved purely on a technical level but is
also addressed across personnel and operations in a holistic
risk management methodology. Thet·efore it is imperative that
agencies implement a layered defense mat will span the entire
enterprise and is not purely technology focused . These
defense-in-depth strategies are outlined in Table A.22.l .
Critical communication systems have incorporated IP backbones and commercial-off~the-shelf (COTS) tech nologies.
T hese recent changes from proprietary to open sys tems have
had me following advan rages:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Frequent technology reft·eshes
Integration with other IT applications
Use of standard adminisu·ative skills
Better customer pricing
Improved product flexibility
Reuse of existing fiber for backhaul
With these advantages comes the security d isadvantage of
openness. The protocols are widely documented, and the hardware is inexpensive and widely available. To mitigate the inh erent vulnerabilities, steps should be taken in a layered defensein-depd1 approach to address the risks to d1e commun ications
center's systems.
Additional infot·mation rela ting to secw·i ty issues can be
found in Annex F.
A.22. 1.4 All employees are responsible fo r maintaining security. Employment contracts, collective bargaining agreements,
personnel manuals, and departmental directives should
Table A.22.1 De fen se-in-Depth Strategies
D efe nse-in-Depth Strategies for
People
Assignment of roles a nd
respons ibilities (e.g .,
administrator, console, and so
forth)
Training of criti cal personnel
(e.g.,IA training class)
Personal accountability (e.g.,
logging)
Physical security and personnel
security measures to control and
monitor access to facilities and
ct·itical elements
2022 Ed ition
Technology
Operations
Defense in multiple
places and layers
Continuity of operations and
disaster recovery
Passive attacks:
encryption
Certifying and accrediting
changes to me ba~eline (e.g.,
configuration management)
Managing the security posture
(e.g., patch management)
Key management
Active attacks:
fire walls
Layered defenses
(e.g., nenvork
firewall, host
fit·ewall)
Role-based access
Intrusion detection
certified products
Incident response
ANNEX A
1225-87
enforce this responsibility. However, some personnel have
primary responsibility for security, and these employee positions should be specified in the plan. Duties of these employees
should include the following:
of encryption, or analog encryption on analog radios, is not of
sufficient so·ength to meet law enfot·cement or EMS HIPAA
requirements. End-end encryption can be available in future
systems such as those that use LTE technology.
Analyzing the agency's security exposure
Regular or automatic monitoring for security compliance
Routine auditing
Archiving of security events or incidents for auditing or
study
Impe1-sOnation/lnappTop1iate Use. A key component within
information assurance and access control is identity assurance,
which addresses the risk associated with identity impersonation
and inappropt·iate account use. The conununications system
should integrate authentication appliances and associated
tokens to provide the confidence to system owners that users
accessing the critical infrasttucture or communicating t·e motely
as in virntal private network (VPN) remote access are trusted
entities through the use of two-factor- or strong- authentication by which the user must provide tht·ee bits of information: account name, account password (i.e. , some thing they
know), and the token ID (i.e., something they have) .
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
A.22.1.5 Recent events have revealed a common thread in
many - attacks the adversary gains the credentials (i.e ., user
name and password) of legitimate users and is able to gain
unfettered access to the IT systems as a result. This is especially
o·ue of agencies that have experienced advanced persistent
threats (APTs) fi·om determined adversaries. The Deparonent
of Homeland Security (DHS) pt·ovides a user education
program called "Stop. Think. Connect." (dhs.gov/stopthinkconnect), which can be used as a foundation for such user
training.
A.22.1.6 The goal of any information system is to only allow
access by the following persons:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Those who are authorized to use the system and are
current employees
T hose who have a need to know
Those who are responsible for auditing the system to
ensure that policies and regulations are implemented
appropriately
Those who are accountable for the actions of users who
use and administer the system
Access contml seeks to enslll·e confidentiality of information
and integrity of information with role-based access control.
vVith the philosophy that access cono·ol should involve the
implementation of least privileges with authentication, authorization, and accountability (AAA), it is imperative that agencies
leverage products and se rvices that assist with access control
and provide a layered defense in addition to the system's physical and environmental security. For very sensitive access to the
network or certain computers and databases, tw"O-factor authentication (i .e ., something you know and something that you
possess) is recommended.
Comprehensive procedures for the maintenance of data
security should include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Policies and pmcedures that specify the process and that
authorize or deny access to the data system
Polic ies for reviewing access to the system when employment status changes (e.g., promotion, demotion,
discharge)
Password security rules (e .g., aging, privacy, sharing
issues)
Diffet·entiated access control within the system for different users
Encryption and key cono·ol
Maintenance of data security during disposal (e.g., paper
shredding, hard disk deso·uction)
Implementation of two-factor authentication where feasible
Encryption. As used in P25, land mobile radios should follow
the guidelines outlined in the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Office of Emet·gen cy Communications Guidiilines joT
Ene~yption in Land Mobile Radio Systems. Use of proprietary forms
Additionally, the syste m should log all tnmsactions and user
activity, allowing adminiso·ators to utilize it as an auditing,
accounting, and compliance tool.
Subscriber Unit Authentication. The authentication of
subscriber w1its (i.e ., radios) before being authorized access to
the critical communication system is necessary for several
reasons, the most sig nificant being the primary method of
communication and necessity of continuous availability, the
wide geographical wireless mobility, and the use of data on
today's land mobile radio systems . In the past, concem has
focused on the ability of nonagency personnel monitoring
communications, whi ch has pushed the capability of encrypted
voice communications, but it only addresses the risks associated
\'lith confidentiality and integrity to a small degree. Without
ensuring that radios and the ir users are allowed to be on the
network and the talkgroups assigned to them, the system
responds with "denial of service" because a false radio is assuming a valid radio's identity (i.e ., lack of availabili ty), false information is be ing placed on a o·usted network (i.e ., lack of
integrity), and data are being stole n remotely (i .e ., lack of
confidentiality) . It is therefore necessary to authenticate radios
to the wireless system at a minimum and that they be mutually
authenticated witl1 systems that have a h igh level of risk or
interoperability.
With the increased use of public and private cellular
networks, first responders often use software applications that
can provide the same information to a user of a cellular phone
as if the person had an authorized subscriber unit on a public
safety network. AHJs have to consider the operational consequences of this potential use.
A.22.1.7 The core of an information system is the network
that permits the sharing of information between systems. This
makes it a prime medium for infil tration but also an excellent
source for preventing a nd detecting unauthorized b ehavior. It
is critical to implement multiple compone n ts of network security to address the myriad risks associated with IP netw·orks,
including access cono·ol lists, perimeter firewalls, network
ino·u sion detection, and link e ncryption. Many third-party integrated service routers are also capable of supporting advanced
security opet·ating systems that permit not only the link encryption but also a software-based full firewall for additional
network security.
The use of IP-enabled devices has created a new class of
threats to public safety because the devices can provide u nprecedented access to sensitive data. They can introduce malware
2022 Edition
1225-88
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
into a public safety IP-based system, causing numerous problems that affect the ability to dispatch efficiently, including DoS
attacks. A~ a result, IP-enabled public safety devices require
user access controls to ensure only authorized use. Also, in the
event that an IP-enabled public safety device is lost or stolen,
that device needs to have provisions for disabling it, similar to
those outlined in 17.3.4.1.1 8 . Further, IP-enabled public safety
devices used by law enforcement agencies must also adhere to
federal standards for access to sensitive law enforcement databases.
A.22.1.8 Computer systems have become not only the pt-imat-y
resource for storing information but also the primary workhorse for users to perform their jobs; therefore they have also
become a primary objective for intruders for either data gathering or destruction. This makes a computer system tl1e end
point for security, and it requires layers to be built around it to
minimize the risks associated \vith intruders accessing the information contained within the computer or with the u-usted
capability placed at their disposal.
The rise of home-based wot-kers, and the rise of t-ansomware
attacks, has only exacerbated the risk scenarios for agencies.
Host-Ba>ed Security. Host-based security consist~ of a suite of
software or software functionality inside a s ing le software tl1at
protects the host computer from malicious behavior. Antivirus
software is a recommended minimum application to protect
workstations and servers from malicious code, and it is one that
most individuals accept even for their home computers.
However, it does not provide a complete solution for all the
malicious behavior that can result from zer~day viruses, which
are not found by antivirus software, intentiona l attacks through
bugs, or even accidental user actions. A comprehensive host
solution is necessary for ensuring pt-oper protection from
known attack vectors and unallowable behaviors to anomaly
detection for incident handling and chain of events.
FirewaUs. Firewalls provide protection to the information
system by enforcing policies, preventing abnormal network
behavior, and integrating high-performance security feamres,
including application-aware firewall, secure socket layer (SSL)
and internet protocol securi ty (IPSec), VPN, inu-usion prevention system (IPS), antivirus, anti-spam, anti-phishing, and Webfiltering services. These technologies deliver su-ong network
and application-layer security, user-based access control, worm
mitigation, malware protection, and improved employee
productivity. Adaptive security appliances integt-ate indusu'Y"
leading firewalls, unified communications security, VPN technology, intrusion prevention, and content securi ty in a unified
platfonn to catTy out the following functions:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Stop attacks before they penetrate the network perimeter
Protect resources and data, as well as voice, video, and
multimedia u·affic
Control network and application activity
Reduce deployment and operational costs
Have an adaptable architecture for rapid and customized
security services deployment
Provide advanced intrusion prevention services that
defend against a broad range of tl1reats
Provide highly secure remote access and unified communications to enhance mobility, collaboration, and productivity
Netwmk Intmsion Detection Systems (NUJS). In today's communi cations environment, where everything is highly dynamic
2022 Edition
with new technologies and increased evolving and sophisticated threats, netwot-ks need to impleme nt secw-ity measures that
are j ust as dynamic a nd adaptive. By placing network intrusion
detection system (NIDS) in line wi th tl1e network configurations, the system can act as a preventative measure- placing it
on the spanning (or sniffer) port of a switch allows it to act as a
detection system on all traffic on the switch, even the network
traffic that is not being routed outside the local area netwot-k.
An enterprise NIDS solution can analyze network traffic and
prevent threats from damaging a network, including the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
( 17)
(18)
(19)
Worms
Trojans
Backdoor attacks
Spyware
Port scans
VoiP attacks
Internet protocol version 6 (TPv6) attacks
D oS attacks
Buffer overflows
Statistical anomalies
Protocol anomalies
Application anomalies
Malformed traffic
Invalid headers
Blended threats
Rate-based attacks
Zero-day tlu-eats
TCP segmentation and IP fragmentation
Unauthorized use of computational resources
aoud-Based Service.>. Agencies large and sma ll are turning to
cloud-based repositories for softvvare applications a nd file storage. The AHJ should e nsure that any use of cloud-based services includes an eno-ypted virtual private network (VPN)
connection to the cloud to prevent sensitive data fro m being
read, copied, or changed. Further, the AI-:ij should ensure that
the cloud services provider has adequate backup a nd restoration capabilities if real-time public safety data wiJI be put into
tile cloud. Agencies should be aware that in recent years several
significant outages of cloud-based services have left users of
such services unable to operate properly for hours to days.
Emergency services agencies that include law enforcement
should understand that the D epartment of Justice has specifi c
requirements for information security with respect to cri minal
records, requiring that the cloud computing service p rovider
be certified by IARC:JAXA Infom1ation System (DJS) .
Additional sources of information on cloud computi ng
include the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
NIST SP 500-292, NIST Cloud Computing Security Refet·ence
At'Cilitectun:, nist.gov/ publications/ nist-cloud-computingref'eren ce-arch itecttu-e
NIST SP 800-144, Guidelines on Security and Privacy in
Public ClO'ud Computing, csrc.nist.gov/ publications/
detaiJ/sp/ 800-144/ final
APCO, Mitigating Risks in the Application of Cloud Computing in Law l!.nfon:ernent, psc.apcointl.org/ 2013/ 01/07I
mitigating-t-isks-in-the-application-of-cloud-computing-inlaw-enforcemen t-2
A.22.1.8.4.1 Videos, pictures, text messages, and emails
received fi·om the public could contain vimses ot- have other
malware embedded witl1in them.
ANNEX A
1225-89
A.22.1.8.5 AHJs are encouraged to adopt two-factor authentication fCn- access to public safety networks and computers . Twofactor authentication means that a person must have
something they know (i.e ., a password) plus something that
they possess. Many entities are using as the second factor a onetime security code sent to the employee 's personal cell phone ,
or using a token device with a random number key generator.
Two-factor authentication materially improves the defense of
the net\vorks and computer systems.
Because much of th e informa tion mig ht contain legal, criminal, or medical information, the backups must be physically
locked and secured to prevent copying, reading, or tampering.
For first responder miss ion-critical commun ications systems,
ilie importance of quickly recovering systems to bri ng the users
and the system functionality back to full operational status is a
matter of life and death . It is therefore important to find an
enterprise backup solution that has been tested against me
information system.
A.22.1.8.6 A DoS attack can take place in multiple ways,
including a threat actor having robots make numerous simultaneous 9-1-1 calls, or numerous simultaneous text messages, or
numerous simultaneous emails with videos or pi ctures. Another
attack is a false message of emergency, which ties up ESUs on
nonexistent emergencies. "Swatting" attacks where a person
claims a S'\•VAT team is needed because of a h ostage or similar
situation. AH]s sh ould make plans for how to deal with these
attacks and train employees on the plan .
Backup a nd disaster recovery can be an expensive a nd timeconsuming process. It is not just a matter of ma king regular
backups and taking them off:Site. Having the equipm ent and
space to restore the off-site backups is often overlooked.
A.22.1.9 A common approach to gaining unauthorized access
to systems is to leverage a known vulnerability within a soft\vare
system, which is why it becomes important to ensure that the
system is properly maintained throughout its life cycle with upto-date soft\vare versions and patches that close vulnerabilities
and bugs. To help prevent existing vulnerabilities from being
exploited, it is important to regularly patch an IT in:fi-astructure . Because patch application can sometimes negatively affect
the pe rformance of critical communications land mobile radio
systems, security patches should be tested in a controlled envir-onment prior to production rollout. Common software attacks
can be divided into several categories:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Bujje1· ove1jlows- an input is r-eturned d1at is much larger
than the variable that holds it and literally overwrites a
portion of system memory.
SQL injection- an input is returned mat will b e used in
an embedded structured query language (SQL) statement. The input includes additional SQL such as "OR
1=1" that return more than the intended data.
Authentication enm:s - applications accept incorrect user
authentication or pass authentication credentials in clear
text, which can b e easily sniffed and reused.
Privilege errors - applications g ive administrative privileges to regular user logins without requiring additional
aumentication .
Abort erron - applications e ncounter processing errors
that cause them to abort, but they leave the use r logged
in with the enhanced service login privileges in which
they were running.
It is therefore important to find an enterprise backup solution that has been tested against me information system.
A.22.1.10 To ensure continuity of services when the system
data are corrupted or destroyed, or me center must relocate
because of fire, explosion , or natural disaster, disaster recovery
provisions need to be in place. System configuration, temporary data, and static data (su ch as voice traffic stored in a voice
logging recorder) need to be retained. Data retention is
needed for several purposes: for legal records (voice logging
recorders), for training and ma intenance purposes, and to
a llow system recovery if the primary databases are con1.rpted or
destroyed. Data retention should be guara n teed even during
catastrophic failures suc h as net\vork errors, hard-drive crashes,
component failure, and server room obliter-ation. Database
backups should be stored at a physically separate locatio n .
Disaster recovery procedures include fir·e service building
preplans, incident response run cards, EMS preplans for
certain high-risk individuals in the served community, and local
law enforcement records.
A.22.1.10.2 O ffsite storage of mission-critical information is
hig hly encouraged. Loss of data can occur from malicious
cyber attacks mat aim to erase or- modify data. Ra nsomware
attacks have b ecome mo re frequent. ' J\Ihen a ransomware
attack occurs, all data is e ncrypted and the age ncy must pay a
ransom, sometimes in the thousands or millions of dollar-s, to
regain the information. In some cases, despite a ransom being
paid, the data is not returned . Data loss can occu r when catastrophic physical site fa ilure is caused by a storm , flood, fire,
earthquake, etc. Cloud-based storage of such information is offsite, but this add s additional risks tha t need to be assessed.
Frequency of backing up information will depend
level of activity of the public safety communications
Larger agencies should back up critical data weekly, at
mum. In smaller agencies critical data can be backed
frequently, suc h as every 1:\'10 weeks.
on me
center.
a miniup less
For all agencies, it is recommended that they store at least
1:\vo time per-iods of backup infor-ma ti on . This should be done
in case the computers and net\vorks infect some of the data
before corruption is d iscovered, as the latest backup might a lso
contain mahvare.
Such backup data should be stored o n media that is not
connected to any network, which provides an "air gap".
A.22.1.10.4 Ransormvare attacks on public safety agencies are
becoming more commo n . In some cases the request is for a
ransom paym ent in exchange for the key to unlock the data.
On some occasions, the actor mreatens to expose the data
publicly if the ransom is not pa id.
It is importan t that AHJs have a ransom plan already in place
to deal wit h me issue b efore it happens. Additionally, ilie ICT
security plan should address how to resist a ransom in cident i.n
the first place, and how to mitigate it, if it should happen .
If th e AHJ has a good disaster recovery plan in place with
mission-critical data stored off~site and tmcon nected to any
net\vork, then recovery can be quicker a nd threat actors are
not r-e,varded with a ra nsom.
If these conditi ons are not in place, then the AHJ will have
to decide if paying a ransom is appropriate. Some e ntities have
found services th at can unlock t hei r encrypted data so that the
entity can get its information back. However, such services do
not ahvays work. It sh ould be unde rstood mat if a ransom is
paid, there is no guarantee m at m e data will i.n fac t be
2022 Edition
1225-90
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
rentrned, and paying such a ransom will only encourage threat
actors to continue and expand the practice .
prevents the logs from potentially compromised machines
fmm being easily "doctored" by the attackec
There is cyber insurance available, but AFijs should understand in detail exactly what said insurance does and does not
cover. Some have found that the insurance did not pay because
of misunderstanding what was covered. Again, payments to
threat actors from cyber insurance only encourages more criminal behavior.
A.22.1.12 A key element of ensuring that the system maintains
a proper security posture is the periodic auditing of the vulnerabili ties inherent in the system to ensme that new vulnerabilities are being addressed and that previously closed
vulnerabilities have not resurfaced as a resul t of changes made
to systems during nonnal business operations. Auditing can be
done by individually scanning every asset on the system \vith a
vulnerability management tool, or it can be done automatically
by a centralized appliance that is capable of scheduled scans.
Both are available from industry leaders in the field. All vu lnerability management tools should be used consistently to ensure
baseline security compliance.
The FBI issued a specific advisory about ransomware attacks:
ic3.gov/ media/ 2019/ 191 002.aspx
In the US, the Tt-easury Department has stated that, in some
cases, entities can be fined for paying ransoms.
Either local or federal law enforcement should be notified of
every t-ansomware incident. In the US, the FBI is the lead
federal agency for such notifications. See Annex F for more
information. NotifYing law enforcement could cause government agencies to reduce or eliminate fines for paying ransoms.
A.22.1.11 Many computer security references and standards
suggest implementing logging and auditing functions on
computer networks. Without logs, investigating security
breaches and incidents is a frustrating experience because
there are very few data with which to reconstruct the incident.
Additionally, legal action is impossi ble without the necessary
proof. But functions implementing logging thoughtlessly can
cause its own problems. For instance, logs can overrun a
computer, making it run slower and eventually stopping all
processes. This can occur when the logs are allowed to get too
large. The larger the underlying log file, the longer it takes to
append data to the file; eventually, the delay can become
noticeable. This can happen when the logs have taken all the
available local hard drive space.
There at-e four approaches to prevent these self~infli cted
DoS attacks. First, separate disk partitions can be established
for the system and application logs. This will not prevent the
logs from growing but will prevent them from interfering with
the operating system. Although the solution see ms obvious,
interestingly enough, logs default to writing to the operating
system partition.
Second, logs can be set up to overwrite on a regular basis,
effectively reducing the amount of log data available. This
approach sounds reasonable, except that it does not take into
consideration the effect of a security attack or network failure .
Generally, when hardware is failing and applications are not
running properly, more logging is generated. So, right when
logs are the most valuable, they will contain the least span of
time because of the additional logging traffic being generated.
Vulnerability management processes are used to ensure the
sutvival in various scenarios as appropriate to the jurisdiction,
including major storms, floods, eartl1quakes, wildfires, civil
disturbances, security breaches, and ransomware attacks.
Such audits should be conducted at least every 2 to 3 years,
depending on the agency size, as determi ned by the AFij.
A.22.1.13 Environmental and physical security is a keystone to
any security plan, and it is critical that agencies have tools integrated into every system. The physical security system t-equires
capabilities for alarm monitoring and reporting of critical
network functions, and it is designed to handle a multitude of
voltage and control alanns. The system should be used to
monitor alarms or perform auxiliary voltage conu·ol functiona lity. The information collected should be fonvarded for cenu·alized monitot·ing and alarm notification \vitl1 the capability of
fonvarding alerts to notify the appropriate personnel of the
issue. The centralized system should be capable of monitoring
basic alarms for dispatchers and supetv isors to keep them
aware of important information, which would including the
following:
( 1) Power failure
(2) Excessive base station transmitter voltage standing \vave
mtio (VSVlR)
(3) Shelter door alarms
(4) Cabinet door alarms
(5) Line power failure
(6) UPS failure
(7) Generator failure
(8) Smoke detector
(9) Humidity detector
(10) HVAC failure
( 11) Low generator fuel
(12) Low battery
Thit-d, logs can be manually removed fi-om machines on a
regular basis. This works well if implemented meticulously, but
the weak link is the human interaction required. What happens
when resources change, other tasks become a highet- pt-iority,
or someone takes a vacation? Log removal needs to be automated .
A.22.2 The 9-1-1 centers and the commun ications systems that
support them are critical infrasu·ucnu·e (CI) . Therefore, it is
recommended that emergency setvices agencies conduct
annual security audits, following the guidelines of one of the
references listed in Annex C. Such audits are, however, reactive
in nature.
Fourth, and finally, implementing automated log removal is
the best - and the most expensive - approach. Basically, a
system logging server that receives all the logs is added to the
network. Then, each device (e.g., servet·, workstation, routet-,
and switch) is set up to push logs to the new syslog server. In
addition to centralizing the log data, this approach allows for
t-eporting across log sources and cOtTelating log data. It also
It is also recommended that emergency services agencies
conu·act with a reputable outside expert setvice to conduct
penetration testing. Such testing is best done annually or every
18 months. The purpose of such testing is to determine
whether security procedures and conu-ols are working against
common types of cyberattacks. Witlwut th.is information it is
impossible to know if the preventive measures are working. A
confidential report should be made and kept for seniot·
2022 Edition
1225-91
ANNEX B
management of the emergency services agency
term improvements.
assist in long-
development, and evaluation . Duties are major functional areas
of responsibility within a specific j ob.
A.22.4 Security-by-design is a concept in data security wherein
software and hardware components and systems have been
designed to inherently h ave secw·ity built in from the beginning, as opposed to depending upon security through add-on
software, devices, or modifications to the original design.
The professional qualifications standards are v.rritten asJPRs.
JPRs describe the performance required for a specifi c job and
are grouped according to tl1e duties of the job. The complete
list of JPRs for each duty defines what an individual must be
able to do to perform and achieve that duty.
A.23.1 Chapter 23 focuses on emergency notification systems
that use cellular networks or landline telephone systems to
alert the public via outdoor notification or siren a lerting
systems for events like tornadoes or hurricanes.
B.2 The Parts of aJPR.
to
A.23.1.4 The education of the public and distribution of
PASAAs need to be considered when planning or making a
system improvement. The PAS should take into consideration
the special needs of individuals in the community.
A.23.3 Alert systems are used to warn the public of dangers
and to provide information and recommended actions to the
public regarding events that can be expected to result in loss of
life, endanger public health, or deso·oy property. These event~
could include, but are not limited to, tornadoes, hurri canes,
floods, fire, and chemical releases.
A.23.4.1(3) Radio broadcast systems include systems identified
as using public radio, private radio, television, cable, cellular,
and pager technologies.
A.23.5 Reporting is an issue that varies greatly depending on
the PAS solution used. A simple broadcast system could offer
Little to report, and a telecommunications-based system could
offer the opportunity to identify specific locations or telephone
lines to which a recot·ded message or an alert data message
(ADM) was sent, as well as information that a PASAA, a telephone answering device, or a person has received the voice
message ot· ADM.
Annex B Explanation of the Professional Qualifications
Standards and Concepts of JPRs
17!is annex is not a paTt of the 1·equi1·ements of this NFPA document
but ~~ included for informational pwposes only.
B.l Explanation of the Professional Qualifications Standards
and Concepts of Job Performance Requirements (JPRs). The
primary benefit of establishing national professional qualifi cations standards is to provide both public and private sectors
with a framework of the job requirement~ for emergency services personnel. Other benefits include enhancement of the
profession, individual as well as organizational growth and
development, and standardization of practices.
NFPA professional qualifications standards identify the minimum job performance requirements (JPRs) for specific emergency services levels and positions. The standards can be used
for training design and evaluation, certification, measuring and
critiquing on-thejob performance, defining hiring practices,
job descriptions, and setting organizational policies, procedures, and goals.
Professional qualifications standards for specific j obs are
organized by major areas of responsibility defined as duties. For
example, the firefighter's duties might include fire department
comm tmications, fireground operations, and preparedness and
maintenance, whereas the fire and life safety educator's duties
might include education and implementation, planning and
B.2.1 Critical Components. The JPR comprises three critical
components, wh ich are as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Task to be performed, partial description using an action
verb (See Figw-e B.2.1 fm· examples of action verbs u.5ed in the
cTeation ofJP&.)
Tools, equipment, or materials that are to be provided to
complete the task
Evaluation parameters and performance outcomes
Table B.2.l gives an example of the critical components of a
JPR.
B.2.1.1 The Task to Be Perfonned. The first component is a
concise statement of what the person is required to do. A significant aspect of that phrase is the use of an action verb, wh ich
sets the expectation for what is to be accomplished.
B.2.1.2 Tools, Equipment, or Materials That Should Be Provided for Successful Completion of the Task. Th is component
ensures that all the individuals completing the task are given
the same tool~, equipment, or materia ls when they are being
evaluated. Both the individual and the evaluator should know
what will be pmvided in order for the individua l to complete
the task.
B.2.1.3 Evaluation Parameters and Performance Outcomes.
This component defines - for both the performet· and the
evaluator - how well the individual should perform each task.
The JPR g uides performance toward successful completion by
identifying evaluation parameters and performance outcomes.
This portion of the JPR promotes consistency in evaluation by
reducing the variables used to gauge performance.
B.2.2 Requisite Knowledge and Skills. In addition to these
three components, a JPR describes requisite knowledge and
skills. As the term Tequ~ite suggests, these are the necessary
knowledge and skills the individual sh ould have pt·iot· to being
able to peti.orm the task. Requisite knowledge a nd skills are the
foundation for task performance.
Table B.2.1 Example of aJPR
Component
(I) Task to be performed
(2) Tools, equipm ent, or
materials
(3) Evaluation parameters
and performance outcomes
Example
(1) Perform overhaul at a fire
scene,
(2) given PPE, attack line,
hand tools, flash lig ht, and
a n assignment,
(3) so tl1at structural integrity
is not compromised, all
hidden fires at·e discovered,
fire cause evidence is
preserved, a nd t11e fire is
extinguished.
2022 Edition
1225-92
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICAT IONS
Analyze
Anticipate
Appraise
Assess
Compose
Conceptualize
Conclude
Construct
Create
Critique
Design
Develop
Adapt
Adjust
A lter
Arra nge
Breakdown
Categorize
Change
Combine
Compare
Compile
Convert
Adm inister
Advise
Approve
Attain
Calculate
Check
Direct
Express
Dismantle
Display
Don
Doff
Drag
Extend
Extin g ui sh
Manipulate
Measure
Move
Notify
Obtain
Operate
Perform
Remove
Photograph
Practice
Prepare
Raise
Search
Secure
Select
Show
5
~0~
4
Creation and
Evaluation
Skills Bridging
0"'
~
q_\0
~0~
;:,O~
'?'c.
2
1
Preoperational
FIGURE B.2.1
3
Basic Skills
Application
Associate
Begin
Cite
Define
Depict
Describe
Superior Skills
Advance
Apply
Assemble
Attach
Build
Calibrate
Display
Distinguish
Explain
Express
Identify
Inve ntory
Cli mb
Collect
Compress
Compute
Determine
Discharge
Itemize
Label
List
Match
Paraph rase
Proceed
React
Name
Recite
Recognize
Outline
Reproduce
Generate
Interpret
Judge
Justify
Examine
Reconcile
Forecast
Plan
Coordinate
Differentiate
Discover
Discriminate
Formulate
Integrate
Modify
Negotiate
Organize
Rearrange
Relate
Correlate
Initiate
Recommend
Separate
Survey
Coach
Conduct
Document
Enforce
Deliver
Establish
Estimate
Facilitate
Guide
Impleme nt
Impact
Lead
Maintain
Manage
Monitor
Proceed
Produce
Protect
Regulate
Repair
Report
Resolve
Schedule
Solve
Overhaul
Record
Detect
Diagram
Fasten
File
Fix
Gather
Interview
Execute
Reorganize
Replace
Revise
Render
Predict
Prescribe
Prevent
Project
Research
Summarize
Synthesize
Transform
Translate
Verify
Supervise
Support
Teach
Train
Sketch
Use
Utilize
Work
Write
Respond
Specify
Spot
Start
State
Tell
Examples of Action Verbs.
B.2.3 Examples. With the components and requisites
combined, a JPR might be similar to the two examples in
B.2.3.1 and B.2.3.2.
B.2.3.1 Example: Firefighter I. Perform overhaul at a fire
scene, g iven PPE, attack line, hand tools, flashlig ht, and an
assignment, so that stm ctw·al integrity is not compromised, all
hidden fires are discovered, fire cause evidence is preserved,
and the fire is extinguished.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Knowledge of types of fire attack
lines and water application devices for overhaul, water appl ication methods for extinguishment that limit water damage,
types of tools and methods used to expose hidden fi re, dangers
associated with overhaul, signs of area of origin or signs of
arson, and reasons for protection of fire scene .
(B) Requisite Skills. The a bility to deploy and operate an
attack line; remove flooring, ceiling, and wall components to
expose void spaces without compromising structural integrity;
apply water for maximum effectiveness; expose and extinguish
h idden fires in walls, ceilings, and subfloor spaces; recognize
and preserve signs of area of origin and arson; and evaluate for
compl ete extinguishment.
B.2.3.2 Example: Fire and Life Safety Educator ll. Prepare a
written budget proposal for a specific p rogram or activity, given
budgetary guidelines, program needs, and delivery expense
projections, so that a ll guidelines are followed and the budget
identifies a ll the program needs.
(A) Requisite Knowledge. Knowledge of budgetary process;
governmental accounting procedures; federal, triba l, state, a nd
local laws; organizational bidding process; and organization
purchase requests.
2022 Edition
Devise
Diagnose
Edit
Evaluate
(B) Requisite Skills. The a bi lity to estimate proj ect costs;
complete budget forms; requisition / purch ase orders; collect,
organize, and fot-mat budgetary information; complete
program budget proposal; and complete purchase requests.
B.3 Potential Uses for JPRs.
B.3.1 Certification. JPRs can b e used to establish the evaluation criteria for certification at a specific job leve l. When used
for certification, evalua tion should be based on the successful
completion ofJPRs.
The eval uator should verifY the attainment of requrstte
knowledge and skills prior to JPRs evaluation . Verification
could be tlu·ough documentation review or testing .
The individual seeking certificatio n should be evaluated on
the completion of the JPRs. The individual sh ould perform the
task and be evaluated based o n the evaluation parameters and
performance outcomes. Th is performance-ba~ed evaluation is
based on practical exercises for psychomotor skills and written
examinations for cognitive skills.
Psych omotor skills are those p h ysical skills that can be
demonstrated or observed. Cogn itive skills cannot be observed
but rather are evaluated on how an individua l completes a task
(process-oriented) or a task's outcome (product-orie n ted) .
Perfo rmance evaluation requires that individuals be given
the tools, equipment, or materials listed in the JPR in ot-der to
complete the task.
Ta ble B.3.1 provides examples of how asse ssme nt methodologies can be u tilized by a certifying body.
1225-93
ANNEX B
Table B.3.1 Assessment Methodology Sample Utilization
Assessment of...
How Assessed?
How Scored?
Methodology is Likely...
Know! edge/ facts
Action verb examples: identity,
define, list, cite, state, choose,
name
A written test in which the
candidate is required to
provide specific answers to
specific questions related to
theJPRs
l!.xamples: multiple choice,
sequen cing, true/ false, fi ll-inthe-blank
Responses are scored in
relation to the answer that
has been determined to be
correct.
Cognitive
A manipulative skill in real time
Action verb examples: climb, build,
perform, raise, haul, don
A skills test to evaluate a
candidate's ability to perfonn
physical tasks in real time
Examples: donning SCBA,
raising ladders, tying rescue
knots
The directly observed
performance with the correct
performance outcome of the
skill is normally indicated as
part of the yes/ no or pass/
fail scot·ing checklist.
Psychomotor (skills)
A cognitive skill that cannot be
directly observed; the
application of knowledge to
yield a product
Action verb examples: develop,
create, write
A work product created by the
candidate u sually out5ide of
the classroom setting
l!.xamples. creating a budget,
report, proposal, lesson plan,
incident action plan
Scoring rubric for expected
responses evaluating how a
candidate completes the task
outcome after submission.
Used to differentiate
consistently between
different degrees of
candidate performance .
Product
A mental activity to perform a
cognitive skill in real time that
cannot be directly observed
Action verb examples: inspect,
investigate
Candidate performs the activity
in the presence of the
evaluator; the verbalization of
mental thought
"First, I ... , then I ... ," etc.
Examples: performing an
inspection, conducting an
investigation
Scoring rubric with questions
and expected verbal
responses.
Used to differentiate
con sistently between
different degrees of
candidate performance .
Process
Documentation of the
candidate's experience,
training, and education
against aliJPRs
Action verb examples: attend,
participate, testifY
A list of acceptable documents
or items for each and every
JPR
l!.xamples: coursework at
training or college,
participation in a certain
number of investigations,
testifYing at court
This pot·tfolio is evaluated
using criteria that have been
identified by the agency.
Pmtfolio
2022 Edition
1225-94
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
B.3.2 Curriculwn Development and Training Design and Evaluation. The statements contained in this document that refer
to job performance were designed and written as JPRs.
Although a resemblance to instructional objectives might be
present, these statements should not be used in a teaching
situation until after they have been modified for insu·uctional
use.
JPRs state the behaviors required to pet·form specific skill5
on the j o b, as opposed to a learning sintation. These statements should be converted into instructional objectives with
behaviors, conditions, and the degree to be measured within
the educational environment.
While the differences between JPRs and instructional objectives are subtle in appearance, their purposes differ. JPRs state
what is necessary to perform the job in practical and acntal
experience. Insu·u ctional objectives, on the other hand, are
used to identify what students should do at the end of a training session and are stated in behavioral terms that are measurable in the training environment.
By converting JPRs into instructional objectives, insUllctors
would be able to clarity performance expectations and avoid
confusion caused by the use of statement5 designed for purposes other than teaching. Instructors would also be able to add
jurisdictional elements of performance into the learning objectives as intended by the developers.
Requisite skills and knowledge could be converted into
enabling objectives, which would help to define the course
content. The course content would include each item of the
requisite knowledge and skills ensuring that the course content
supports the terminal objective.
program needs, and the guidelines established by local organizational procedures as part of a written examination .
Instructional Objective (Psychomotor): The Fire and Life Safety
Educator II will lead in the purchase of a specifi c fire and life
safety educational progt·am by following the bidding process to
completion, using local organ izational guidelines, including
budgetary procedures, program needs, and delivery expense
pmjections.
B.4 Other Uses for JPRs. While the professional qualifications standards are used to establish minimum JPRs for qualification, they have been recognized as guides for the
development of u·aining and certification programs, as well as a
number of other potential uses. These areas might include the
following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
B.3.2.1 Example: Converting a Firefighter I JPR into an
Instructional Objective. The insu·u ctional objectives are just
two of several instructional objectives that would be written to
support the terminal objective based on the JPR.
JPR: Perform overhaul at a fire scene, given PPE, attack line,
hand tools, flashlight, and an assignment, so that stmctural
integrity is not compromised, all hidden fires are discovered,
fire cause evidence is preserved, and the fit·e is extinguished.
( 4)
Instructional Objective (Cognitive): The Firefighter I will identify and describe five safety considerations associated with structural integrity compromise during ovet·haul as pan of a written
examination.
i.'.mployee Evaluation/Pe1jormance Critiquing. The professional qualifications standards can be used as a guide by
both the supervisor and the employee during an evaluation. The JPRs for a specific job define tasks that are
essential to perform on the job as well as the evaluation
criteria to measure completion of the tasks.
Establishing H ning C1iteria. The professional qualifications
standat·ds can be helpful in a numbet· of ways to further
the establishment of hiring criteria. The autlwrity having
jurisdiction (AHJ) could simply require certifi cation at a
specific job level - for example, Firefighter I. The JPRs
could also be used a~ the basis for pre-employment
screening to establish essential minimal tasks and the
related evaluation criteria. An added benefit is that ind ividuals interested in employment can work toward the
minimal hiring criteria at local colleges.
i.'.mployee Development. The professional qualifications
standards can be practical for both the employee and the
employer in developing a plan for the employee 's growth
within the ot·ganization. The JPRs a nd the associated
requisite knowledge and skills can be used as a guide to
determine the additional tratmng atld education
required for the employee to master the job or pt·ofession.
Succession Planning. Succession planning addresses tl1e
efficient placement of individuals into jobs in response to
current needs and anticipated future needs. A car·eer
development path can be established for tar·geted
employees to prepare them fm growth within the mganization. TheJPRs atld requisite knowledge atld skills could
then be used to develop an educational path to aid in the
employee's advancement within the organization or
profession.
Establishing Organizational Policies, Procedures, and Goals.
The professional qualifications standards can be functional for incorporating policies, procedures, and goals
into the organization or agency.
Instmctional Objective (Psychomotm): The Firefighter I will
demonstrate the designed use of tools and equipment during
overhaul to locate and extinguish hidden fires without compromising strucntral integrity.
(5)
B-3.2.2 Example: Converting a Fire and Life Safety Educator
II JPR into an Instructional Objective. This instructional
objective is just one of several inslll.lctional objectives that
could be written to support the terminal objective based on the
JPR.
B.5 Bibliography.
JPR: Prepare a written budget proposal for a specific
program or activity, given budgetary guidelines, program
needs, and delivery expense projections, so that all guidelines
are followed and the budget identifies all program needs.
Instmctional Objective (Cognitive): The Fire and Life Safety
Educator li will list and describe the bidding process for the
purchase of a published program using budgetary guidelines,
2022 Edition
Annett,]., and N. E. Stanton, Task Analysis. London and New
York: Taylor and Francis, 2000.
Brannick, M. T., and E. L. Levine, j ob Analysis: Methocls,
Resea·rch, and Applications for Human R esow-ce Management in the
New Millennium. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2002.
Dubois, D. D., Competency-Based Pe1jonnance Imr·ovement:A
Stmtegy for Organizational Change. Amherst, MA: HRD Press,
1999.
ANNEX C
1225-95
Fine, S. A., and S. F. Cronshaw, Functionaljob Analysis: A Foundation joT Human ResouTces Management (Applied Psychology Series).
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1999.
Phillips,J.J., and E . F. H olton III, In Action: Conducting Needs
Assessment. Alexandria, VA: Amed can Society for Tt-aining &
Development, 1995.
Gupta, K., C. M. Sleezer (editor) , and D. F. Russ-Eft (editor),
A Practical Guide to Needs Assessment. San Ft-ancisco: Jossey-Bass/
Pfeifferi, 2007.
Robinson, D. G., and J. C. Robinson (editors), Moving from
Training to Performance: A Pmctical Guidebook. Alexandria, VA:
American Society for Training & Developme n t; San Franc isco:
Berett-Koehlet~ 1998.
H artley, D. E.,Job Analysis at the Speed of Reality. Amherst, MA:
HRD Pt-ess, 1999.
Hodel I, C., ISD from the Ground Up: A N1>-Nonsense Approach to
Instructional Design, 3rd edition. Alexandria, VA: American Society for Training & Development, 2011 .
Jonassen, D. H. , M. Tessmer, and W. H. Hannum, 1ask Analysis Methods for Instructional Design. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates, 1999.
McArdle, G., Conducting a Needs Analysis (Fifty-Minute Book).
Boston: Crisp Learning, 1998 .
McCain, D. V., CTeating Training CouHes (~Vhen You'1·e Not a
Trainer). Alexandria, VA: American Society for Training &
Development, 1999.
NFPA 1001, StandaTd j(Jr FiTe Fightm· Professional Qualifications,
2019 edition .
NFPA 1035, StandaTd on Fire and Life Safety Educatm; Public
Information Officet; Youth Firesetter Intervention Specialist, and Youth
Fi1·esetter Program Manager Professional Qualifications, 2015
edition.
Schippmann, J. S., Strategic job Modeling: Working at the Core of
Integrated Human Resources. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, 1999.
Shepherd, A., Hiemnhical 1ask Analysis. London and New
York: Taylor and Francis, 2000.
Zemke, R. , and T. Kramlinger, Figuring Things Out: A Tminer's
Guide to Needs and 1ask Analysis. New York: Perseus Books, 1993.
Annex C An Overview of JPRs for Public Safety
Telecommunications Personnel (NFPA 1061)
This annex is not a part of the requin!lnents of this NFPA document
lntt is included fm· infmw.ational purposes only.
C. I Public Safety Te lecommunications Personnel. The mau-ices shown in Table C.1 are included to provide the user of the
standard with an overview of the J PRs a nd the progression of
the various levels found in the document. They are intended to
ass ist the user of the document with the implementation of the
requirements and the development of training programs using
theJPRs.
Phillips, J. J., In Action: Petjonnance Analysis and Consulting.
Alexandria, VA: American Society for Training & Development,
2000.
2022 Edition
1225-96
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Table C. I Overview of JPRs for Public Safety Telecommunications Personnel
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator II
Receiving Requests for Service
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
Knowledge of NIMS/ ICS
4.3.2 Establish secure communications with
the service requester, given a
communication device, a means of
collecting information, and a work station,
so dnt a communication link with the
requester is achieved.
5.2.2 Monitor public safety radio systems,
given equipment used by the agency, so
that information requiring action by the
PubLic Safety Telecommunicator II is
identified.
6.2.1 Determine how to use a resource
designation system, given an incident or
planned event utilizing ICS and the N IMS/
ICS, Eme1gency Resj1onder Field Operatim~s
Guide, so d1at equipment typing and
numbering are understOod and the
appropriate resources arc used.
4.3.3 Collect pertinent information, given a
request for sen~ce, so d1at accurate
information regarding the request is
obtained.
5.2.3 Monitor electronic data systems, given
equipment used by the agency, so d1at
information requiring action by the
Public Safety Telecommunicator II is
idcn tificd.
6.2.2 Prepare ICS forms, given an incident or
planned event utilizing ICS and the N IMS/
ICS, Eme1gency ResjJOnderField Operatimu
Guide, so that all interactions ''~thin the
communications unit are documented
accurately.
4.3.4 Utilize nonverbal communications,
given a request for service tlu·ough a
communications device, so d1at accw·ate
information regarding the request is
obtained.
5.2.4 Monitor alarm systems, given
equipment used by the agency, so that
information requiring action by the
Public Safety Te lecommunicator II is
identified.
6.2.3 Utilize incident action plans (lAPs),
given an incident or planned event
utilizing ICS, the NIMS/ ICS, Erne~gency
ResjJmder Field Ojwntions Guide, and the lAP
for the incide nt or event, so that the res
organization is unde rstood, the safety
messages are adhered to, the division or
group assignments are identifie d, and the
communications plan is followed.
6.2.4 Recognize existing mutual or automatic
a id agreement~, given an incident or
planned event utilizing res and any
existing agreements or contracts for
automatic and mutual aid, so that
resources are utilized appropriately and in
accordance wid1 these agreem e nts.
Resource Ordering and Tracking
6.3.1 IdentifY resource typing for aircraft,
equipment, and overhead, given an
incident or planne d event utilizing res, d1e
N IMS/ IeS, Emergency Respm~der Field
Operations Guide, and a list of resources
assigned to the incident, so that all
resources are n·acked as tO their role or
type and location and status.
4.4.2 Prepare records of public safety services
requests, given agency policies, procedures,
guidelines, a nd resources, so that the
record is correct, complete, and concise.
5.3.2 Validate incident information, given a
re quest for sen~cc; available resources;
and agency policies; procedures,
guidelines, and protocols, so that an
appropriate response is determined and a
resource allocation prepared.
6.3.2 Utilize a resource ordering system,
given an inc ide nt or planned event
utilizing res and access to a resource
ordering system so that all the resources
and event activity are tracked and d1e status
is correct and visible to the system.
4.4.3 Utilize information provided by a
sen~ce requeste 1~ given the policies,
procedures, and gu idelines of the agency,
so d1at the re quest is accurately categoi;zed
and prioritized.
5.3.3 Maintain location and status of units,
given the resources available to the
agency and utilizing the systems and
equipm ent in the public safety
communications cente1~ so d1at the
current availability, status, and safety of all
deployable resources is known.
6.3.3 vVork wim outside agencies, given an
incident or planne d event util izing res and
a resource orde ring system, so that all the
participating agencies are aware of
out~ tanding requests, p e nding requests,
and requestS that are unable to be filled.
(continues)
2022 Edition
ANNEX
Table C. I
C
1225-97
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator ll
4.4.4 Determine incomplete, conflicting, or
inconclusive information or data, given
agency policies, procedures, guidelines,
protocols, and resources, so that an
allocation of resources is selected.
5.3.4 Categorize alarm information, given
signals, messages, codes, and data, so that
the information is properly interpreted in
preparation for the a llocation of
resources.
4.4.5 Notif)' correct personnel about
addition, deletion, and correction of data,
given agency policies, procedures,
guidelines, and protocols, so that
documents, files, databases, maps, and
resource lists are accurately maintained.
5.3.5 Determine the priority of a service
request, given information pro\~ded by
other telccommunicators or field units
and the agency policies, procedures,
guide]jnes, and protocols, so that the
priority of the request is defined.
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
5.3.6 Formulate a response, given the
validated and prioritized request for
service and the availability of deploy,tble
resources, so that the appropriate
response is selected for the safety of
responders.
Disseminate Requests for Services
Response to Incidents
4.5.1 Re lay instructions, information, and
directions to the sen~ce requester, given
agency policies, procedures, guide lines,
and protocols, so that information
appropriate to the inc ident is consistent
with agency policies, procedures,
guidelines, and protocols, and results in
resolution, referral, or response.
5.4.1 Transmit and re lay information or
data to field units or other resources,
given a request for service, that results in
a notification for the response.
6.4.1 Assemble a travel kit, given knowledge
of potential c ircumstances in which an
Incident/Tactical Dispatcher will be
placed, so that he o r she is able tO function
effectively in the position under most
circumstances.
4.5.2 Re lay info rmation to other public safety
telecommunications personnel or entities,
given processed data, so that accurate
information regarding the request for
service is provided.
5.4.2 Initiate deployment ofresponse units,
given the validated and prioritized
request for sen~ce and the agencies'
telecommunications equipment, so that
service request information is conveyed to
units designated for response.
6.4.2 Obtain requests for assignment, given
an inc ide nt or planned event, so that the
location, order and request number, and
any routing information is obtained.
4.5.3 Respond to requests for information,
give n an inquiry from the public or the
media, so that the policies, procedures, and
guide lines are followed.
5.4.3 Re lay sen~ce request information,
given available resources and
telecommunications equipment, so that
all pertinent information is
communicated to all responding units
and agencies.
6.4.3 IdentifY travel plans, given an incident
or planned event, so that means of travel
are identified and the best route
information is used.
5.4.4 Gather supple mental information,
given a service request, so that the current
information is evaluated, prioritized, and
re layed to response units or other
personne l and agencies a~ needed.
6.4.4 Check in at an inc ident, give n an
incident o r planned event, so that the
individual is documented as being at the
incident.
5.4.5 Activate the community emergency
action plan, given data indicating the
likelihood or onset of a critical situation
beyond the normal scope of operations,
so that the implementation is timely and
in accordance with agency policies,
procedures, guide lines, and protocols.
(continues)
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-98
Table C. I
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator II
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
5.4.6 Activate the public safety
communication center emergency action
plan, give n intemal emergency and
agency policies, procedures, guide]jnes,
and protocols, so that the integrity of the
communications system is maintaine d
and the safety of communications center
pe rsonnel is achieved.
Asswne Position Responsibilities
6.5.1 Dete rmine readiness for assignment,
given an incident or planned event, so that
the indi\~dual is prepared to begin work as
soon as is needed for the event.
6.5.2 Show the availability and capabilities of
resources, given an incident or p lanned
event, so that the resources are able to
function in the communications unit.
6.5.3 Gathe r, update, and apply s.i tuational
information, given an incide nt or planned
event, so that all the resources are tracked
and the individual is able to respond
quickly and efficiently to situations that
might arise.
6.5.4 Build relationships with rele vant
personnel, given an incident or planned
eve nt, so that members of the
communications unit can work as a team
and so that other incident personne l are
familiar with the needs of the
communications unit.
6.5.5 Show tl~e abi li ty to usc the tools
necessary to complete an assignment, give n
an incident or planned event, so that all
equipment and othe r available resources
are utilized to their m aximum efficiency.
Communicate as the Incident Directs
6.6.1 Gather rele,,ant information during
briefings and debricfings, given an incident
or planned event, so that the individual
and commun ications unit is aware of the
curre nt and future situations and plans.
6.6.2 Pre pare documentation, given an
incident or planned e vent, so that it is
comple te and the disposition is appropriate .
6.6.3 Determine work expectations, given an
incident or planned event and input from a
supcrvisot; so that communications arc
effective and work is completed.
Ensure Completion of Assigned Actions to
Meet Identified Objectives
6.7.1 React to situations, given an incide nt or
planned eve nt, so that the appropriate
action is based on situational information
and presctibed procedures.
(continues)
2022 Edition
ANNEX
Table C. I
C
1225-99
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator ll
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
6.7.2 Explain position duties to on-coming
shifts, given an incident or planned event,
so that there is a continuity of authority
and knowledge.
6.7.3 Prepare for demobilization, given an
incident or planne d event, so that
demobilization procedures are followed.
Receiving Information
6.8.1 Gather information by radio, given an
incident o r planned event, so that all
pe rtinent information is obtained.
6.8.2 Obtain information by telephone, given
an incident or planned event, so that all
pertinent information is gathered.
6.8.3 Collect information in person, given an
incide nt or planned event, so that all
pertinent information is obtained.
6.8.4 Paraphrase unit activity, given an
incident or planne d event, so that a ll
appropriate res forms are completed in a
timely manner.
6.8.5 React to medical event~, given an
incident or planned event, so that a ll
appropriate resources arc dispatc hed and
all appropriate personne l are notified.
Processing Information
6.9.1 ldenti:ty where inform ation goes to
people and agencies within and outside the
inc ident, given an incident o r planned
event, so that the information is passed on
quickly and efficiently.
6.9.2 Ide ntify information in weather reports,
given an inc ident or planned e vent, so that
the information can be passed on to the
resources in the field when re quested or
directed.
6.9.3 Recognize information in fire behavior
reports and fie ld inte ractions, given an
inc ident or planned event, so that
pertinent information contained in those
reports on interactions can be relayed to
personnel.
Disseminating Information
6.10.1 Record incide nt information, given an
incident or planned event, so that the
appropriate res forms are completed in an
accurate and timely manne r.
6.10.2 Notif)' field resources of pe rtine nt
information via radio, te lephone, or
writte n message, given an incident or
planned event, so that personnel are aware.
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-100
Table C. I
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicato r II
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
Fellow Employee Rxhibiting Signs and Symptoms of &notional and Behavioral Distress
5.5.1 Ide ntity signs and symptOms of
e motiona l and be havioral health diso·ess
of an individual in crisis, given an
individual e xhibiting sig ns and sympto ms
of emotional a nd beha,~oral health
distress in a peer setting and policies and
procedures to be initiated with an
aw·a reness level e ducatio n in e motional
and beha,~o ral health distress so that the
e mo tional or behavioral health distress
issue is recognized, con fidentiality is
maintaine d within the gu ide lines of the
AHJ, communication is open,
nonjudgmental awareness is re taine d, a
department or community-based prob•ram
is made accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is
initia te d.
6.11.1 Identity s igns and symptoms of
e motional and behavioral heal th diso·ess of
an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of
e motional and behavioral health diso·ess in
a peer setting and policies and procedures
to be initiated with an awareness leve l
educatio n in emotional and behavioral
health distress so that the e motional or
behm~ oral health distress issue is
recognized, confidentiality is mainta ined
within the guidelines of the AHJ ,
communication is open, nonjudgmental
awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made
accessible, and assistance is offered or an
appropriate referral is initiate d.
Communications Training Officer
Communications Supervisor
Quality Assurance/ Impr ovement P ersonnel
P ersonal Cond uct
H uman Resource Management
Review Calls for Service
4.6.1 Ide ntif)• signs and symptOms of
e motional and b ehavioral health distress of
a n individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and sympto ms of
e motional and behaviora l health diso·ess in
a peer setting and po licies and proce dures
to be initiated ''~than awa reness level
education in e motional and be havioral
health dis tress so that the e motional o r
beha~oral health diso·ess issue is
recognized , confidentiality is ma intaine d
\~thin the guidelines of the AHJ,
communication is open, nonjudgmental
aware ness is re ta ined, a de partment or
community-based program is made
accessible, and assistance is offered or an
appropriate referral is initiate d.
7.2.1 Apply the AHJ's mission, give n the
mission statement and the principles of
leadership as defined by the AHJ , so d1at
duties are articulated both formally and
informally.
8.2.1 A~sign tasks or responsibilities to
telecommunicators, given request~ fo r
sen •ice, so that all aspect~ of a re quest for
sen •ice are handled in a proficient and
professional marme r.
7.2.2 Project behavior, given d1e established
code of ethics defined by d1e AHJ both
forma lly a nd informally, so that the CTO
serves as a role model.
8.2.2 Evaluate telecommunicator actions to
identif)' performance problems, given a
tclecommunicator \~th a situation
requiring assistance and d1e me mber
assistance policies and procedures, so d1at
the situa tion is identified and so dut the
actions taken are wid1in d1e established
policies and procedures.
7.2.3 Resolve confli ct~ , given established
methods and procedures, so d1at
disagreements are settled in a fair and
o bjective m anner for both parties.
8.2.3 Administer human resource policies
and procedures, given a situation
re quiring action, so that d1e needs of the
agency a re met.
9.2.1 Conduc t rando m review of calls fo r
service received by communication center
me mbe rs, given a request for service or
assistance, so that the r equest is received
and prioritized, safety consideratio ns are
addressed, and the desired outcomes are
conveyed in accorda nce \\~th d1e
info rmation m anagement system utilized
by the AHJ.
8.2.4 Coordinate d1e completion of
assigned ta~ks and project~ by
telecommunica tors, give n a list of projectS
and tasks pursuant to job re quire ments,
so d1at assignme nts meet agency
o bjectives.
P rogram Manageme nt
7.3.1 Assemble course ma te ria ls, given a
specific topic, so that d1e lesson plan and
all materials, resources, and equipment
needed to de live r the lesson a re obtained.
Community Relations
8.3.1 initiate action on a citizen's question
or concern, give n policies a nd
procedures, so that the question or
concern is answere d or referre d tO the
correct individual for action and so that
all policies and procedures are complied
with.
Feed back
9.3.1 Conduc t a review of calls for service
receive d by communication center
me mbe rs, given a call for service re port, so
that the desired outcomes a re conveyed in
accordance wid1 the information
managemen t syste m utilized by the AHJ in
a time ly a nd accura te manne r.
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-101
ANNEX C
Table C. I
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator ll
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
Administration
Remediation
7.3.2 Review and adapt instructional
materials, given the ma te rials for a specific
topic, target audience, and learning
environment, so that elements of the lesson
plan, learning environment, and resources
that need adaptation a re identified.
7.3.3 Prepare docum entation and a file
management system as prescribed by the
AHJ, given d1e need to track trainee
performance, so that accurate records are
able to be refe renced.
Instructional Delivery
7.4.1 The delivery of instructiona l sessions,
given prepared course materials and
environment~, so d1at learning objectives
arc met
8.4.1 Recommend changes to existing
departmental policies, given a
departmental policy, so that the policy
meets the agency's changing needs.
7.4.2 Provide on-d1ejob training, given an
operating telecommunications position
that can accommodate both the trainer
and trainee, so that the CTO can observe
and inte rvene as needed while the trainee
interacts in a "live" environm ent and
performs the duties for which they are
being trained.
8.4.2 implement changes to departmental
policies, given a new or changed
departmental policy, so that the policy is
communicated to and tmderstOod by
telecommunicators.
7.4.3 TI1e delivery of continuing education ,
given prepared course materials, so that
competency levels are ma intained in a
consistent fashion.
8.4.3 Conduct routine administrative
functions, given forms and recordmanagement systems, so that the report~
and logs are complete and d1e files are
maintained in accordance wid1 policies
and procedures.
9.4.1 Recommend action for me mber-related
problems requiring rem ediation training,
given a me m ber wid1 a situation requiring
assistance and the me mbe r assistance
polic ies and procedures, so that d1e
situa tion is identified and the actions taken
are within the established policies and
procedures.
7.4.4 Schedule ride-along sessions with field
personnel, given regular interaction \\~th
field units, so that the trainee gains insight
into the duties, situations, a nd limitations
expe rienced by the personnel who arc
being dispatched by that trainee.
Evaluation and Testing
Equipment and Systems Operations
7.5.1 Ad minister oral, written, and
performance tests, given the lesson plan,
evaluation instruments, a nd the evalua tion
procedures of the agency, so that the
testing is conducted according to
procedures and the secw; ty of the
materials is maintained.
8.5.1 Monitor the operating systems and
inte rfaces, given d1e relevant policies,
procedures, and monitOring tools, so d1at
there is no degradation o r inte rruptio n in
service to e nsure the continuity of
operations.
7.5.2 Grade student tests- oral, written, o r
pe rformance- given answer sheets and
answe r keys or skills checklists, so dut the
examinations a re gr aded and secured.
8.5.2 Coordinate equipment repairs with
technical staff or appropriate resources,
give n a syste m malfunction or failure, so
that the situation is re medied as defined
and authorized by the AHJ.
Data Management
9.5.1 Collect calls for service data, give n the
goals and mission of the o rganization, so
that communication center reports are
timely and accurate.
(continues)
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-102
Table C. I
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator II
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
7.5.3 Report test results, given a set of test
answer sheet~ or skills checklists, a report
form, and policies and procedures for
reporting, so that the results are accurately
recorded, the forms arc forwarded
according to procedure, and unusual
circumstances are reported.
7.5.4 Provide feedback to the trainee, given
comprehensive test and evaluation results,
so that the trainee is able tO distinguish
correct performance.
7.5.5 ldcnti.JY transition periods, given the
completion ofidentified training goals, so
that accurate recommendations for
progression, remediation, or termination
are achieved.
Health and Safety
Continuing Education
8.6.1 Apply safe pr<Lctices in the public
safety communications center as defined
by the AHJ , given safety policies and
procedures, so that all applicable
reporting is completed, in-service Lr<lining
is conducted, and responsibilities are
conveyed tO personnel.
9.6.1 Direct communication center members
during a u·aining evolution, given a
training evolution and training policies and
procedures, so that the evolution is
performed in accordance with safety plans
efficiently and as directed.
8.6.2 Document the events leading up to
and the potential causes of an accident,
given an incident and any applicable
forms, so that the incident is documented
and reports are processed in accordance
with policies and procedures.
Certification
9.7.1 Schedule and recommend u·aining,
given the communication center personnel
certification and other certification
required by the AHJ, so that all personnel
will mee t and maintain all required
training within the agency's established
policies and procedures.
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-103
ANNEX C
Table C. I
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator ll
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional and Behavioral Distress
7.6.1 Identity signs and symptoms of
e motional and behavioral health distress of
an individual in crisis, given an individual
exh ibiting signs and symptoms of
e motiona.l and behm~oral health distress in
a peer setting and policies and procedures
to be initiated \\~than awareness level
education in emotional and beha~oral
health distress so that the e motional or
behaworal health disu·ess issue is
recognized, confidentiality is maintained
\~thin the guide lines of the AHJ,
communication is open, nonjudgmental
awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made
accessible, and assistance is offered or an
appropriate referral is initiated.
8.7.1 Identity signs and symptoms of
emotional and behavioral health disu·css
of an individual in crisis, given an
individual exhibiting signs and symptoms
of emotional and beha\~oral health
distress in a peer setting and policies and
procedures to be initiated \~th an
awareness level education in emotional
and beha,~oral health distress so that the
em otional or behavioral health distress
issue is recognized, confide ntiality is
mrunta incd wid1in d1e gu ide lines of the
AHJ , commun ication is open,
nonjudgmental awareness is retained, a
department or community-based program
is m ade accessible, and assistance is
offered or an appropriate referral is
initiated.
Communications Trruning Coordinator
Communications Center Manager/ Director
Program Management
Human Resource Management
10.2.1 Recomm end budget needs, given
trairung goab, AHJ budget policy, and
current resources, so that the resources
required tO meet training goals are
identified and documented. L1041:5.2.3]
9.8.1 Identity signs and symptOms of
e motional and behavioral health disu·ess of
an individual in crisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and symptoms of
emotional and behavioral health distress in
a peer setting and policies and procedures
to be initiated \\~than awareness level
education in e motional and behavioral
health distress so that the e motional or
beha,~oral health distress issue is
recognized, confidential ity is mruntained
witrun the guide lines of the AHJ,
communication is open, nonjudgmental
awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made
accessible, and assistance is oftered or an
appropriate referral is irutiated.
11.2.1 Administer communication center
members during druly operations, given
minimum staffing levels established by
the AHJ, so that d1e communication
center meets the performance goals in
accordance wid1 local policies,
procedures, and protocols established by
the AHJ.
10.2.2 Gather training resources, given an
identified need, so that the resources arc
obtained within established timelines,
budget constraints, and accord ing to AHJ
policy. [ 1041:5.2.4]
Develop Curricula
10.3.1 Create a lesson plan, given a topic,
learner characteristics, and a lesson plan
format, so that learning objectives, a lesson
oudine, course materia ls, instructional
technology tools, an evaluation plan, and
learning objectives for the topic are
addressed. Ll041:5.3.2]
Public Safety Communications Center
Operations
11.3.1 Create operational plans to include
druly activities, given an are a of
responsibility as determined by the AHJ ,
so that daily acti~ties that include
emergency procedures both outside d1e
center and wid1in d1e center follO\~ng
federal, state, provincia l, and local
guidelines- including any mission
statement or goals -are met as
established by the AHJ.
10.3.2 Modi!)' an existing training topic,
given an existing lesson plan, so dut the
topic remains relevant and the technology
is updated to standards set by d1e AHJ.
10.3.3 Create a remediation strategy, given an
evaluation report indicating d1e need for
further training, so d1at trainees fruling to
meet the lesson plan standards are given
additional trruning.
Maintain Trruning Schedule and Staff
Stakeholder Relationships
(continues)
2022 Edition
1225-104
Table C. I
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICAT IONS
Continued
Telecommunicator I
10.4.1 Maintain a co ntinuing education
tra ining schedule, give n an establishe d
lesso n plan, so that training is ongoing and
that continuing educatio n o bje ctives are
m e t.
Telecommunicator II
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
11.4.1 Create a working relationship, give n
the varied stake holders involved in a
communications cente t~ so that a ll
stake holde rs' co nce rns are me t using
positive feedback and a team
e nviro nme nt.
10.4.2 Schedule Communications Training
Officers (CTOs) to conduct training, give n
a roste r of ce rtifie d CTOs, so that all CTOs
are able to instruct regularly and maintain
compete ncy.
10.4.3 Schedule instructional sessions, give n
the AHJ's scheduling policy, instmc tional
r esources, staff; facilities, and timcline for
de live ry, so that the specifie d sessions are
de live red according to de partme nt policy.
10.4.4 Select insu·uctional staff, give n
p e rsonnel qualifications, insu·uctional
r e quire me ntS, and AHJ policies and
procedures, so that staff selection meets
AHJ policies and achieve me nt of AHJ and
instruc tio nal goa ls. [ 1041:6.2.4]
Document Training
10.5.1 Administe r a tra ining record syste m,
give n AHJ policy and type of u·aining
activity to be docume nted , so that the
info rmation capture d is concise, meets aU
AHJ and legal re quire me ntS, and can be
accessed. [ 1041:6.2.2J
Coordinate Technologies
11.5.1 Unde rstand the syste ms used within
the communications cente r, given the
updates and improve me nts to technology,
so that a request fo r capital impro ve ments
can be adde d to the budget process.
10.5.2 Regularly re vie w CTO reports and
trainee evalua tions, give n regular
r e po rting, so tha t u·aining progress is
mo nito red a nd negative u·ends a re quickly
r ecognized and corrected.
Evaluation and Testing
10.6.1 Deve lop stude nt evaluation
instrume nts, given learning objectives,
learne r c haracte ristics, and training goals,
so that the evaluation instrume nt measures
whe the r the stude nt h as achieved the
learning o bjectives. [1041:5.5.2]
10.6.2 Deve lop a class evalua tion instrume nt,
given AHJ policy and evaluation goals, so
that s tude n ts have the ability to pro\~ de
feedback o n insu·uctio nal me thods,
communication te chniques, learning
e nviro nme nt, course conte nt, a nd stude nt
mate rials. [1041:5.5.3J
10.6.3 Analyze stude nt evalua tion
instrume nts, give n test da ta, o bjectives, and
AHJ policies, so that validity a nd reliability
are de te rmined a nd necessary changes a re
made . [ l041:6.5.5J
(continues)
2022 Ed ition
1225-105
ANNEX C
Table C. I
Continued
Telecommunicator I
Telecommunicator ll
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
10.6.4 Construct a performance-based
instructor evaluation plan, given AHJ
policies and procedures and job
requirements, so that instructors are
evaluated at regular intervals, following
AHJ policies. [ 1041:6.2.5]
10.6.5 Present evaluation findings,
conclusions, and recommendations to AHJ
administrator, given data summaries and
target audience, so that recomme ndations
are unbiased, supported, and reflect AHJ
goals, policies, and procedures. L1041:6.2.8]
10.6.6 Develop a program evaluation plan,
given AHJ policies and p rocedures, so that
instructors, course components, program
goals, and facilities are evaluated; student
input is obtained; and needed
improvements are identified. L1041:6.5.4j
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional and Behavioral Distress
10.7.1Identify signs and symptoms of
e motional and behavioral health distress of
an individua l in Ciisis, given an individual
exhibiting signs and sympto ms of
e motional and behavioral health distress in
a peer setting and policies and proce dures
to be initiated with an awareness level
education in e motional and beha\~oral
health distress so that the e motional or
beha\~oral health distress issue is
re cognized, confide ntiality is maintaine d
\\~thin the guidelines of the AHJ,
commun ication is open, nonjudgme ntal
awareness is retained, a department or
community-based program is made
accessible, and assistance is offe red or an
appropriate referral is initiated.
11.6.lldentif)' signs and symptoms of
e motional and behavioral health distress
of an individual in crisis, given an
individual exhibiting signs and symptoms
of e mo tional and beha\~Oral health
distress in a peer setting and policies and
procedures to be initiated with an
awareness level education in e motional
and beha\~oral health distress so that the
emotional or behavioral health distress
issue is recognized, con fide ntiality is
maintaine d wid1in d1e gu ide lines of the
AHJ, commun ication is open,
nonjudgmental awareness is retained, a
department or community-based program
is made accessible, and ass.istance is
offered or an appropriate referral is
initiated.
2022 Edition
1225-106
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Annex D The Communication Process (NFPA 1061)
This annex is not a paTt of the 1·equimnents of this NFPA document
but is included fm· infm·mational pu1poses only.
D.l The Communication Process. Speech is the unique process of symbolic communication that involves interaction
bet:\veen persons. It is the most unique and universal of human
functions; yet, because it is so commonplace, few of us appreciate its enormous power and potential.
The nearly universal lack of speech training in our schools is
most likely based on the faulty assmnption that because most
children can speak and listen by the time they enter preschool
and primary programs they need no special instruction in that
area. This conditioning is not sufficient to make them fully
effective in speaking and listening.
It seems almost incredible that so important a skill as speaking should receive so little attention 01· training.
Speech communication includes all the factors that are
brought into play on and by a person as she or he attempts to
establish communication relationships with others.
Communication is necessary in order to estabHsh all social
ties, to conduct action with or against others. vVithout it there
can be no dialogue, no t·esponse, no establishment of common
meaningful concepts; no informative, instructional, or directive
action; and no invention, recording, accumttlation, or transmission of knowledge .
Results of the reciprocal relationship of speech communication take the following three significant forms: the utilitarian,
the aesthetic, and the therapeutic. These results often occur
together. For instance, a tl1eater performance might yield all
three results.
The utilitarian t·esult is some pt·actical accomplishment of
value to one or more members of the interaction . Gerald R.
Miller implied this concept when he said:
Speech communication is important because it is one of the
primary tools that man employs to manipulate, to control, and
to understand his environment.
The aesthetic result is some measure of enjoyment, pleasure,
or entertainment for one or more members of the interaction .
Speech that is used in television or in a theater performance, in
reading literature aloud, in storytelling, and in various other
forms of artistic expression becomes a tool to create pleastu·e.
The therapeutic result is a treatment, a cure, the removal of
an inhibition, the diagnosis of a problem, or the t·eestablishment of the communicative personality. Speech
becomes therapeutic when it allows a person to release tensions
and to find himself, when it helps a person to explore and
examine personal problems that affect his communicative
bond vvith other people, and when it aims specifical ly at rehabilitating, restoring, and perhaps creating the instrument~ of
human communication.
The effective interaction of speaking and listening requires a
particularly close relationship between the participants.
w ·riting and printing have had a tremendous impact on the
recording of ideas, but the key interaction that forms the base
of our society is still the spoken word. There is close agreement
in the findings of a number of studies of the relative amounts
of time we spend in use of the four communicative behaviors.
2022 Edition
The breakdown of time spent in normal communicative
discourse by the average American falls into the pattern found
in Table D.l.
The speaking and listening behaviors are functions usually
included in the study of speech-communication. On the average, interactions involving speech account for 74 percent of
our communication time.
We should use this data carefully. The data tells us nothing
about the relative amotmts of information transmitted and
actually received b y means of writing and reading as compared
with speaking and listen ing. V•le have no research findings on
tllis question, but it seems probable that in any g iven time
more information could be acquired on a precise sul:ject
through written wot·ds than through spoken words. The key to
tlle matter could lie with the precision of the information transmitted and with tlle use of tlle language. In speech, the total
message includes much information in addition to the actual
spoken words, and tlle imprecision a nd redundancy characteristic of speech do not normally occur in written material.
'"'e cannot compare the 1:\vo forms in terms of the relative
amount of meaning that can be developed from them, since
the meaning is a function of tlle person (s) involved. As
pet·sonal tape recordet·s are more widely used, more and more
spoken material can be reheard. The capabili ty of replaying
recorded speech could increase the precision of information
being u·ansmitted. As people become more skilled in speaking
and in Listen ing, \'l'itl1 or \'l'ithout tape recorders, we can expect
greater efficiency in speech communication.
Because of the highly u·ansitory nature of the speech act,
each effort at tlle communica tive interaction through speech
should be as effective as possible . Both speaker and listener
should concentrate on grasping as much as possible of all that
occurs in tl1e moment of the speech act in order that maximum effectiveness can be achieved in the interaction .
The skills necessary to maximize speech-commtm ication
events are developed in many \vays. The im portant skiHs in tl1e
u se of language involve behavior tllat is bimodal, since
language is composed of b oth verbal and nonverbal factors.
Verbal skills relate to the spoken words and other vocal sounds
that carry information and stimulate meaning. The nonverbal
skills relate to the movements of the body a nd the nonverbal
sounds (such as a snap of the fingers) that might occur as
information-giving parts of the event.
Language ski lls are needed not only for u·ansmtSston but
also reception. Transmission and reception are two different
processes and require different skills.
A second area of skill development is the creation and
consu·uction of messages themselves. We should know what
result we want from an effort to communicate an idea. Unless
we clearly know what we want to accomplish, we cannot select
effective content and materials for the message, nor can we
properly evaluate me effectiveness of what we have said .
The substance of the message is central in the speech event
and arises from tlle purpose of tlle communication. The selection and the arrangement of the materials and the empha~is
upon them should meet the requirements of our intent and of
the situation. They should also meet the needs of our listener.
That is, we should select content tllat tlley can receive, understand, and respond to; and we sh ould take care that arrange-
ANNEX D
ment and emphasis do not block reception, understanding,
and response.
Skills needed for perception and reception of messages are
also important. Listening involves more than just hearing the
sow1ds; observing involves more than just seeing what happens;
and relating to the speaker involves more than just listening
and observing. The content of the message should be organized by the receivet- as well as by the transmitter.
1225-107
Table D.l Percentage of Communicative Behaviors
Communicative Behaviors
Percentage
Listening
Speaking
42%
32%
74%
Reading
Writing
15%
11%
26%
The communication process as a total event has been the
subject of many studies. Some researchers have used models, or
su-uctural descriptions, of the communication event to aid
understanding of how the elements we have discussed fit into
the general picture, or organization, of the total event. Models
provide clues that permit predictions of behavioc
A model provides us with a way to classifY and to describe the
parts of the process and to indicate how they fit together. Each
of the sevet-al model types that are used to describe the speechcomnumication process conu-ibutes to an understanding of the
total communicative event.
The simplest model consists of the following three e lements :
the sender, d1e receiver, and the message {see Figure D.l(a)}. In
the primary process of this model, a sender transmits a message
to a receiver who sends it back. This description obviously
omits much of the process, particularly the human factor.
FIGURE D. l (a)
Basic Communications Model.
A more detailed model, wh ich is still quite a general one, is
described in Figure D.l (b) . Note that this model incorporates
several additional factors including the attitudes of both
speaker and listener (which introduces human factors); the
encoding skills of the speaker and the decoding skills of the
listener; and feedback of b oth positive and negative nature .
A third model of a somewhat different form is based on the
concept of the major e lements of the communication event,
wh ich are the Source, Message, Channel, and Receiver (the
SMCR model) . Note that this model is organizational, rather
than descriptive of the process. {See Figtn-e D.l (c) and Figun;
D.l(d).]
Speaker
Attitudes
Encoding skills
According to this model, the source and the receiver are
affected by the factors of commun ication skills, attitude, knowledge, social system, and culture. The message is developed by
means of the factors of elements, su-ucture, content, treaunent,
and code. The channe ls are related to the functions of the five
senses: see ing, hearing, touching, smelling, and tasting.
All the models described here have certain common
e lement5. They involve at least two individuals and the creation
of messages into the form of physical stimu li d1at affect the
behavior of the individuals.
The availability of people to each other, their common referents, their abilities to use the sensory systems, the character of
meaning, the nan1re of a message and information , and the
like are a ll involved in the process of communication.
As we attempt to conu·ol and to increase the effectiveness of
our communication events, we discover that it is not enough
merely to condition ot· to t·efine our skills of creating sound
and visible stimuli. We should understand and become sensitive
to all the factors that are operative in d1e event. Then we can
examine the processes that are a part of the total event in order
to find the fundamental problems that could be affecting our
individual communication effort.
Listener
Attitudes
Decoding skills
Feedback
Positive
Negative
FIGURE D.l (b)
Communications Model with Feedback.
Source
Message
Channel
Receiver
Communication
skills
Attitudes
Knowledge
Social system
Culture
Elements
Structure
Content
Treatment
Code
Seeing
Hearing
Touching
Smelling
Tasting
Communication
skills
Attitudes
Knowledge
Social system
Culture
FIGURE D.l(c)
Elements of the SMCR Model.
2022 Edition
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
1225-108
(1)
Verbal
stimuli
(2)
~L-~~~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Receiverdecoder:
attention,
comprehension,
attitudinal
response
L---- -'---------------'
Environment
Distractions
FIGURE D.l(d)
(SMCR) Model.
Noise
Source, Message, Olannel, Receiver
Annex E Guide for Telecommunicator Training Authority
(NFPA 1061)
This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document
Ina i5 included for informational pwposes only.
E.l Training Considerations for the Training of Enhanced
Telecommunicator Skills. Job perfot·mance t·equirements are
addressed in this standard . It is recognized that the elements of
training basic, formal skills to telecommunicators has been
formalized in many documents. This annex will addt·ess the
transition betlveen classroom and job performance.
E.l.l Background/ Overview. Training that involves actual
wot·kplace conditions is an e lement that ensm·es that the linkage benveen classroom knowledge and job performance skills
is completed. In many processes, this linkage is created
through the use of on-thejob o·aining (OJT) .
E.l.2 Elements. Many visualize the procedure of placing a
new employee with an experienced worker and allowing the
new employee to watch over his or her shoulder to learn the
job. Under these conditions, the process has only limited
success at best. Often it leaves the employer and employee
dissatisfied with the outcome.
The employee feels apprehension from being overwhelmed
with too many sensory stimuli of new duties and new people. It
is a human charactet·istic to attempt to absorb the new envimnment, but it can be distracting from the task at hand. He or she
might also feel apprehension about taking too long to become
"productive."
The employer will, in some cases, feel the process takes too
long before seeing a return on the investment. Even then, is
the employee as productive as he or she could be?
If these are the bad aspects, what are the good aspects of
OJT? According to William J. Rothwell and H. C . Kazanas in
their article, "Planned OJT Is Productive OJT," found in the
Training and Development Yea1·book, 1991, OJT is normally associated with the process of orienting newly hired employees to
their work but can be used for other goals, such as the following:
2022 Edition
(3)
To upgrade the skills of experienced workers when new
technology or new work methods produce on-thejob
changes
To cross-train employees within a work unit or department
To orient transferred or promoted employees to their
new jobs
E.l.3 Formal Classroom. The fot·mal classroom provides d1e
traditional forum through wh ich the student is educated in the
necessary knowledge base and introduced to skills, professional
background, and history. It creates the body of basic knowledge
that the student wi ll build on during th is career. Instructors
should ensure presentations are factual, relevant, and progress
from the known to the unknown.
E.l.4 Training in Context. Good aspects are woven into many
of d1e "new" training concepts. One such concept is the "training in context" process where an attempt is made to replicate
actual working conditions, groups of experienced workers,
actual equipment, and realistic scenarios through which the
skills necessary to perform a job or task can be passed. The
primary difference betlveen "o·aining in context" and the
acntal job is that the effects of mistakes can be minimized.
Additionally, the evolution can be started over if a step is
performed incorrectly or missed. This is a luxmy not available
during actual incident5. This process relies heavily on coaching
and mentoring by the experienced members of the team.
Coaching and mentoring are a lso major e lements of OJT.
Therefore, training in context is performing on-thejob training but doing it in a manner that is structured to teach a stepby-step process in a secme atmosphere.
E.l.5 Collaborative Learning. Another teaching/ learning
style that involves e lements of OJT is collaborative learning. In
the collaborative processes, groups of Like-experienced workers
are put together to solve problems and synthesize tl1e problemsolving e lements necessary on virtually an y incident. Scenarios
and conditions can be so·uctured to closely replicate acntal
working conditions to enhance the learning experience. The
knowledge and background experience of each of the participants can be pooled to create innovative solutions to problems.
These problems are strucntred to lead to the completion of
stated objectives of tl1e class. Students can come away from a
collaborative learning experien ce with a new sense of selfconfidence and appreciation for the skills and knowledge of
their fellow sntdents.
Many elements of collaborative learning are useful whenever
a new piece of equipment is purchased or a new procedure to
accomplish a ta~k is required. Typically, in many deparonents, a
new piece of equipment comes in and a group of employees
are selected to research the manuals, look for similarities to
oldet· equipment, look at tl1e differences, discuss the equipment with t11e o·aining section, and then develop operating
procedures for that new piece of equipment. Perhaps an information processing technique is not as effective as it could be.
Again, a group of employees can be formed to sntdy the old
technique, research procedures by other departments, talk with
their o·aining section, talk with state o·aining personnel, and
then develop a procedure that m ight do the task better and
more efficiently.
E.l.6 Multimedia Teaching R esources. Multimedia is any
form of comm unication that uses more d1an one medium to
present information, such as a computer program integrating
text, graphics, video, animation, sound, and interactive Links.
1225-109
ANNEX E
Because multimedia presents information in a variety of
forms, it is extremely effective in relaying new ideas and
concepts. Many users of this type of training find that multimedia provides a more natural learning environment.
Computer-based u·aining allows the student to progress at
his or her own learning rate. Instead of proceeding sequentially from chapter to chapter, as with the traditional learn ing
process, the student can access more information immediately
(perhaps in the form of a picture) on the computer.
Since the student is not forced to read through information
in a rigid format, advanced students can avoid basic information and move rapidly to advanced concepts. Beginning
students, on the other hand, could continue to obtain more
he lp and explanation before moving on, ensul"i.ng that they
understand the basic concepts as building blocks for further
learning.
A relatively new multimedia process is vit·tual reality (VR).
VR is an artificial reality created by three-dimensional
computer graphics, high-resolution display technology, and
multisens01y, interactive interface devices that submerge the
participants into a pseudo-reality that can g ive the sensory
perception of actually being involved in a real-life, real-time
incident. The tedmology is cosdy and therefore limited to
customized locations such as universities and governmental
agencies. Expect the availabil.ity and use of this technology to
increase in the future . This will provide the method to teach
many of the skills in an on-thejob fashion without the attendant danger.
A multimedia training program is helpful to student~ with
varying levels of knowledge and experience as it a llows them to
proceed at their own pace. Instructors often find that multimedia application motivates students to learn and to take a more
active part in the learning process.
E. I.7 Apprenticeships. Apprenticeships are receiving a fresh
look from some leaders in the business world. Businesses are
faced with a shrinking labor pool and rapidly changing technology. Many people l.ike the combination of earning and
learning elements of apprenticeships. In its best form, this
process combines classroom work and on-thejob training. In
German models, the process starts while the youth is still in
school. The United States and Canada tend to delay the process until people are in their early 20s. Regardless, the system
uses what is best about OJT, that is, experienced coworkers aiel
in the building of an experience base for the new employee.
E.2 The Practice and Use of On-the-Job Training. On-thejob
training is happening in many deparunents every day, regardless of what it is called. Many do not know they are performing
a training activity while they are in the process. Every cal l in
wh ich the new person participates is a training activity. Most
will agt·ee that something is learned on virtual ly every call. It is
up to the experienced personnel to ensure that the experience
is as positive as possible for the new person .
E.2.1 One Possible Defmition of the OJT Process. It is a
structured process that refines and enhances skills and knowledge previously learned by the candidate, in a real-life situation, while creating a practical experience base.
E.2.2 Organization of the Process. Well-organized OJT can be
a very effective training method. Many departments still give
too little formal training to their new recruits and rely on experienced employees to pass along ski lls without formal.izing the
process. Too often the new person is told to do what the more
experienced employee tells h im or her to do. Industry has had
similar experiences. Howevet~ a faction of inclusu-y is becoming
increasingly aware of a combination training process that turns
out more pt·oductive and safer workers in a sh orter period of
time . The military has successfully used some of these elements
for years. Some deparonents have very good programs that
contain all the necessary steps, but perha ps others in the service can learn from examples set by the mil itaty and indusuy.
The model should consist of four phases, and although the
phases are expressed in explic it form, OJT should be inter.vcr
ven throughout all the phases. OJT in its purest form will be
found in Level 2, but elements of it should also be included in
the od1e1· phases as well. (See Table £.2.2.)
The process is depicted in F igure E.2.2.
E.2.3 It is very difficult for OJT to be successful without first
exposing the new person to a formal training phase that
teaches skills, roles, role relationships, duties, job performance
requirements and expectations contained in the new job. It is
also helpful to include the h istory and tradition of the job
during this phase to educate the new person in the evolution of
the job and the reasons for certain characteristics of the job.
During this phase, in addition to the current job assignment
preparation, the new person should be exposed to the requirement~ for advancement into other areas of the profession.
Table E.2.2 Phases of Establishing and Maintaining Proficiency
Phase of Establishing and
Maintaining Proficiency
Progression Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
1
2
3
4
Formal or Classroom Instruction
Su·uctured On-the:Job Training
Skill Demonstration
Skill Maintenance
Level One Entry
Recruit with
re~uisite
ski Is
r-
Formal class
for Level One
knowledge
-
OJT for
Level One
skills
r-
Demonstration/
Evaluation of
Level One skills
f-to
Demonstration/
Evaluation of
Level Two skills
Skill maintenance
Level Two Entry
Level One
skills
r-
Formal class
for Level Two
knowledge
-
OJT for
Level Two
skills
Skill maintenance
FIGURE E.2.2 On-the-Job Training as Part of an Overall
Training Program.
2022 Edition
1225-110
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
E.2.4 Once the new employee has a firm grasp on the skills
and knowledge requit-ed to perform the job, he or she might
still be unsure about how it all fits together or exactly when to
apply certain theories and practices. At this point, the
employee should be entered into a strucmred OJT. "Structured" in this case would mean a work process and a recordkeeping system that ensures certain tasks are experienced by
the new employee under tl1e guidance of an experienced
coworker prior to working independently. This person should
be allowed to develop an experience base that complements
the formal training t·eceived earlier. From a safety and productivity standpoint, it would seem to be well worth the time and
energy. The process should include identifying key tasks that
are to be experienced by the recruit, and a record system that
records when, where, and by whom the tasks were experienced .
The responsible OJT supervisor and all other pertinent information should be recorded. Based on the completion of the
identified tasks and proper record documentation, the training
officer would then report to supervi.~ion that the recruit has
progressed to the point where he or she no longer requires
immediate, constant supervision .
E.2.5 The trainee can now be entered into the next phase of
skill demonstration or evaluation. This rept·esents a period of
time where the trainee performs duties as any other employee
but is in an evaluation status that determines if he or she is
capable of performing the various tasks without reliance on
other people to help in the difficult moments. Some o rgan izations might choose to call this a probation period. Others
might Hnd tl1e word frrobation too pejorative and choose to call
it someth ing else. Regardless, it is a period during which the
employee and employer can determine if the job fits tl1e individual and vice versa.
E.2.6 If the employee now has good base of knowledge and a
good experience base from wh ich to make judgment calls, what
next? Many departments stop at this point and allow the passing years to develop the individual. This practice occasionally
permits some skills to become rusty or forgotten completely,
bad habits to develop, and complacency to set in. A skill maintenance process can be established that requires practice/
demonstration on a timely basis. It could include procedures
contained within team responses and/ or individual demonstration of standard-meeting skills. Some skills, such as life safety
skills, might need to be demonstrated more often than others .
D emonstration of some skills might be necessary each quaner,
while it might be sufficient to demonsu·ate others each year.
Members of the individual organization can agree what fits the
situation; the main point is that demonstration intervals should
be identified and followed. Even when an employee uses the
skill daily, some bad habits might slip into the procedure.
E.3.4 People selected to perform OJT should take pride in
helping u·ain an additional member of the team and not view it
as a bother to their normal routine.
E.3.5 If the right people are selected in the employment process and are armed 1vith a good knowledge base, tl1e right OJT
supervisors are selected, and identification of the proper skill
demonstrations is held at the correct intervals and tied
together 1vith a wot·kable documentation process, then fellow
workers who are efficient and a pleasure to work 1vith are the
likely result.
E.4 Continuing Education and In-Service Training. It is recognized that some individuals g row complacent or stagnant when
plateaus are reached in skill and knowledge levels. In-service
training and ongoing education are metl10ds of dealing \vith
this problem . This responsibility is shared by both the individual and the AHJ.
E.4.1 Employees should be encouraged to continue pmfessional education through in-service or job-re lated classes completed outside the workplace.
E.4.2 Professional associations or regional and state u·aining
entities could be a source for th is type of u·aining program .
E.4.3 Training and education should be tied d irectly to skill
demonstration and maintenance.
E.4.4 In-service training sh ould be conducted whenever skill
levels fall below minimum standards or when the workplace
experiences a significant change in procedure or obtains new
equipment.
E.4.5 A variety of outside training and educational opportunities are beneficial to both tl1e individual and the organization.
The At.ij shottld develop a policy regarding the participation by
tlle employees in in-service u·aining and identify acceptable
outside u·aining and continuing education pt·ograms. The
content of, and attendance at, all u·aining programs should be
documented.
Annex F Cyber Security (NFPA 1221)
This annex is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document
but is included fm· infonnational pwposes only.
F.1 Where to Start. It is ofte n d ifficult for agencies to decide
where to start in cyb er security. Given the increase in personnel
working from home in many agencies, the importance of
improved cyber security cannot be overemphasized. Find out
where to start in the follo\vi ng three resources:
(1)
E.3 R ecruit Trainers. It is important that the right people are
selected to perform the OJT process for recruits.
E.3.1 Positive attitudes and work habits of the trainers will be
beneficial in the u·aining of the recruits.
E.3.2 People selected to perform this duty should be conscientious, open-minded, and interested in working \vith other
people .
E.3.3 People selected to perform OJT should be willing to
change procedure where it is called for. They should su·ive to
look for better ways to accomplish goals and not just be content
\vith doing it one way because that is the way it has a lways been
done.
2022 Edition
(2)
(3)
The Center for Internet Security's Critical Security
Controls(www.cisecurity.org/ conu·ols/ ) . All
agencies
should strive to implement the top four controls as soon
as possible because they represent the most common
security threats and to implement the others as determined necessary by the At.ij. The conu·ols are n ow in
three levels for organizations with small, medium, or
large t·esom-ces.
Stop.Think.Con nect. (www.stopth inkconnec t.org) is a
Deparunent of Homeland Security campaign aimed at
educating end users about phishing attacks .
SANS
Institute
(ww·w.san s.o rg/ security-aware nesstraining/ products/ end-user) . Many successful attacks are
the result of phishing or similar techniques that lure
users onto sites that infect their computers with malware
1225-111
ANNEX G
and allow adversaries to steal legitimate user credentials.
There are many sources, such as the SANS Institute, for
end user training to educate on these issues because every
network is often just one click away from a cyber disaster.
F.2 Additional Information.
F.2.1 The federal government's Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has a document on cyber essentials: h ttps:/ / www.cisa.govI cyber-essen rials
F.2.2 The International A~sociation of Chiefs of Poli ce (lACP)
has begun a major effort to disseminate information on cyber
security and to combat cyberthreats. Go to: www.iacpcybet-center.org. Emergency services agencies with a law enforcement
presence should be able to gain access to these resources.
F.2.3 The International Association of Fire Chiefs (IAFC) has
a document "Protecting Against Cyberattacks; A Guide for
Public Safety Leaders" that can be found at www.iafc.org/
to pies-and-toolsI resources/ resource/ pro teet ing-againstcybe rat tacks.
F.2.4 The National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) has been researching and issuing security standards for
some time. The NIST Cybersecurity framework is a voluntary
outline of best securi ty practices: www.nist.gov/cyberframework
F.2.5 PSAPs are a vital link in the emergency alerting process
from the public to ERUs. At the same time PSAPs can be a
major target for disruption of emergency services. The move to
Next Generation Internet Pmtocol (IP) based PSAPs brings
new challenges and risks. Many resources exist for PSAPs. The
following are just a few of these resources:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
This one lists many other resources: ww\v.91l.gov/ documents_tools/Cybersecurity.html
The National Emergency Number A%ociation's (NENA)
latest version of their cyber security guide lines are useful
for both legacy 9-1-1 centers and Next Generation IP 9-1-1
centers: www.nena.org/ page/ NG911_Security
Federal governments Cybersecurity and Infrastructure
Security Agency document: www.cisa.gov/publication/
next-generation-911
The Association of Public Safety Officials (APCO) has
many excellent links to cybersecurity resources:
www.apcointl.org/cybe ,-security/ federal-cybersecurityresources/
F.2.6 The FBI is the lead federal agency on investigating cyber
secm·ity in cidents. A wealth of knowledge exists on their
we bsite on preventing, reporting, and dealing with cyb ersecurity incidents: www.fbi .gov/investigate/cyber
NFPA 1001, Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications,
2019 edition.
NFPA 1035, Standard on Fire and Life Safety Educatm; Public
Information Officm; Ytmth Firesetter Intm·vention Speciali5t, and Youth
Firesetter Program Manager Professional Qualifications, 2015
edition .
NFPA 1561, Standanl on Eme1gency Services Incident Management System and Command Safety, 2020 edition.
NFPA 160rP, Standmrl on Continuity, Eme1gen0', and Cri5i5
Management, 2019 edition.
NFPA 500r?, Building Construction and Safety Code®, 2021
edition .
G.l.2 Other Publications.
G.l.2.1 APCO Publications. APCO International, 351 North
Williamson Boulevard, Daytona Beach, FL 32114.
Association of Public Safety Officia ls (APCO), "Cybersecurity
Resources," apcoin tl.org/ cybersecw-ity / federal-cybersecurityresources/ .
APCO ANS 3.101.3, Core Competencies and Minimum J?·aining
Standanis fm· Public Safety Communications Training Officer (CTO),
2017.
APCO ANS 3.1 02.2, Co1·e Competencies and Minimum 11·aining
Standm·ds for Public Safety Communications Supm·vism·, 2017.
APCO ANS 3.104.2, Core Cmnpetencies and Minimum Training
Standa:rd5 for Public Safety Communications Training Comrlinator,
2017.
APCO ANS 3.1 06.2, Cm-e Competencies and M inimum Training
Standmrls fm· Public Safety Comm·unications Quality Assurance Evaluatm·s (QAE), 2017.
APCO ANS 3.1 09.1 , Cm·e Cmnpetencies and M inimum Training
Standltrd5 for Public Safety Communications Manage1/Di1·ectm·, 2014.
APCO, Mitigating Risks in the Application of Clmtd Cmnputing in
L aw Enfm·cmnent, 2012, businessofgovernmen t.org/.
G.I.2.2 FM Publications. FM Global, 270 Cenu-al Avenue,
P.O . Box 7500,Johnston, RI 02919.
FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 9-19, Wildland Fire, 2020.
G.l.2.3 NENA Publications. National Emergency Number
Association, 1700 Diagonal Rd., Suite 500, Alexandria, VA
22314.
Annex G Informational References
NENA i3: APCO/CSAA ANS 2.101.2, Alarm Monitming
Company to Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) Compute1·-Aided
Dispatch (CAD) Automated Secw-e Alarm Protocol (ASAP), 2014.
G.l Referenced Publications. The documents or portions
thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informational sections of this standard and are not part of tl1e requirements of this document unless also listed in C haptet- 2 for
other reasons.
G.l.2.4 NIST Publications. National Institute of Standat-ds
and Technology, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg,
MD 20899-1070.
G.l.l NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
NFPA 7rJ', NationalElect1ical Codf!P, 2020 edition .
NFPA 7:1'1, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Codt!', 2022
edition.
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST),
"NIST Cybersecurity Framework." n ist.gov/cyberframework.
NIST SP 500-292, NIST Cloud Computing Refaence Anhitectw-e,
2011 .
NIST SP 800-144, Guidelines on Security and Privacy in Public
Cloud Computing, 2011 .
2022 Edition
1225-112
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
G.l.2.5 TIA Publications. Telecommunications Industry Association, 1320 North Courthouse Road, Suite 200, Arlington, VA
22201.
TIA l02.AABF-D, Project 25 Link Control Word Formats and
Messages New Technology Standanl.s Project - Digital Radio Technical Standards, 2015.
TIA-1 02.BAAA, Project 25 FDMA Common A iTlnle1face, 2017.
T IA-102.BBAC, Pmject 25 Two-Slot 1DMA MAC Layer Specification, 2019.
TIA-603, Land Mobile FM ar PM Communications Equipment
Measu1·ement and Performance Standm·ds, 2016.
TIA-T SB-88.1-E, Winiless Communications Systems Perfannance in
Noise and Intnference-Limited Situations Part 1: Recommended Methods for Technology-Independent Na·1Towband Pe1jonnance Modeling,
2018.
G.l.2.6 US Government Publications. US Government
Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol St. NW, Washington, DC
20401-0001 .
Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990.
Commission to Assess the Threat to the Un ited States from
Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Attack, Executive Repart, Vol. 1,
2004, empcommission .org/ docs/ empc_exec_rpt. pdf
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA),
"Cybe r Essentials" cisa.govI cybe r-essen rials.
Department of H omeland Security, "SAFECOM," dhs.gov/
safecom .
Department of Homeland Security, "Stop. Think . Connect."
stopthinkconnect.org.
G.l.2.7 US Government/ Army Publications. US Army Technical Manual TM 5-602-1, Utility Systems 1e1TO?ism Countermea.~­
ums Jm· Command, Contml, Communications, Compute-t; Intelligence,
Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Facilities, 2006.
US Army Techn ical Manual TM 5-690, Grounding and Bonding in Command, Cont·rol, Communications, Compute?; Intelligence,
Surueillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Facilities, 2002.
US Army Technical Manual TM 5-693, Unintenuptible Power
Supply System Selection, Installation, and Maintenance jm· Command,
Contml, Communications, Cornputn·s, Intelligence, Surveillance, and
Reconnaissance (C4ISR) Facilities, 2002.
US Army Technical Manual TM 5-811-3, Elect1ical Design:
Lightning and Static Electricity PTOtection, 1985.
G.l.2.8 US Government/ DOD UFC P ublications. Department of Defense United Facil ities Criteria (UFC) .
wbdg.org/ ffc/ clod.
UFC 4-010-01, Minimum Antiterrmism Standards for Buildings,
2018, revised 2020.
UFC-4-021-02, E'lectronic Security Systems, 2013, revised 2019.
UFC 4-022-02, Selection and Application of Vehicle Baniers, 2009,
revisecl2010.
UFC 4-023-03, Design of Buildings to Resist
2009, revised 2016.
Pwg~·essive
Collapse,
UFC 4-023-07, Design to Resist Direct Fin: Weapons Effects, 2008,
revised 2017.
UFC 4-024-01, Sectnity Enginee?ing: Procedures for Designing
AiTbome Chemical, Biological, and Radiological Protection joT Buildings, 2008.
G.L2.9 Other Publications.
Department of H omeland Security Office of Emergency
Commw1ications, Guidelines for Ennyption in Land Mobile Radio
Systems, 2016.
Annett, ]., and N. E. Stanton , Task Analysis. London and New
York: Taylor and Francis, 2000.
DHHS (NIOSH) Publication Number 2002-139, Guidance jo1·
Protecting Building l!.nvimnments from Airborne Chemical, Biological,
ar Radiological Attacks, 2002, cdc.gov/ niosh / docs/ 2002-139/ .
Brannick, M. T., and E. L. Levine, job Analysis: M ethods,
Resemrh and Applications for Human Resmnre Management in the
New Millennium. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2002 .
Equal Employment Oppo,-tunity Act, 1972.
Federal Bureau of Investigation, "The Cyber Threat,"
fbi.gov/investigate/ cyber.
Federal Communications Commission, Use and Design of
Signal Boosters RepoTt and Order 13-21, March 2014.
First Responder Network Authority, "FirstNet," firsU1et.gov/ .
Health Inwrance Portability and Accauntability Act (HIPAA),
1996.
Middle Class Tax Reliefand job Creation Act, 2012.
NIMS/ ICS, Emergency Responder field Opn·ations Guide, U.S.
Department of Home land Security, October 2010.
Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 90.219(b) .
2022 Edition
Center for Internet Security, "Critical Security Controls,"
c isecuri ty.org/ con trois/ .
Cybersecurity and Infrastmcture Security Agency, "Next
Generation 911 Publications," cisa .govI publication/ nextgeneration-911.
Dubois, D. D., Competency-Based Performance Impmvnnent: A
Strategy for 01ganizational Change. Amhet·st, MA: HRD Pt·ess,
1999.
Fine, S. A., and S. F. Cronshaw. Functional job Ana!Jsis: A Fmtndation fm· Human Resma·ces Management (Apf>lied P~ychology Smies).
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 1999.
Gupta, K. C. M. Sleezer (editor), and D. F. Russ-Eft (editor),
A Practical Guide to Needs Assessment. San Francisco, CA: JosseyBass/Pfe iffet~ 2007.
1225-11 3
ANNEX G
Hartley, D. E. ,Job Analysis at the Speed of Reality. Amherst, MA:
HRD Press 1999.
G.2.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
Hodell, C. ISD Prom the Ground Up: A No-Nonsense Appmach to
Instructional Design, 3rd edition. Alexandria, VA: American Society fot-Training & Development, 2011 .
NFPA 221, Standm·d for High Challenge Fi1-e Walls, Fin! Walls,
and Fi1-e Banier Walls, 2021 edition .
International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP), "Law
Enforcement Cyber Center," iacpcybercenter.org.
NFPA 1500™, Standard on Fi1-e Department Occupational Safety,
Health, and Wellness Program, 2021 editio n.
G.2.2 Other Publications.
International Association of Fire Ch iefs (IAFC), "Protecting
Against Cyberattacks; A Guide for Public Safety Leaders,"
iafc.org/ topics-and-tools/ resources/ resource/protectingagainst-cyberattacks .
G.2.2.1 APCO International Publications. Association of
Public-Safety Communications Officia ls Inte rnational, Inc. ,
351 N. Williamson Boulevard, Daytona Beach, FL 32114-1112.
International Telecommunication Union (ITU-T), P.863,
Perceptual objective listening quality prediction, 2018.
Project 16, "Application of the 900 MHz Band to Law
Enforcement Communications- An Analysis of Technical and
Regulatory Factors," 1985.
Jonassen, D. H., M. Tessmer, and W. H. Hannum, Task Analysis Methods for Instructional Design. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum A~sociates, 1999.
McArdle, G., Conducting a Needs Analysis (Fifty-Minute Book) .
Boston: Crisp Learning, 1998.
Project 16A, "T he Identifications of the Specific Operational
Capabilities That Should Be Incorporated in a Demonstration
Trunked Communication System for Law Enforcement," 1985.
Project 16B, "Planning Guidelines for 900 MHz Trunked
Commun ication Systems- Fun ctional Requirements," 1985.
McCain, D. V., Cnmting Training Cow-ses (When You re Not a
Trainer). Alexandria, VA: American Society for Training &
Development, 1999.
Project 16C, "System Implementation Plan for Digitally
Addressed Trunked Communication Systems," 1985.
National Emergency Number Association (NENA), "Security
for Next-Generation 9-1-1 ," nena.ot-g/ page/NG911 Security.
Project 16D, "National Public Safety Communications Plan,"
1978.
Phillips, ]. ], In Action: Petformance Analysis and Consul!.ing.
Alexandria, VA: American Society for Training & Development,
2000.
Phillips, ].]., and E. F. H olton III, In Action: Conducting Needs
Assessment. Alexandria, VA:. American Society for Training &
Deve lopment, 1995.
Robinson, D.C. , and]. C. Robinson(editors), Moving from
Training to Perfmmance: A Practical Guidebook. Alexandria, VA:
American Society for Training & Development; San Fran cisco:
Berrett-Koehler, 1998.
Rothwell, W .]. and H. C. Kazanas, "Planned OJT Is Productive OJT," Training and Development Yearbook, 1991.
SANS Institute, "The 2020 SANS EndUser Training Suite,"
sans.org/ security-awareness-training/ products/ end-user.
Schippmann,]. S., Strategic job Modeling: Wm-king at the Con~ of
Integrated Human &sow·ces. Mahwah, NJ: Lawren ce Erlbaum
Associates, 1999.
Shephet-d, A, Hieranhical Task Analysis. London and New
York: Taylor and Francis, 2000.
Telcordia Technologies TR-NWT-001011 , Generic Requirements
for Swge Protective Devices (SPDs) on AC Power Circuits, 1992.
Telcordia Technologies TR-M-\TJ'-001361 , Generic Requi·rements
for Gas Tube Protecto1· Units (GTPUs), 1998.
T he National 911 Program, "Cybersecurity," 9ll.gov/ docume nts_tools/Cybersecurity. h ttnl.
Zemke, R., and T Kramlinger. Fig!l1ing Things Ottt: A Trainm·'s
Guide to Needs and 1"ask Analysis. New York: Perseus Books, 1993.
G.2 Informational Re ferences. T he following documents or
portions thereof are listed here as informational resources
only. They are not a part of the requirements of this document.
G.2.2.2 FPRF Publications. Fire Protection Research Foundation, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
Quantitative Evaluation of Fi1·e and E'MS Mobilization Times, May
2010.
G.2.2.3 IMSA Publications. International Municipal Signal
Association, 597 Haverty Court, Suite 100 - Rockledge, FL
32955.
Official!MSA Wire and Cable Specifications Manual, 2012.
G.2.2.4 NEMA Publications. National Electrical Manufacntrers Association, 1300 North 17th Street, Suite 900, Arlington,
VA 22209.
NEMA 250-2018, Enclosures fm· Elecl1ical Equipment (1000 Volts
Maximum), 2018.
G.2.2.5 NENA Publications. National Emergency Number
Association, 1700 Diagonal Road, Suite 500, Alexandria, VA
22314.
NENA-ADM-000.23, NENA Mastm· Glossmy of9-1-1 Terminology,
2020.
NENA..STA-010.2, Detailed Functional and Interface Standm·ds
fm· the NENA i3 Solution, 2016.
NENA-03-002, NENA Standard for the Implementation of
Enhanced MF Signaling, E9-1-1 Tandem to PSAP, 2007.
NENA-STA-027.3, E9-J-l PSAP Equipment Standanls, 2018.
G.2.2.6 OASIS Publications. Organization for the Advancement of Structured Information Standards (OASIS) , 35 Corporate Drive, Suite 150, Burlington, MA 01803-4238.
Common Alerting Protocol , Version 1.2.
Integrated Public Alert and Warning System (!PAWS)
Profile, Version 1.0.
2022 Edition
1225-114
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
G.2.2.7 UL Publications. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
UL 50E, JXnclosuns j01· ElectTical l!.quipment, Environmental
Considerations, 2020.
G.2.2.8 US Government Publications. US Govemment
Publishing Office, 732 North Cap itol Street, NW, Washington,
DC 20401-0001.
Tide 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 11, "Emergency
Alert System," 1994.
2022 Edition
G.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections.
NFPA 7(/P, National Electrical Code®, 2020 edition.
NFPA 7'P, National FiTe Alann and Signaling Codtf, 2022
edition .
NFPA 1041, StandaTd joT FiTe and Emergency Semices Instructor
Professional Qualifications, 2019 edition.
INDEX
1225-115
Index
Copyright © 2021 National Fire Protection Association. All Rights Reserved.
The copyright in this index is separate and distinct from the copyright in the document that it indexes. The Licensing provisions set forth for the document are not applicable to this index. This index may not be reproduced in wh ole or in part by any
means without the express wTitten permission of NFPA.
-A-
Administration, Chap. 1
Application, 1. 3, A.l.3
Equivalency, 1.4
Purpose, 1.2
Scope, 1.1
Units, 1.5
Alarm
Alarm Data
Definitio n, 3.3.1.1, A.3.3.1.1
Definition , 3.3.1 , A.3.3.1
Alert Data Message (ADM)
Definition, 3.3.2
Alphanumeric Devices
Definitio n, 3.3.3
Alternate Communications Center
De finition, 3.3.4
An Overview of JPRs for Public Safety Telecommunications
Personnel (NFPA 1061), Annex C
Public Safety Te lecommunications Personne l, C.1
Annunciator
Definitio n, 3.3.5
Antenna
De fini tion, 3.3.6
Approved
Definitio n, 3.2.1, A.3.2.1
Authority Having jurisdiction (AHJ)
Definitio n , 3.2.2, A.3.2.2
Automatic Call Distributor (ACD)
Definitio n, 3.3.7
Automatic Location Identification (ALI)
Definitio n, 3.3.8, A.3.3.8
Automatic Number Identification (ANI)
Definitio n, 3.3.9, A.3.3.9
-B-
Backbone
Definitio n, 3.3.1 0, A.3.3 .10
Backbone Cable
Definitio n , 3.3.11
Backbone Cable Components
Definition, 3.3.12
Band
Definitio n, 3.3.13
Base Station
Definition, 3.3.14
-C-
Cable
Definitio n , 3.3.1 5
Call
De finition, 3.3. 16
Call Answer
Definitio n, 3.3.17
Call Answer Interval
De finition, 3.3.18
Call Arrival
Definitio n, 3.3. 19
Call Detail Recording (CDR)
De finiti o n, 3.3.20
Call Server
De finition, 3.3.21, A.3.3.2l
Certification
Definition, 3.3.22
Channel Access Time
De finition, 3.3.23
Circuit
De finiti o n, 3.3.24, A.3.3.24
Coded Receivers
Definitio n, 3.3.25
Common Battery
De finition, 3.3.26
Communication and Signal Wiring (NFPA 1221) , C hap. 13
Access, 13 .9
Aerial Cable and Wire Construction, 13 .4
Circuit Cond u cwrs, 13 .2
Circuil Construction and Arrange me n t, 13.1
Fuses, 13.7
Gro unding, 13.8
Surge Protection , 13 .6
Unde rground Cables, 13.3
Wiring Ins ide Buildings, 13.5
Communications Center
De finition, 3.3.27, A.3.3.27
Communications Centers (NFPA 1221 ), Chap. 12
Administr ation, 12.1
Applicatio n, 12.1.3, A.l2.1.3
Purpose, 12.1.2
Retroactivi ty, 12.1.4
Scope, 12.1.1
Climate Control , 12.5
Construc tion, 12.4
Exposure Hazards, 12.3
Fire Protection, 12.6
Gene ra l, 12 .2
Lig hting, 12.9
Eme rgency Lighting, 12.9.2
Ge ne ral, 12.9.1
Lig hming, 12.10, A.12.10
Powet; 12 .8
2022 Edition
1225-116
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Emergency Power Supply System, 12.8.3
Engine-Driven Generators, 12.8.4, A 12.8.4
General, 12.8.1
Power Circuits, 12.8.5
Primary Power Source, 12.8.2
Single-Poinr Faci lity Grounding System, 12.8.7, A.l2.8.7
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs), 12.8.6
Uninrerruptible Power Supply (UPS) Systems, 12.8.8
Remote Communications Facilities, 12.11
C limate Control, 12.1 1.4
Consu·uction, 12.11.3
E.xposure 1-Iazards, 12.11.2
Fire Protection, 12.11.5
General, 12.11.1
Ligh ting, 12.11.8
Emergency Ligh ting, 12.11.8.2
General, 12.11.8.1
Lightning Protection, 12.11.9, A.l2.11.9
Power, 12.11.7
Emergency Power Source, 12.11.7.3
Engine-Driven Generators, 12.11.7.5, A.12.11. 7.5
General, 12.11.7.1
Power Circuits, 12.1 1.7 .6, A.12. 11.7.6
Primary Power Source, 12. 11.7.2
Single-Po inr Facility Grounding System, 12.11. 7.8, A.
12.11.7.8
Stored Emergency Power Supply System
(SEPSS), 12.11.7.4
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs), 12.1 1.7. 7
Security, 12.1 1. 6
Security, 12.7
Communications Officer
De finition, 3.3.28, A.3.3.28
Communications System
Definition, 3.3.29, A.3.3.29
Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan (CEMP)
Definition, 3.3.30, A.3.3.30
Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD)
Definition, 3.3.31, A.3.3.31
Computer-Aided Dispatching (CAD) Systems (NFPA 1221), Chap.
19
Backup, 19.7, A.l9.7
CAD Capabilities, 19.5
Printers, 19.5.5
Evenr Data Exchange, 19.4
General, 19.1
Information Transmittal, 19.10
Inregrated Mapping Inrerface, 19.12
Mobile Data Computers (MDCs), I 9.11
Equipmenrand Operation, 19.11.5
Display Screens, I 9.1 1.5.8
Keyboard, 19.11.5.7
Non e mergency Messaging, 19. I 1.4
System Availability, 19.11.2
P erformance, 19.6
Redundancy, 19.8
Monitoring for In tegrity, 19.8.2
2022 Edition
Secondary Dispatch Method, 19 .2, A.19.2
Security, 19.3
Storage Network, 19.9
Control Console
Defin ition, 3.3.32
Conventional Radio
Definition, 3.3.33
Coordinated Universal Time
Defin ition, 3.3.34
Critical Operations Power Systems (COPS)
Defi nition, 3.3.35
Customer Premise Equipment (CPE)
Defin ition, 3.3.36
Cyber Security (NFPA 1221 ), Annex F
Additional Information, F.2
Where to Start, F.1
Cybersecurity
Defi nition, 3.3.37
-D-
Data Security
Definition, 3.3.38
Definitions, C hap. 3
Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ)
Definition, 3.3.39, A.3.3.39
Denial-of-Service Attack
Definition, 3.3.40
Digital Radio System
Definition, 3.3.41
Direct Exterior Window
Defin ition, 3.3.42
Directory
Definition, 3.3.43, A.3.3.43
Dispatch Circuit
Definition, 3.3.44, A.3.3.44
Dispatcher
Defin ition, 3.3.45
Dispatching
Defin ition, 3.3.46
Dispatching Systems (NFPA 1221), C hap. 17
Fundamenral Requirements of Evenrs Dispatching Systems, 17.1
General, 17 .1.1, A.17.l.l
Monitoring for Integrity, 17.1.2, A. l 7. 1.2
Non-AI-IJ-Owned Alerting Devices and Infrastructure, 17.6
Outside Audible Alerting Devices, 17.5
Compressed Air Alerting Devices, 17.5.3
IP Devices, 17.5.5
Radio Alerting Systems, 17.4
Alerting Receivers, 17.4.3, A.17.4.3
General, 17.4.1
Radio Paging Systems and Pagers, 17.4.2
Radio Dispatching Systems, 17.3
Backh au l Microwave Systems, I 7.3.8
Electromagnetic Interference, 17.3.8.3
Environmental Considerations, 17. 3.8.4
General Requirements, 17.3.8.1
Microwave System Network Management, 17.3.8.5
INDEX
Exte rnal Alarms, 17.3.8.5.4, A.17.3.8.5.4
Fault and Failure History Log, 17.3.8.5.2
Fault and Fa ilure Indications, 17 .3.8.5.3
General, 17.3.8.5.1 , A.1 7.3.8.5.l
Recovery and Protection, 17.3 .8.2
Conventional Two-Way Voice Systems, 17.3.3
Analog System Requirements, 17 .3.3 .1 , A.l7.3.3.l
Call i ndicator, 17.3.3.3
Digital Convemional System Requirements, 17.3.3.2
Ge ne ral, 17.3.1
Mobile Command Ve hicles, 17. 3.7, A.l7.3.7
Signaling and Contro l Systems, 17. 3.2
Trunked Two-Way Voice Systems, 17.3.4
Digital Trunked System Requirements, 17.3.4.2, A.
17.3.4.2
Signaling Channel Concept, 17.3 .4.1 , A.l7.3.4.1
Console Call indicator, 17.3.4.1.21
Console Dispatch Preemption, 17.3.4.1.24, A.
17 .3.4.1.24
Console Trunked Busy Indication, 17.3 .4.1.23
Continuous Talkgroup Affiliation
Notification, 17.3.4.1.15
Emerge ncy Priori ty, 17.3 .4.1.9, A.17.3.4.1.9
Failure ofTrunking System, 17.3.4.!.10, A. l 7.3 .4.l.l0
Individual Unit Disable, 17.3.4.1.17, A.17.3.4.l.l7
Monitoring for Integri ty, 17.3.4.1.20
Priori ty Levels, 17.3.4.1.8, A.17.3.4.l.8
Queuing of Request for Voice Ch annel, 17 .3.4.1.11, A.
17 .3.4.1.11
Two-Way Mobile Equipment, 17.3.5 , A.17.3.5
Two-Way Po rtable Equipmem, 17.3.6, A.l7.3.6
Wired Dispatching Systems, 17.2
Telephone Circuits, 17.2.2
Wired C ircuits- General, 17.2.1
Display Screen
Definition, 3.3.47
Distribution Antenna
Definition, 3.3.48, A.3.3.48
Distribution Antenna Cable
Definition, 3.3.49, A.3.3.49
Donor Antenna
Definition, 3.3.50
Donor Site
Definition, 3.3.5 1
-E-
Emergency
Definition, 3.3.52, A.3.3.52
Emergency Dispatch Protocol
Definition, 3.3.53
Emergency Event Processing/ Dispatching
Definitio n, 3.3.54, A.3.3.54
Emergency Incident
Definition , 3.3.55
Emergen cy Response Agency (ERA)
Definition, 3.3.56, A.3.3.56
Emergency Response Facilities (NFPA 1221) , C hap. 14
Commercia l Te lephone, 14.2
1225-117
Communications Conductors, 14.6, A.14.6
Fire P rotectio n, 14.3
Ge neral, 14.1
Lig h ting, 14.5
Power, 14.4
Emergency Response Facility (ERF)
Definition, 3.3.57, A.3.3.57
Emergency Response Unit (ERU)
Definition, 3.3.58
Emergency Services Communications System
Defi ni tion, 3.3.59, A.3.3.59
Enhanced 9-1-1
Definition, 3.3.60
Event
Definition, 3.3.61, A.3.3.6 l
Event Data
Definition, 3.3.62, A.3.3.62
Explanation of the Professional Qualifications Standards and
Concepts of JPRs, Annex B
Bibliography, B.5
Explanation of the Professional Qualifications Standards and
Concepts of.Jo b Performance Requirements
(JPRs), B.1
Other Uses for JPRs, B.4
Potential Uses fo r.JPRs, B.3
Certification, B.3.l
Curriculum Developmem and T raining Design and
Evaluation, B.3.2
Example: Converting a Fire and Life Safety Educator I[
JPR into an Instructional Objective, B.3 .2.2
Example: Converting a Firefigh ter I.JPR into an
Instructional O~jective, B.3 .2. 1
The Parts ofaJPR, B.2
Critical Components, B.2. l
Evaluation Parameters and Performance Outcomes, B.
2.1.3
The Task to Be Pe rformed, B.2.1.1
Tools, Equipmem, o r Materials That Should Be Provided
fo r Successful Completion of th e Task, B.
2.1.2
Examples, B.2.3
Example: Fire and Life Safety Educator II, B.2.3.2
Requisite Knowledge, B.2.3.2(A)
Requisite Skills, B.2.3.2 (B)
Example: Fire figh ter l, B.2.3. l
Requisite Knowledge, B.2.3 .l (A)
Requisite Skills, B.2.3.1 (B)
Requisite Knowledge and Skills, B.2.2
Explanatory Material, Annex A
-F-
Frequencies
Definition, 3.3.63, A.3.3.63
Frequency License Holder (s)
De finiti o n, 3.3.64
Frequency Licensing Authority
De finition, 3.3.65
2022 Edition
1225-118
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
-G-
Guide for Telecommunicator Training Authority (NFPA
1061), Annex E
Continuing Education and In-Service Training, £ .4
Recruit Trainers, E.3
The Pracrice and Use of On-dle:Job Training, E.2
One Possible Definition of me OJT P rocess, £.2. 1
Organization ofrhe Process, E.2.2
Train ing Considerations for me Training of Enhanced
Telecomm unicaror Ski lls, E.l
Apprenticeships, E.l.7
Background/ Overview, E.1.1
Collaborative Learning, E.l.5
Elements, E.l.2
Formal Classroom, E.l.3
Multimedia Teaching Resources, E.l.6
Training in Context, E.l.4
-1-
ICT Security (NFPA 1221), Chap. 22
Cyber Security Measures, 22.4, A.22.4
Information Communication Technology (ICT ) Security
Plan, 22.1 , A.22.l
Testing Records, 22.3
Testing Security, 22.2, A.22.2
In-building Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement
System
Definition, 3.3.66
In-Building Emergency Responder Communications Enhancement
Systems (NFPA 1221 ), Ch ap. 18
Approval, 18.2
Approval and Permit, 18.7
Donor Antenna, 18.10
Frequencies, 18.ll,A.l8.ll
Freque ncy C hanges, 18.1 1.2, A.18.ll .2
List of Assigned Frequencies, 18.11.1
General, 18.1
Lightning Protection, 18 .4, A.I 8.4
Non-Interference and Non-Public Safety System
Degradation, 18.6
Power Sources, 18 .1 3
MonitOring Integrity of Power Sources, 18. 13.3
Primary Power Source, 18. 13.1
Seconda1y Power Source, 18.13.2
Radio Coverage, 18.8, A.18.8
Signal Strength and Qual ity, 18 .9, A.1 8.9
Downlink, 18.9. 1, A.l8.9.1
Noise Floor, 18 .9.3, A.l8.9.3
Uplink, 18.9 .2, A.18.9.2
System Components, 18. 12
Active RF-Emitting Devices, 18.12.2
ComponemApproval, Certification, and Listing, 18.12.1, A.
18 .12.1
Component Requirements, 18.12.3
System Design, 18.3, A.18.3
Communication Antenna Density, 18.3.4
Enclosures, 18.3.1
Mounting of the Donor Antenna(s), 18.3.3
2022 Edition
Oscillation Detection and Contro l, 18.3.2, A.18.3.2
System Monitoring, 18.14
Dedicated Annunciation, 18.14.2
Fire Alarm System, 18 .14.1
Technical Criteria, 18.15
Testing Requirements, 18.5
Incident Management System
Definition, 3.3.67
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher
Definition, 3.3.68
Incident/ Tactical Dispatcher (NFPA 1061) , Chap. 6
Assume Position Responsibilities, 6.5
Communicate as the lncident Directs, 6.6
Description of D uty, 6.2
Disseminating Information, 6 .10
Ensure Completion of Assigned Actions ro Meet Identified
Objectives, 6.7
Fellow Emp loyee Ex hibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Be havioral Distress, 6. 11
General, 6.1
Processing Information, 6.9
Receiving Lnformation, 6.8
Resource Ordering and T1·acking, 6.3
Response to Inciden ts, 6.4
Information Communication Technology (ICT) Security
Definition, 3.3.69
Informational References, Annex G
Instant Recall Recorder
De finition, 3.3.70
Intelligent Transportation System
Definition, 3.3.71
IP-Enabled Device
De finition, 3.3.72, A.3.3.72
-1Job Performance Requirement (JPR)
Definition, 3.3.73
-L-
Labeled
Definition, 3.2.3
Link Budget
Definition, 3.3.74
Listed
Defin ition, 3.2.4, A.3.2.4
Logging Recorder
Defin ition, 3.3.7.5, A.3.3.75
-M-
Master Time Source
Definition, 3.3.76
Microwave
Definition, 3.3.77
Modem (Modulator/ Demodulator Unit)
De finition, 3.3.78
Monitor
Defin ition, 3.3.79
INDEX
Monitoring for Integrity
Definition, 3.3.80
Multi-Line Telephone System (MLTS)
Definition, 3.3.81, A.3.3.81
-N-
Next Generation 9-1-1 (NG9-1-1)
Definition, 3.3.82
Notification
Definition, 3.3.83, A.3.3.83
Numeric Receivers
Definition, 3.3.84
-0 -
0perations (NFPA 1221), Chap. 15
Management, 15.1
Operating Procedures, 15.4
Quality Assurance/ fm provement, 15.7, A.15.7
Recorcling, 15. 6
Staffing, 15. 3
Te lecommunicator Qualificarions and Training, 15.2
Time, 15.5
Operations Room
Definitio n, 3.3.85
-P-
P.01 GOS
Definitio n, 3.3.86
Pager
Definition, 3.3.87
Path (Pathways)
Definition, 3.3.88
Perceptual Objective Listening Qualitative Analysis (POLQA)
Definitio n, 3.3.89
Permanent Visual Record (Recording)
Definition , 3.3.90
Portable Radio
Definition, 3.3.9 1
Power Source
Defini tio n, 3.3.92
Private Branch Exchange (PBX)
De finition, 3.3.93, A.3.3.93
Protective Signaling System
Definition, 3.3.94
Public Alarm Reporting System
Definition, 3.3.95
Public Alerting System (PAS)
Definition, 3.3.96
Public Alerting System Alerting Appliance (PASAA)
Definition, 3.3.97
Public Alerting Systems (NFPA 1221) , C hap. 23
General, 23.1 , A.23.1
Permitted Systems, 23.4
Permitted Uses, 23.3, A.23.3
Public Ale rting System Ale rting Appliances (PASAAs) , 23.5, A.
23.5
Securi ty, 23.2
1225-119
Public Safety Agency/ Public Safety Organization
Definition, 3.3.98
Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)
De finition, 3.3.99, A.3.3.99
Public Safety Communications Center
De finition, 3.3.100
Public Safety Communications Center Manager/ Director (NFPA
1061), Chap. 11
Coordinate Technologies, 11 .5
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms o f Emotional
and Behavioral Distress, 11.6
General, 11.1, A. 11.1
H uman Resource Management, 1 1.2
Public Safety Co mmunications Cemer Operations, 11.3
St:akeh o lder Relationships, 11.4
Public Safety Communications Center Personnel
De finition, 3.3.101
Incident/ Tactical Dispatch e r
De finition, 3.3.101.1
Public Safety Communicatio ns Manage r/ Director
De finition, 3.3.101.2, A.3.3.1 01.2
Public Safety Co mmunications Supervisor
De finition, 3.3.101.3, A.3.3.1 01.3
Public Safety Communications Training Coordinator
De finition, 3.3.101.4
Public Safety Communications Training Officer (CT O)
De finition, 3.3. 101.5
Public Safety Quality Assurance Coordinator
De finition, 3.3.1 01.6
Public Safety Telecommunicator
Definition, 3.3. 101.7
Public Safety Communications Supervisor (NFPA 1061 ), Chap. 8
Administration, 8.4
Community Relations, 8.3
Equipment and Systems Ope rations, 8 .5
Fellow Emp loyee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Beh avioral Distress, 8.7
Gene ra l, 8.1 , A.8.1
Health and Safety, 8.6
H uman Resource Management, 8 .2
Public Safety Communications Training Coordinator (NFPA
1061), Ch ap. 10
Develop C urricula, 10.3
Doctunent Tra ining, 10 .5
Evaluation a nd Testing, 10.6
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Behavio ral Distress, 10.7
General, 10.1, A.l0.1
Maintain Training Schedule and Staff, 10.4
Program Managemen t, 10 .2
Public Safety Communications Training Officer (NFPA
1061), Chap. 7
Evaluation a nd Testing, 7.5
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Behavioral Distress, 7.6
General, 7.1 , A. 7.1
lnstruc rional De livery, 7.4
Personal Conduct, 7.2
2022 Edition
1225-120
EMERGENCY SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS
Program Management, 7.3
Public Safety Quality Assurance/ Improvement Personnel (NFPA
1061), Chap. 9
Continuing Education, 9.6
Credentialing, 9.7
Data Management, 9 ..5
Feedback, 9 .3
Fellow Emp loyee Exhibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Beha\~oral Disu·ess, 9.8
General, 9.1, A.9.1
Remediation, 9.4
Review Calls for Service, 9 .2
Public Safety Telecommunicator I - Professional Qualifications
(NFPA 1061) , Chap. 4
Administration, 4. I
Application, 4.1.3
Purpose, 4.1 .2
Scope, 4.1. I
Disseminate Requests for Services, 4 ..5
Fellow Employee Exhibiting Sig·ns and Symptoms of Emotional
and Beha\~Oral Disu·ess, 4.6
Gene ral, 4.2
Processing Requests for Service, 4.4
Description of Du ty, 4.4.1, A.4.4.1
Rece i~ng Requests for Service, 4.3
Description of Duty, 4.3.1
Public Safety Telecommunicator II (NFPA 1061) , Chap . .5
Disseminate Requests lor Service, .5.4
Description of Du ty, 5.4.1, A.5.4.1
Requisite Knowledge, .5.4.1 (A)
Requisite Skills, 5.4.1 (B)
Fellow Employee Ex hibiting Signs and Symptoms of Emotional
and Beha~oral Distress, 5.5
General, .5.1
Process Requests for Service, 5.3
Description of Du ty, 5.3 .1
Receive Requests for Service, 5.2
Descriptio n of Du ty, 5.2 .1 , A.5.2. 1
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
Defini tio n, 3.3.102
-QQualified Telecommunicator
Definition, 3.3.103
-R -
Radiating Cable
Definition, 3.3. 104
Radio Channel
Definitio n, 3.3.105, A.3.3.1 05
Radio Control Station
Definition, 3.3.106, A.3.3.106
Radio Frequency
Definition, 3.3.1 07, A.3.3.l 07
Records (NFPA 1221 ), Chap. 21
Acceptance Test Records/ As-Built Drawings, 21.3
General, 21. 1
Installation, 21.2
2022 Edition
Changes and Additions, 21.2.3
Radio Ch a nnel, 21.2.2
Wired Circuits, 21.2.1
Maintenance Records, 21.6
Operational Records, 21.5
Retention of Records, 21.7
Training Records, 21.4
Referenced Publications, Chap. 2
Remote Communications Facility
Definiti on, 3.3.108, A.3.3.108
Repeater
Defin ition, 3.3.109
Requester
Definition, 3.3.ll0
Requisite Knowledge
Defin ition, 3.3.111
Requisite Skills
Defi nition, 3.3.112
Response Unit
Defin ition, 3.3.ll3, A.3.3.113
RF System Designer
Definition, 3.3.115 ,A.3.3.11 5
RF-Emitting Device
Active RF-Emitting Device
Definition, 3.3.ll4.1
Definition, 3.3.ll4
Pass.i ve RF-Emitting Device
De finition, 3.3.11 4.2
.S-
Security Vestibule
Defin ition, 3.3.116
Service Request
Defin ition, 3.3.117
Shall
De finition, 3.2.5
Should
Definition, 3.2.6
Simplex Radio Channel
Defin ition, 3.3.118
Standard
De finition, 3.2.7
Stand ard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
Defin ition, 3.3.119, A.3.3.119
Stored Emergency Power Supply System (SEPSS)
Defi nition, 3.3.120
Subscriber
Defin ition, 3.3.121
Supervisor
Definition, 3.3.122
-T-
Tactical Interoperable Communications Plan (TICP)
Definition, 3.3.123
Talkgroup
De finition, 3.3.124
INDEX
Task
Definition, 3.3.125
TDD/ TIT
Definition, 3.3.126
Telecommunicator
Definition, 3.3.127
Telematics
Definition, 3.3.128, A.3.3.1 28
Telephone Number
Definition, 3.3.129
Telephones (NFPA 1221), Ch ap. 16
9-1-1' 1 6.2
Directory Listings, 16.2.3
Alternative Routing, 16.5
Equipment and Operations, 16.4
Multiple Line Te lephone Systems (MLTS), 16.6
Receiving Equipment, 16.1, A.l6.1
Reliability, 16.3
Testing (NFPA 1221), Chap. 20
Acceptance Testing, 20.2
General, 20.1
Operational Testing, 20.3
Alerting Means, 20.3.3
Emergency Equipment and Supplies, 20.3.9
Emergency Lighting, 20.3.6
Power Supply for Wired Dispatch Circuits, 20.3.2
P ublic Safety Answering .Po int (PSAP) Te lephone
Testing, 20.3 .5
Radio and Voice Amplification Circuits, 20.3.4
Stored Emergency Power Supply System/ Uninterruptible
Power Supply (SEPSS/ UPS), 20.3.7
TDD/ TTY, 20.3.8
Test and Inspection of In-Build ing Emergency Respond er
Commun ications Enhancement
System s, 20.3.10, A.20.3.l0
1225-121
Initial Acceptance Test Requirements, 20.3. 10.1
Periodic Visual Inspection of Systems, 20.3. 10.2
Inspection and Testing Documentation, 20.3.10.2.7
Periodic Testing of Systems, 20.3 .10.2.3
Wired Dispatch Circuits, 20.3. 1
Power, 20.4
The Communication Process (NFPA 1061 ), Annex D
The Communication P rocess, D.1
Tie Circuit
Definition, 3.3.130
'fransceiver
Definition, 3.3.131
Trouble Signal
Definition, 3.3.132
'frunked Radio
Definition, 3.3.1 33
Two-Way Alphanumeric Devices
Defin ition, 3.3. 134, A.3.3.134
-U-
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
Definition, 3.3.13.5, A.3.3.135
-V-
Voice Communication Channel
Defin ition, 3.3.136, A.3.3.136
Voice Connection
Definition, 3.3.137, A.3.3.137
-W-
Wired Circuit
Definition, 3.3.1 38
2022 Edition